# Steel Standart — full data (edition September 2026) ## 1.2379 (1.2379) — Cold-work tool steel, 12 % Cr ledeburitic URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1-2379/ System: EN (European) | Family: Tool steel | Standard: EN ISO 4957 | Verified against: EN ISO 4957:2018 Aliases: X153CrMoV12, X155CrVMo12-1, X 155 CrVMo 12 1, D2 EN, 1.2379 tool steel, K110, Sverker 21 1.2379 (X153CrMoV12) is the ledeburitic 12 % chromium cold-work steel known everywhere as D2. With 1.5 % carbon and 12 % chromium it solidifies with a network of hard chromium carbides (M₇C₃) that, after hardening to 58–62 HRC, give the best wear resistance of any conventional tool steel below the powder-metallurgy grades. Molybdenum and vanadium refine the carbides and allow air or vacuum hardening with minimal distortion — the reason 1.2379 is the default steel for blanking and punching dies, shear blades and forming rolls. Its weaknesses are the ones that come with coarse carbides: moderate toughness, difficult grinding, and heavy machining allowances in the annealed state (≤ 255 HB but abrasive). Tempering at 500–530 °C gives secondary hardening and allows PVD coating (TiN, TiCN) without losing hardness; the low-temperature temper (180–220 °C) gives maximum hardness for short-run tools. AISI D2, JIS SKD11, GB Cr12Mo1V1 and BS BD2 are the same steel; Böhler K110, Uddeholm Sverker 21 and Buderus Cryodur 2379 are proprietary versions. The powder-metallurgy alternatives (1.2380 / Vanadis 4E, K390) are cross-referenced as functional upgrades. Chemical composition (mass %): C 1.45 – 1.6; Si 0.1 – 0.6; Mn 0.2 – 0.6; P ≤ 0.03; S ≤ 0.03; Cr 11 – 13; Mo 0.7 – 1; V 0.7 – 1 EN ISO 4957:2018 Table 4 (X153CrMoV12). The former DIN name X155CrVMo12-1 is the same steel. AISI D2 allows C 1.40–1.60, Mo 0.70–1.20, V ≤ 1.10, Co ≤ 1.00. Mechanical properties: - +A soft annealed (delivery): yield — MPa; tensile ≈ 750–850 (typ.) MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≤ 255 HB - Hardened 1020–1040 °C oil/air, as-quenched: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 62–64 HRC - Tempered 180–220 °C (1×): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 60–62 HRC - Tempered 500–530 °C (2×, secondary hardening): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 58–60 HRC - Tempered 550 °C (2×): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 55–57 HRC - Compressive yield at 60 HRC (typical): yield ≈ 2200 MPa; tensile ≈ 2500 (bend strength ≈ 3000) MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Tool steels are specified by chemistry and annealed hardness only; hardness after heat treatment is the working property. Values are typical for a 25 mm section. Toughness (unnotched impact) ≈ 20–40 J at 60 HRC — moderate; 1.2379 is chosen for wear, not shock. Equivalents: - D2 (AISI / SAE) — identical: AISI D2 (UNS T30402, ASTM A681): C 1.40–1.60, Cr 11–13, Mo 0.70–1.20, V 0.50–1.10. Same steel; 1.2379 has a slightly tighter V/Mo window. - BD2 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 4659 BD2. - Cr12Mo1V1 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 1299 Cr12Mo1V1 (D2 type): C 1.40–1.60, Cr 11–13, Mo 0.70–1.20, V 0.50–1.10. Cr12MoV is the older lower-Mo Chinese grade. - SKD11 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4404 SKD11: C 1.40–1.60, Cr 11–13, Mo 0.80–1.20, V 0.20–0.50 — vanadium lower; hardenability and wear resistance close. - 1.2436 (EN (European)) — near: X210CrW12 (D6): tungsten-bearing 12 % Cr, slightly higher wear resistance, lower toughness. - Kh12MF (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5950 Kh12MF: C 1.45–1.65, Cr 11–12.5, Mo 0.40–0.60, V 0.15–0.30 — lower Mo and V. - 1.2363 (EN (European)) — functional: X100CrMoV5 (A2): 5 % Cr air-hardening steel with better toughness, lower wear resistance. - 1.2842 (EN (European)) — functional: 90MnCrV8 (O2) oil-hardening steel for less demanding dies. Superseded names: - X155CrVMo12-1 — DIN 17350 (withdrawn): Same number 1.2379; renamed X153CrMoV12 in EN ISO 4957. - X210Cr12 (1.2080) — DIN 17350: The older 2 % C / 12 % Cr steel (D3) it replaced — harder but more brittle. - BD2 — BS 4659 - Z160CDV12 — NF A 35-590 - K110 — Böhler trade name: Sverker 21 (Uddeholm), Cryodur 2379 (Buderus), Thyrodur 2379. Product forms: flat bar and round bar (annealed); plate and blocks; ground flat stock (precision); forgings Tolerances: annealed flat/round: EN ISO 4957 Annex / supplier tolerances (typically +1/+3 mm oversize for machining); ground flat stock: DIN 59350 / ISO 4957 precision ### 1.2379 hardness Annealed ≤ 255 HB; as-quenched 62–64 HRC; working hardness 58–62 HRC after tempering. Secondary hardening peak 60–61 HRC at ~520 °C (for PVD coating), 55–57 HRC at 550 °C. ### Heat treatment Soft anneal 800–850 °C, slow cool (≤ 10 K/h to 600 °C). Stress relieve 600–650 °C. Harden 1020–1040 °C (preheat 650 and 850 °C), oil, air or vacuum gas quench; hold 20–40 min at temperature. Temper twice for ≥ 2 h: 180–220 °C for maximum hardness, or 500–540 °C for secondary hardening and coating. Deep freeze (−80 °C) after quenching reduces retained austenite. Ms ≈ 200 °C. ### Dimensional change Air/vacuum hardening from 1030 °C with 520 °C temper: typically +0.05 to +0.10 % length change; low-temperature temper: 0 to +0.05 %. Allow grinding stock of 0.15–0.30 mm. ### Wear resistance and toughness Abrasive wear resistance among the highest of conventional cold-work steels (carbide volume ≈ 15 %); adhesive wear moderate. Unnotched impact ≈ 20–40 J at 60 HRC — choose 1.2363 (A2) or 1.2767 for shock loads. ### Physical properties Density 7.70 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, thermal conductivity ≈ 20 W/m·K, expansion 10.5 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), 11.5 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–500 °C). ### Weldability Poor weldability. Repair welding only: preheat 300–450 °C (or weld in the annealed state), TIG with matching or 1.2379-type rods, peen, and re-temper immediately at the previous tempering temperature. Hardened tools should be pre-warmed and post-tempered; cracks are common without these steps. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability in the annealed state ≈ 30–40 % (abrasive carbides): carbide tooling, moderate speeds, generous allowances. Hard machining after hardening is possible with CBN/ceramic at 58–62 HRC. Grinding requires soft, open wheels and light passes to avoid grinding cracks (dry grinding forbidden). EDM (wire or sink) is the standard route for complex dies; remove the white layer by grinding or by a further temper. Surface treatments: PVD TiN/TiCN/CrN after 520 °C temper, nitriding (500–520 °C) for extra surface hardness. Applications: Blanking, punching and fine-blanking dies for sheet up to ~6 mm; Shear blades, slitting knives, rotary cutters; Cold forming, drawing and bending dies, thread-rolling dies; Profile rolls and roll-forming tools; Plastic-moulding tools for abrasive filled polymers (with PVD); Wear parts, gauges, measuring tools; Ceramic and powder-compaction dies Q: Is 1.2379 the same as D2? A: Yes. 1.2379 (X153CrMoV12, EN ISO 4957) and AISI D2 (T30402) share the 1.5 % C / 12 % Cr / 1 % Mo / 1 % V analysis; the EN specification is marginally tighter on Mo and V. JIS SKD11 and GB Cr12Mo1V1 are also identical for tooling purposes. Q: What hardness does 1.2379 reach? A: 62–64 HRC as-quenched, 58–62 HRC in service after tempering. Tempering at 500–540 °C gives a secondary-hardening peak of about 60 HRC and is the standard cycle before PVD coating. Q: Is 1.2379 stainless? A: No. Although it contains 12 % chromium, most of it is tied up in carbides, leaving too little in solution for a passive layer. It rusts in humid storage and must be oiled. Q: 1.2379 or 1.2363 (A2) — which should I use? A: 1.2379 for maximum wear resistance and long runs on thin sheet; 1.2363 when the tool sees impact, thick sheet or interrupted cuts, because its 5 % Cr structure is roughly twice as tough. Both air-harden with low distortion. Q: Can 1.2379 be nitrided or coated? A: Yes. Temper at ≥ 520 °C first, then PVD (TiN, TiCN, CrN at 450–500 °C) or gas/plasma nitride at 500–520 °C. Coating extends punch life several-fold on galvanized or stainless sheet. --- ## 1.4301 (1.4301) — Austenitic Cr-Ni stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1-4301/ System: EN (European) | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: EN 10088-2 | Verified against: EN 10088-2:2014 Aliases: X5CrNi18-10, X5 CrNi 18 10, V2A, 1.4301 stainless, Edelstahl 1.4301, 18/10, 18/8 1.4301 is the material number of X5CrNi18-10, the 18/8 (18/10) austenitic stainless steel that accounts for roughly half of all stainless produced in Europe. In German-speaking industry it is simply "V2A". EN 10088 sets 17.5–19.5 % Cr, 8–10.5 % Ni and ≤ 0.07 % C; solution-annealed sheet has 210–230 MPa yield, 520–750 MPa tensile and 45 % elongation, and the steel is non-magnetic and tough down to cryogenic temperatures. The pitting resistance equivalent (PREN ≈ 18–19) makes it suitable for kitchens, food processing, architecture and mild chemical service, but not for warm chloride environments — swimming pools and coastal facades move to 1.4404 or 1.4571. Carbon at 0.07 % keeps sensitization low in thin welded sections; heavier welded plate is ordered as 1.4307 (304L). For cross-referencing, 1.4301 and AISI/ASTM 304 are treated as the same grade: the American limits are a shade wider (C ≤ 0.08, S ≤ 0.030), so 1.4301 material always meets 304, and virtually all coil is dual-certified. The table lists JIS, GB, GOST and old BS/DIN names with the same grading. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.07; Si ≤ 1; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.015 (EN 10088-2 flat products; 0.030 for EN 10088-3 long products); N ≤ 0.1; Cr 17.5 – 19.5; Ni 8 – 10.5 EN 10088-2:2014 Table 3. Compare ASTM A240 304: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 17.5–19.5, Ni 8.0–10.5, S ≤ 0.030 — 1.4301 is slightly tighter on carbon and sulphur. Mechanical properties: - Cold-rolled strip/sheet (C), ≤ 8 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 230 MPa; tensile 540–750 MPa; elongation 45 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Hot-rolled strip (H), ≤ 13.5 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 210 MPa; tensile 520–720 MPa; elongation 45 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Hot-rolled plate (P), ≤ 75 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 210 MPa; tensile 520–720 MPa; elongation 45 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Bar ≤ 160 mm, +AT (EN 10088-3): yield ≥ 190 MPa; tensile 500–700 MPa; elongation 45 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Rp1.0 (all forms, for design): yield ≥ 250 (C) / ≥ 250 (P) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Values at +20 °C, solution annealed (+AT, 1050 ± 50 °C, quenched). Transverse for flat products. Work-hardened conditions (+C700, +C850…) available for strip and wire. Impact: 60 J at -196 °C (typical, not a standard requirement) Equivalents: - 304 (AISI / SAE) — identical: AISI 304 / UNS S30400 (ASTM A240): same Cr/Ni window; C ≤ 0.08 vs 0.07, S ≤ 0.030 vs 0.015. Dual-certified 1.4301/304 is the norm. - 304S31 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 304S31: C ≤ 0.07, Cr 17–19, Ni 8–11. - 06Cr19Ni10 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 06Cr19Ni10 (formerly 0Cr18Ni9): C ≤ 0.08, Cr 18.0–20.0, Ni 8.0–11.0. - 08Kh18N10 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 5632 08Kh18N10: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 17–19, Ni 9–11. - SUS304 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304/G4305 SUS304: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 18.0–20.0, Ni 8.0–10.5. - 304L (AISI / SAE) — near: UNS S30403: C ≤ 0.03 — the low-carbon version; EN equivalent is 1.4307 (X2CrNi18-9). - 1.4307 (EN (European)) — near: X2CrNi18-9, C ≤ 0.03 — the low-carbon variant for welded heavy sections (304L). - 1.4404 (EN (European)) — functional: X2CrNiMo17-12-2 (316L) with 2 % Mo: substitute when chloride pitting resistance is needed. - 1.4305 (EN (European)) — functional: Non-free-machining base grade: better corrosion resistance and weldability, poorer machinability. Superseded names: - X5CrNi18-10 — EN 10088 (current name): The name and number are used together; 1.4301 is the number, X5CrNi18-10 the symbolic name. - X5CrNi18 9 — DIN 17440 (withdrawn 1996): Same number 1.4301. - V2A — Krupp trade name (1912): Colloquial German name for 18/8 austenitic; V4A = 1.4401/1.4571. - 304S15 / 304S31 — BS 1449 / BS 970: 304S31 is the closer match (C ≤ 0.07). - Z7CN18-09 — NF A 35-573 Product forms: cold-rolled sheet and coil (2B, 2R/BA, brushed); hot-rolled plate (1D); bar, wire and profiles (EN 10088-3); welded and seamless tube (EN 10217-7 / EN 10216-5); fittings, flanges, fasteners Tolerances: cold-rolled: EN ISO 9445-2; hot-rolled plate: EN 10029; bar: EN 10278 / EN 10060; tube: EN ISO 1127 ### 1.4301 yield strength Rp0.2 ≥ 210 MPa (hot-rolled plate, 30 ksi) and ≥ 230 MPa (cold-rolled strip); Rp1.0 ≥ 250 MPa. Design codes (EN 1993-1-4) use fy = 210 MPa for plate and 230 MPa for cold-rolled sheet. ### 1.4301 tensile strength 520–720 MPa (plate) / 540–750 MPa (cold-rolled). Work-hardened strip is available at 700, 850 and 1000 MPa minimum (+C700 … +C1000). ### 1.4301 hardness Solution annealed max 215 HB (≈ 230 HV, ≈ 92 HRB). Cannot be hardened by heat treatment; cold work raises hardness to 300–400 HV. ### Corrosion resistance PREN = Cr + 3.3 Mo + 16 N ≈ 18–19. Critical pitting temperature in 6 % FeCl₃ ≈ 5–10 °C. Resists nitric acid, organic acids, food media and atmospheric exposure inland; pits in warm chloride solutions above ~200 ppm Cl⁻. ### Physical properties Density 7.9 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, thermal expansion 16 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), thermal conductivity 15 W/m·K, electrical resistivity 0.73 Ω·mm²/m, magnetic permeability ≈ 1.005 (annealed; increases after cold work). ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1000–1100 °C, rapid cooling (water or forced air). Avoid holding at 500–800 °C (chromium carbide precipitation → sensitization). No stress-relief below 900 °C unless followed by re-annealing. ### Weldability Excellent weldability with all arc processes without preheat; filler 19 9 L / ER308L (EN ISO 14343). Limit heat input and interpass to ≤ 150 °C to reduce distortion (expansion is 50 % higher than carbon steel). Heavy sections (> 6 mm) that will see corrosive service should be ordered as 1.4307 or post-weld pickled. Back-purge with argon for tube roots. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability index ≈ 45 % (work-hardens; use sharp positive-rake tooling, low speed, high feed). 1.4305 (303) is the free-machining alternative. Deep drawing and spinning are excellent (that is why 1.4301 dominates sinks and cookware); spring-back is higher than carbon steel. Polishing, brushing, bead blasting and electropolishing are all standard finishes. Applications: Kitchen sinks, cookware, cutlery, catering equipment; Food, beverage and dairy processing vessels and piping; Architectural cladding, handrails, street furniture (inland); Tanks and containers for mild chemicals, water treatment; Automotive trim and exhaust components (as 1.4301 or 1.4512); Fasteners A2-70 (ISO 3506 = 1.4301/1.4307 group) Q: Is 1.4301 the same as 304? A: Yes in practice. 1.4301 (EN 10088) and 304 (ASTM A240 / UNS S30400) have the same 18 % Cr / 8–10.5 % Ni base; 1.4301 caps carbon at 0.07 % and sulphur at 0.015 % versus 0.08 % and 0.030 % for 304, so 1.4301 material always satisfies 304. Sheet and coil are routinely dual-certified. Q: What does V2A mean? A: V2A is a Krupp trade name from 1912 ("Versuchsschmelze 2 Austenit") that became the colloquial German term for 18/8 chromium-nickel stainless — today 1.4301. V4A refers to the molybdenum-bearing 1.4401/1.4571 group. Q: Is 1.4301 magnetic? A: No in the annealed state (austenitic, permeability ≈ 1.005). Cold forming — bending, deep drawing, machining — produces some martensite and a weak magnetic response, which is normal and not a sign of a wrong grade. Q: Can 1.4301 be used outdoors or near the sea? A: Inland and urban atmospheres: yes, with occasional washing. Coastal or de-icing-salt exposure: expect tea staining and pitting; specify 1.4404/1.4571 (316) or 1.4462 (duplex). Q: What is the difference between 1.4301 and 1.4307? A: 1.4307 (X2CrNi18-9, 304L) limits carbon to 0.03 %, preventing sensitization in thick welded sections. Its strength minimums are 10–20 MPa lower. Most mills supply 1.4301/1.4307 dual-certified with C ≤ 0.03 %. --- ## 1.4305 (1.4305) — Austenitic free-machining stainless steel (sulphur-bearing) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1-4305/ System: EN (European) | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: EN 10088-3 | Verified against: EN 10088-3:2014 Aliases: X8CrNiS18-9, X8 CrNiS 18 9, 303 EN, 1.4305 stainless, Automatenstahl 1.4305 1.4305 (X8CrNiS18-9) is 18/8 stainless deliberately made dirty: 0.15–0.35 % sulphur forms manganese-sulphide inclusions that break chips and lubricate the tool, giving roughly 80 % of the machinability of free-cutting carbon steel and about double that of 1.4301. It is the grade of every automatic lathe shop that turns stainless fittings, nuts, shafts, valve stems and pins. The sulphides cost something: pitting resistance drops (PREN nominally the same, but sulphide sites initiate attack), weldability is poor (hot-cracking and porosity), and transverse ductility is low, so 1.4305 is supplied only as bar, wire and hexagons — never as sheet. It is used for parts that see mild environments (indoor, fresh water, food-grade with cleaning) and no welding. AISI 303, JIS SUS303 and GB Y12Cr18Ni9 are the same steel; the EN specification is slightly tighter on carbon (0.10 vs 0.15 %). For chloride service the free-machining 316 variant is 1.4570 (316F). Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.1; Si ≤ 1; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S 0.15 – 0.35 (manganese sulphide inclusions break the chip); N ≤ 0.11; Cr 17 – 19; Ni 8 – 10; Cu ≤ 1 EN 10088-3:2014 Table 3. Compared with 1.4301: higher C (0.10) and, above all, 0.15–0.35 % S — which is why corrosion resistance and weldability are lower. Mechanical properties: - Bar ≤ 160 mm, +AT solution annealed: yield ≥ 190 MPa; tensile 500–750 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness ≤ 230 HB - Bright bar ≤ 16 mm, cold-drawn (+C): yield ≥ 400 (typ.) MPa; tensile 600–850 (typ.) MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≈ 190–260 HB - Wire (EN 10088-3), +AT: yield ≥ 190 MPa; tensile 500–750 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness — Solution annealed 1010–1110 °C. Cold-drawn values are typical supplier data, not standard minima. Elongation is lower than 1.4301 because of sulphide stringers; transverse ductility is markedly reduced. Equivalents: - 303 (AISI / SAE) — identical: UNS S30300 (ASTM A582): C ≤ 0.15, Cr 17–19, Ni 8–10, S ≥ 0.15, Mo ≤ 0.60. 1.4305 caps C at 0.10 and S at 0.35; dual-certified. - 303S31 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 303S31: C ≤ 0.12, S 0.15–0.35. - Y12Cr18Ni9 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 1220 Y12Cr18Ni9 (formerly Y1Cr18Ni9): free-machining 18/8 with S 0.15–0.35. - SUS303 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4303 SUS303: C ≤ 0.15, Cr 17–19, Ni 8–10, S ≥ 0.15. - 1.4570 (EN (European)) — near: X6CrMoNiS17-12-2 — the free-machining 316 (316F) for chloride service. - 1.4301 (EN (European)) — functional: Non-free-machining base grade: better corrosion resistance and weldability, poorer machinability. Superseded names: - X10CrNiS18 9 — DIN 17440 (withdrawn): Same number 1.4305. - 303S31 / 303S21 — BS 970: 303S31 is the closer match. - Z8CNF18-09 — NF A 35-574 Product forms: round, hexagon and square bar (bright drawn, peeled, ground); wire and profiles; forgings (limited); not produced as sheet or plate Tolerances: bright bar: EN 10278 (h9, h10, h11); hot-rolled bar: EN 10060 ### 1.4305 yield strength Rp0.2 ≥ 190 MPa (27.6 ksi) solution annealed; cold-drawn bright bar typically 400–500 MPa. ### 1.4305 tensile strength 500–750 MPa annealed; 600–850 MPa cold-drawn in small diameters. ### 1.4305 hardness Max 230 HB annealed (≈ 95 HRB); cold-drawn bar 190–260 HB. Not hardenable by heat treatment. ### Machinability Index ≈ 75–80 % relative to 1.0715 (11SMn30) versus ≈ 45 % for 1.4301. Recommended: carbide, 100–160 m/min turning, generous coolant; chips break short. ### Corrosion resistance Reduced relative to 1.4301: suitable for indoor, dry and mildly humid atmospheres, fresh water and food contact with regular cleaning. Not for chlorides, marine air or acids. Passivation (nitric acid) after machining is recommended. ### Physical properties Density 7.9 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 16 × 10⁻⁶/K, non-magnetic annealed (slightly magnetic after cold drawing). ### Weldability Not recommended. High sulphur causes hot cracking and porosity; if unavoidable, use 19 9 L / ER308L or 312 filler, low heat input, short welds, and accept reduced corrosion resistance. Design machined 1.4305 parts for mechanical joining (threads, press fits). ### Machining, forming, heat treatment This is what 1.4305 is for: automatic lathes, CNC turning, drilling, tapping and threading. Use sharp positive geometry, higher speeds than for 1.4301 (100–160 m/min carbide), and avoid dwelling. Threads and knurls come out clean; surface finish after turning is excellent. Cold forming is poor (sulphides); hot forging 1150–950 °C followed by solution anneal is possible but rarely economic. Applications: Turned fittings, adapters, nipples and unions; Nuts, bolts and threaded studs (non-structural); Valve stems, spindles and shafts for pumps (mild media); Electrical and instrument components, pins, bushings; Gears and worm shafts in food and packaging machinery (dry); Dental and laboratory hardware (non-implant) Q: Is 1.4305 the same as 303? A: Yes. 1.4305 (EN 10088-3) and AISI 303 (UNS S30300) are the sulphur-bearing free-machining versions of 18/8; the EN grade limits carbon to 0.10 % (303: 0.15 %) and sulphur to 0.35 %. Bar is routinely dual-certified. Q: Can 1.4305 be welded? A: Only with difficulty. The 0.15–0.35 % sulphur causes hot cracks and porosity. For welded assemblies use 1.4301 or 1.4307 and accept slower machining. Q: Is 1.4305 food-safe? A: It is used for food-machinery parts that are cleaned regularly and not exposed to chlorides or acidic media for long periods. For product-contact vessels and piping, 1.4301 or 1.4404 are the normal choices. Q: Why is 1.4305 slightly magnetic? A: Cold drawing of bar produces a small amount of strain-induced martensite. Annealed 1.4305 is non-magnetic like other austenitic grades. --- ## 1.4404 (1.4404) — Austenitic Cr-Ni-Mo stainless steel, low carbon URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1-4404/ System: EN (European) | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: EN 10088-2 | Verified against: EN 10088-2:2014 Aliases: X2CrNiMo17-12-2, X2 CrNiMo 17 12 2, 1.4404 stainless, V4A, 316L EN 1.4404 (X2CrNiMo17-12-2) is the European name for 316L: an austenitic stainless steel with 17 % Cr, 11 % Ni and 2–2.5 % molybdenum, carbon held to 0.03 % so that welded joints stay free of chromium-carbide sensitization. The Mo addition roughly triples the resistance to chloride pitting compared with 1.4301 (PREN 24 vs 18), which is why 1.4404 is the default grade for coastal architecture, chemical and pharmaceutical process equipment, swimming-pool fittings and marine hardware. Mechanically it is close to 1.4301 — 220 MPa yield, 520–670 MPa tensile, 40 % elongation — and equally non-magnetic and cryogenic-tough. It is not hardenable by heat treatment; strength is raised only by cold work. EN 10088 makes 1.4404 a subset of ASTM 316L (S31603): the EN Mo window (2.0–2.5 %) sits at the low end of ASTM's 2.0–3.0 %, so material certified 1.4404 automatically meets 316L, and most plate and coil is dual-certified 1.4404/316L. In German industry the group is called "V4A". The related grades — 1.4401 (316, higher carbon), 1.4571 (316Ti, titanium-stabilized) and 1.4432/1.4436 (higher Mo) — are cross-referenced below. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 1; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.015 (0.030 for long products (EN 10088-3)); N ≤ 0.1; Cr 16.5 – 18.5; Mo 2 – 2.5; Ni 10 – 13 EN 10088-2:2014 Table 3. Compare ASTM 316L (S31603): Cr 16.0–18.0, Ni 10.0–14.0, Mo 2.00–3.00 — the ASTM Mo window is wider on the high side. Mechanical properties: - Cold-rolled strip/sheet (C), ≤ 8 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 240 MPa; tensile 530–680 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Hot-rolled strip (H), ≤ 13.5 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 220 MPa; tensile 520–670 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Hot-rolled plate (P), ≤ 75 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 220 MPa; tensile 520–670 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Bar ≤ 160 mm, +AT (EN 10088-3): yield ≥ 200 MPa; tensile 500–700 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Rp1.0 (design): yield ≥ 260 (P) / ≥ 270 (C) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Solution annealed (+AT, 1030–1110 °C, quenched), +20 °C, transverse for flat products. Impact: 60 J at -196 °C (typical) Equivalents: - 316L (AISI / SAE) — identical: UNS S31603 (ASTM A240): C ≤ 0.03, Cr 16–18, Ni 10–14, Mo 2–3; 1.4404 sits inside the 316L window and is dual-certified. - 316S11 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 316S11: C ≤ 0.03, Cr 16.5–18.5, Ni 10–13, Mo 2–2.5. - 022Cr17Ni12Mo2 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 022Cr17Ni12Mo2 (formerly 00Cr17Ni14Mo2). - SUS316L (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS316L: C ≤ 0.03, Cr 16–18, Ni 12–15, Mo 2–3. - 316 (AISI / SAE) — near: S31600 allows C ≤ 0.08; 1.4401 is the EN counterpart. 1.4404 meets 316 mechanicals only at the low end (316 requires Rp0.2 ≥ 205 MPa — satisfied). - 1.4401 (EN (European)) — near: X5CrNiMo17-12-2 (316): C ≤ 0.07; higher strength minimums (Rp0.2 ≥ 240 MPa plate). - 1.4571 (EN (European)) — near: X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2 (316Ti): Ti-stabilized instead of low-carbon; same corrosion class, slightly higher strength, poorer polish. - 1.4432 / 1.4436 (EN (European)) — near: 2.5–3.0 % Mo versions (316L high-Mo) for slightly higher PREN. - 03Kh17N14M3 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5632 03Kh17N14M3: C ≤ 0.03, Mo 2.5–3.0, Ni 13–15 — richer than 1.4404. - 1.4301 (EN (European)) — functional: Non-Mo 304: cheaper, lower pitting resistance. - 1.4462 (EN (European)) — functional: Austenitic 316L: half the yield strength, PREN 24; the grade 1.4462 usually replaces. Superseded names: - X2CrNiMo17 13 2 — DIN 17440 (withdrawn): Same number 1.4404; name changed to 17-12-2 in EN 10088. - V4A — Krupp trade name: German colloquial name for the Mo-bearing austenitics (1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571). - 316S11 — BS 1449 / BS 970 - Z3CND17-12-02 — NF A 35-573 Product forms: cold-rolled sheet and coil (2B, 2R, brushed); hot-rolled plate; bar, wire, profiles (EN 10088-3); welded and seamless tube and pipe (EN 10217-7, EN 10216-5); fittings, flanges, fasteners (A4-70) Tolerances: cold-rolled: EN ISO 9445-2; plate: EN 10029; bar: EN 10278 / EN 10060; tube: EN ISO 1127 ### 1.4404 yield strength Rp0.2 ≥ 220 MPa plate (32 ksi), ≥ 240 MPa cold-rolled sheet; Rp1.0 ≥ 260 MPa. EN 1993-1-4 design values: fy = 220 MPa (plate) / 240 MPa (cold-rolled). ### 1.4404 tensile strength 520–670 MPa (plate, 75–97 ksi), 530–680 MPa (cold-rolled). Bar 500–700 MPa. ### 1.4404 hardness Max 215 HB annealed (≈ 95 HRB). Not heat-treatable; cold-worked strip up to 350–400 HV. ### Corrosion resistance PREN = Cr + 3.3 Mo + 16 N ≈ 23.5–25. Critical pitting temperature (6 % FeCl₃) ≈ 15–20 °C. Resistant to seawater splash, de-icing salts, dilute sulphuric and phosphoric acids, most organic acids; not resistant to hot concentrated chlorides (use 1.4462 duplex or 1.4539/904L). ### Physical properties Density 8.0 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 16 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity 15 W/m·K, resistivity 0.75 Ω·mm²/m, non-magnetic (μr ≈ 1.005 annealed). ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1030–1110 °C, water or forced-air quench. Because C ≤ 0.03 %, 1.4404 can be welded in any thickness without post-weld annealing for corrosion reasons. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by TIG, MIG, MMA, SAW and laser; filler 19 12 3 L / ER316L. No preheat; interpass ≤ 150 °C. Low carbon eliminates sensitization in the HAZ, so post-weld heat treatment is not required. Pickle or electropolish welds exposed to chlorides to restore the passive layer. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability index ≈ 40 % (slightly worse than 1.4301 because of Mo and work hardening). Forming, deep drawing and spinning are very good; spring-back is high. Finishes: 2B, 2R (BA), brushed (grit 240–320), electropolished for pharma and food contact. Applications: Chemical, pharmaceutical and food process vessels, piping and heat exchangers; Coastal and urban architecture: facades, handrails, roofing; Swimming-pool and spa fittings (with regular cleaning; 1.4462 for indoor pools); Marine hardware, deck fittings, boat rails; Water treatment, desalination pre-treatment, brewery and dairy equipment; Medical implants and instruments (as ASTM F138 1.4441 variant); Fasteners A4-70 / A4-80 (ISO 3506) Q: Is 1.4404 the same as 316L? A: Yes. 1.4404 (EN 10088) and 316L (UNS S31603, ASTM A240) are dual-certified; the EN Mo window (2.0–2.5 %) lies inside the ASTM window (2.0–3.0 %), so 1.4404 always satisfies 316L. Q: What is the difference between 1.4404 and 1.4401? A: Carbon: 1.4404 ≤ 0.03 % (316L), 1.4401 ≤ 0.07 % (316). 1.4401 has slightly higher strength minimums (Rp0.2 ≥ 240 MPa plate) but can sensitize when welded in thick sections. Most suppliers stock 1.4401/1.4404 dual-certified. Q: 1.4404 or 1.4571 — which is better? A: Same corrosion class (PREN ≈ 24). 1.4571 (316Ti) has ~10 % higher strength and better creep resistance to 550 °C, but the titanium carbides leave streaks when polished. Choose 1.4404 for polished, hygienic and welded sheet; 1.4571 for hot-service and heavy plate in German-spec projects. Q: Is 1.4404 suitable for seawater? A: For splash zones, boat fittings and intermittent exposure, yes with cleaning. For continuous immersion in warm seawater it will crevice-corrode; use 1.4462 (duplex), 1.4539 (904L) or 6 % Mo grades. Q: Is 1.4404 magnetic? A: No when annealed. Heavy cold work induces a slight magnetic response, less than in 1.4301 because the higher Ni stabilizes the austenite. --- ## 1.4462 (1.4462) — Ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1-4462/ System: EN (European) | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: EN 10088-2 | Verified against: EN 10088-2:2014 Aliases: X2CrNiMoN22-5-3, X2 CrNiMoN 22 5 3, 2205 EN, duplex 1.4462, 1.4462 stainless, F51 EN 1.4462 (X2CrNiMoN22-5-3) is the standard duplex stainless steel — the grade the world calls 2205. Its microstructure is half ferrite, half austenite, and that balance gives twice the yield strength of 316L (460 MPa vs 220 MPa), better chloride stress-corrosion cracking resistance and a pitting index PREN of about 35 against 24 for 1.4404. Nitrogen (0.10–0.22 %) is the key alloying element: it stabilizes the austenite, raises PREN and speeds re-formation of austenite in weld metal. Because designers can halve the wall thickness compared with austenitic steel, 1.4462 is the economic choice for pressure vessels, storage tanks, heat exchangers, offshore piping, desalination and pulp-and-paper digesters. The limits are temperature: intermetallic phases (sigma, chi) form on holding at 700–950 °C and 475 °C embrittlement occurs on long exposure at 350–500 °C, so the practical service window is −50 to +280 °C (EN 13445 / ASME: 315 °C). Since 2000 most 2205 is melted to the tighter UNS S32205 window, which 1.4462 plate normally meets; the older S31803 window is wider on the low side. The table grades both, plus the JIS, GB and forging (F51/F60) designations. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 1; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.015; N 0.1 – 0.22; Cr 21 – 23; Mo 2.5 – 3.5; Ni 4.5 – 6.5 EN 10088-2:2014 Table 4. ASTM S32205 ("2205" since 2000) requires Cr 22–23, Mo 3.0–3.5, N 0.14–0.20 — a tighter, higher-PREN window inside the EN range; older S31803 is wider (Cr 21–23, Mo 2.5–3.5, N 0.08–0.20). Mechanical properties: - Cold-rolled sheet (C), ≤ 8 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 500 MPa; tensile 700–950 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≤ 270 HB - Hot-rolled strip (H), ≤ 13.5 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 460 MPa; tensile 700–950 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 270 HB - Hot-rolled plate (P), ≤ 75 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 460 MPa; tensile 640–840 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 270 HB - Bar ≤ 160 mm, +AT (EN 10088-3): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile 650–880 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 270 HB - Rp1.0 (design): yield ≥ 500 (P) / ≥ 530 (C) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Solution annealed 1020–1100 °C, water quenched. Roughly 50/50 ferrite/austenite; ferromagnetic. Impact ≥ 100 J at +20 °C and ≥ 40 J at −40 °C typical for plate. Impact: 40 J at -40 °C (typical plate; EN 10028-7 requires ≥ 60 J at −40 °C for pressure plate ≤ 30 mm) Equivalents: - 2205 (S32205) (AISI / SAE) — identical: UNS S32205 (ASTM A240/A790): Cr 22–23, Ni 4.5–6.5, Mo 3–3.5, N 0.14–0.20. Modern 1.4462 plate is melted to S32205 and dual-certified. - 2205 (AISI / SAE) — identical: X2CrNiMoN22-5-3: EN window covers both S31803 and S32205; modern 1.4462 plate is dual-certified S32205. - F51 / F60 (ASTM / ASME) — identical: ASTM A182 forging grades: F51 = S31803, F60 = S32205. - 022Cr23Ni5Mo3N (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 022Cr23Ni5Mo3N (formerly 00Cr22Ni5Mo3N). - SUS329J3L (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS329J3L: Cr 21–24, Ni 4.5–6.5, Mo 2.5–3.5, N 0.08–0.20. - S31803 (AISI / SAE) — near: Original 2205 window (Cr 21–23, Mo 2.5–3.5, N 0.08–0.20): 1.4462 material with N ≥ 0.10 fits, but low-N heats have lower PREN. S32205 is the safer equivalence. - 03Kh22N5AM3 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST R 55374 / TU designations for 2205-type duplex; not a classic GOST 5632 grade. - 1.4362 (EN (European)) — functional: Lean duplex 2304 (23 % Cr, 4 % Ni, no Mo): cheaper, PREN ≈ 25. - 1.4410 (EN (European)) — functional: Super-duplex 2507 (25 % Cr, 7 % Ni, 4 % Mo, PREN ≥ 40) for hot seawater. - 1.4404 (EN (European)) — functional: Austenitic 316L: half the yield strength, PREN 24; the grade 1.4462 usually replaces. Superseded names: - X2CrNiMoN22 5 3 — DIN 17440 / SEW 400: Same number 1.4462. - 318S13 — BS 1449 - Z3CND22-05Az — NF A 35-573 - SAF 2205 — Sandvik trade name: Generic 2205 designation now used industry-wide. Product forms: hot-rolled plate (dominant); cold-rolled sheet and coil; bar and forgings (EN 10088-3, EN 10222-5); seamless and welded pipe (EN 10216-5, EN 10217-7); fittings and flanges Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; cold-rolled: EN ISO 9445-2; bar: EN 10278 / EN 10060 ### 1.4462 yield strength Rp0.2 ≥ 460 MPa hot-rolled plate (67 ksi), ≥ 500 MPa cold-rolled sheet, ≥ 450 MPa bar; Rp1.0 ≥ 500 MPa. EN 1993-1-4 uses fy = 460 MPa (plate). ### 1.4462 tensile strength 640–840 MPa plate (93–122 ksi), 700–950 MPa strip and cold-rolled sheet. ### 1.4462 hardness Max 270 HB (≈ 28 HRC) solution annealed; NACE MR0175 limits to 28 HRC / 36 HRC depending on product form for sour service. Not hardenable by heat treatment. ### Corrosion resistance PREN = Cr + 3.3 Mo + 16 N ≈ 34–36 (S32205 heats ≥ 35). CPT (ASTM G48 A) ≈ 35–50 °C; CCT ≈ 20 °C. Resistant to chloride SCC up to ~150 °C where 316L fails at 60 °C. Suitable for seawater at ambient temperature with flow; crevices need super-duplex. ### Physical properties Density 7.8 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 13 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C — closer to carbon steel than austenitics), conductivity 15 W/m·K, ferromagnetic. ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1020–1100 °C, water quench. Never stress-relieve at 350–950 °C (embrittlement). Hot forming 1200–950 °C followed by full re-anneal. ### Weldability Weldable by TIG, MIG, MMA, SAW and FCAW with over-alloyed filler 22 9 3 N L (ER2209, 9 % Ni) to keep the weld metal ≥ 30 % austenite. Heat input 0.5–2.5 kJ/mm, interpass ≤ 150 °C (100 °C for thick sections), no preheat, no PWHT. Purge roots with argon + 2 % N₂. Autogenous welding without filler produces a ferritic, brittle bead and is not permitted for pressure parts. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 30 % (high yield strength and work hardening): rigid set-ups, carbide with sharp positive geometry, low speed / high feed, abundant coolant. Cold forming requires ~50 % higher press force than 316L and generous bend radii (≥ 2 t); spring-back is large. Hot forming 1200–950 °C then solution anneal. Applications: Pressure vessels, columns and storage tanks (EN 13445, ASME VIII with S32205); Heat exchangers, condensers and evaporators in chloride-containing water; Offshore process piping, risers, firewater systems, umbilical tubes; Desalination (SWRO) high-pressure piping and vessels; Pulp and paper digesters, bleach plant, white-liquor tanks; Chemical tankers cargo tanks, road tankers; Bridges, walkways and rebar in marine or de-icing environments; Flue-gas desulphurization and wet scrubbers Q: Is 1.4462 the same as 2205? A: Yes. 2205 is the common name for UNS S31803/S32205, the ASTM counterpart of EN 1.4462. Modern plate is melted to the tighter S32205 limits (Cr ≥ 22, Mo ≥ 3, N ≥ 0.14) and dual-certified as 1.4462 / S32205 / S31803. Q: What is the maximum service temperature of 1.4462? A: About 280 °C in European pressure codes (EN 13445) and 315 °C (600 °F) in ASME; above that 475 °C embrittlement and sigma phase reduce toughness. The lower limit is around −50 °C. Q: Is 1.4462 magnetic? A: Yes. The 50 % ferrite phase makes duplex steels ferromagnetic — a simple way to distinguish them from 316L on site. Q: What is the difference between 1.4462 and 1.4404? A: 1.4462 has double the yield strength (460 vs 220 MPa), higher pitting resistance (PREN 35 vs 24) and far better chloride stress-corrosion resistance, but it is magnetic, harder to form, and limited to −50/+280 °C. 1.4404 is the choice for cryogenic, high-temperature and deep-drawn parts. Q: Can 1.4462 be welded to carbon steel or 316L? A: Yes, with 22 9 3 N L (2209) or 23 12 2 L (309LMo) filler and controlled heat input. Dissimilar joints are common in vessel nozzles and pipe transitions. --- ## 1.4571 (1.4571) — Austenitic Cr-Ni-Mo stainless steel, titanium-stabilized URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1-4571/ System: EN (European) | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: EN 10088-2 | Verified against: EN 10088-2:2014 Aliases: X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2, X6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, 316Ti, V4A Ti, 1.4571 stainless 1.4571 (X6CrNiMoTi17-12-2) is the titanium-stabilized member of the 316 family and, with 1.4404, one of the two grades German engineers mean by "V4A". Instead of driving carbon down to 0.03 %, the mill adds titanium at five times the carbon content; the carbon precipitates as harmless TiC during hot rolling, so the 17 % Cr / 2.2 % Mo matrix keeps its full corrosion resistance after welding or after service at 400–550 °C. That heat stability is the reason 1.4571 remains the specified grade in German, Austrian and Eastern-European pressure-vessel, exhaust, flue-gas and chemical plant drawings (EN 10028-7, AD 2000). Strength is 10–20 MPa above 1.4404, creep strength is markedly better, and PREN is the same ≈ 24. The price is surface quality: titanium carbonitride stringers show as fine streaks after bright polishing and can nucleate pits in thin sheet, so hygienic and decorative applications moved to 1.4404. Outside Europe, 316Ti is rare — ASTM lists it as S31635 but US mills stock 316L — and the cross-reference table explains what to accept as a substitute. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.08; Si ≤ 1; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.015; Cr 16.5 – 18.5; Mo 2 – 2.5; Ni 10.5 – 13.5; Ti 5 × C – 0.7 (stabilizing ratio Ti ≥ 5×C, max 0.70 %) EN 10088-2:2014 Table 3. Titanium ties up carbon as TiC so the steel cannot sensitize at 500–800 °C — the alternative to lowering carbon (1.4404). Mechanical properties: - Cold-rolled sheet (C), ≤ 8 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 240 MPa; tensile 540–690 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Hot-rolled strip (H), ≤ 13.5 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 220 MPa; tensile 520–670 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Hot-rolled plate (P), ≤ 75 mm, +AT: yield ≥ 220 MPa; tensile 520–670 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Bar ≤ 160 mm, +AT (EN 10088-3): yield ≥ 200 MPa; tensile 500–700 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 215 HB - Rp0.2 at 300 °C (EN 10028-7): yield ≥ 145 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 500 °C (EN 10028-7): yield ≥ 125 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Solution annealed 1020–1120 °C. Elevated-temperature minimums per EN 10028-7 (pressure-vessel plate). Impact: 60 J at -196 °C (typical) Equivalents: - 316Ti (AISI / SAE) — identical: UNS S31635 (ASTM A240 316Ti): C ≤ 0.08, Cr 16–18, Ni 10–14, Mo 2–3, Ti 5×(C+N)–0.70. Rarely stocked in the USA. - 320S31 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 320S31. - 06Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 06Cr17Ni12Mo2Ti (formerly 0Cr18Ni12Mo2Ti). - 10Kh17N13M2T (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 5632 10Kh17N13M2T: C ≤ 0.10, Cr 16–18, Ni 12–14, Mo 2–3, Ti 5×C–0.7 — the Russian workhorse Mo grade. - SUS316Ti (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS316Ti: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 16–18, Ni 10–14, Mo 2–3, Ti ≥ 5×C. - 316L (AISI / SAE) — near: Same corrosion class; 316L achieves weld-zone stability by low carbon instead of Ti. Usual substitute outside Europe. - 316 (AISI / SAE) — near: 316Ti — Ti-stabilized; equivalent corrosion class, better at 400–550 °C. - 1.4404 (EN (European)) — near: Low-carbon route to the same stability; better polish, slightly lower strength. - 1.4401 (EN (European)) — near: Unstabilized 316; sensitizes in thick welds. Superseded names: - X10CrNiMoTi18 10 — DIN 17440 (withdrawn): Same number 1.4571; name changed in EN 10088. - 320S31 — BS 1449: British 316Ti. - Z6CNDT17-12 — NF A 35-573 Product forms: hot-rolled plate (dominant form); cold-rolled sheet; bar, forgings, profiles; seamless and welded pipe (EN 10216-5 / 10217-7); fittings and flanges Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; cold-rolled: EN ISO 9445-2; bar: EN 10278 / EN 10060 ### 1.4571 yield strength Rp0.2 ≥ 220 MPa plate, ≥ 240 MPa cold-rolled (≈ 32–35 ksi); at 300 °C ≥ 145 MPa, at 500 °C ≥ 125 MPa (EN 10028-7). ### 1.4571 tensile strength 520–670 MPa plate, 540–690 MPa cold-rolled. ### 1.4571 hardness Max 215 HB solution annealed; not hardenable by heat treatment. ### Corrosion and heat resistance PREN ≈ 24; intergranular corrosion resistant in the as-welded and 500–800 °C-exposed condition (EN ISO 3651-2 passes without sensitization). Maximum continuous service ≈ 550 °C for pressure parts; scaling resistance in air to ~850 °C. ### Physical properties Density 8.0 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 16.5 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity 15 W/m·K, non-magnetic annealed. ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1020–1120 °C, quench in water or air. Stabilizing anneal (870–900 °C) is possible for maximum intergranular resistance. ### Weldability Very good weldability; filler 19 12 3 Nb (ER318) or 19 12 3 L (ER316L). Titanium does not transfer across the arc, so unstabilized filler is acceptable when C ≤ 0.03 %. No preheat, interpass ≤ 150 °C, no PWHT required. Pickle welds for corrosive service. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 40 %; TiC particles increase tool wear slightly relative to 1.4404. Forming and bending excellent; polishing to mirror finish is difficult (streaking). Preferred for heavy plate, forged flanges and machined pressure parts rather than decorative sheet. Applications: Pressure vessels, columns and heat exchangers to EN 10028-7 / AD 2000 (German-spec projects); Chemical and petrochemical piping and valves; Exhaust systems, flue-gas ducting and scrubbers; Textile, paper and pulp equipment; Food industry heavy equipment (non-polished); Structural parts in warm marine and de-icing environments Q: Is 1.4571 the same as 316L? A: Not identical but equivalent in corrosion class. 1.4571 (316Ti) is titanium-stabilized with up to 0.08 % C; 316L is low-carbon (≤ 0.03 %). Both resist weld sensitization. 316L can generally replace 1.4571 for ambient service; for service above 400 °C, 1.4571 is superior. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of 1.4571? A: UNS S31635 / ASTM A240 Type 316Ti. Because it is seldom stocked in North America, specifications usually allow 316L (S31603) as an alternative. Q: Why does 1.4571 not polish well? A: Titanium combines with carbon and nitrogen into hard TiC/TiN particles that appear as streaks and pin-holes on a bright-polished surface. For mirror or hygienic finishes use 1.4404. Q: What is 1.4571 used for? A: Pressure equipment and piping in the chemical, petrochemical and power industries, exhaust and flue-gas systems, heat exchangers, and heavy plate structures in corrosive environments — especially in projects built to German standards (AD 2000, EN 13445 with EN 10028-7). --- ## 1018 [G10180] — Low-carbon steel, cold-finished bar (case-hardenable) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1018/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Carbon steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J403 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 1018, SAE 1018, 1018 steel, 1018 mild steel, 1018 CRS, 1018 cold rolled, C1018, G10180, 1018 carbon steel, 1018 bar AISI 1018 is the general-purpose low-carbon steel of North American machine shops: 0.15–0.20 % carbon and 0.6–0.9 % manganese, UNS G10180, sold overwhelmingly as cold-drawn bar ('1018 CRS') in rounds, squares, hexes and flats with a smooth, close-tolerance surface. Cold drawing raises the yield from about 220 MPa (hot-rolled) to 350–400 MPa and gives a bright finish that often needs no further machining — which is why 1018 is the default for shafts, spacers, pins, keys, fixtures, brackets and prototype parts that will not be heat-treated. Its other role is case hardening: the low carbon core stays tough while carburizing produces a 58–62 HRC skin, so 1018 is used for pins, gears and cam followers in light service. Through-hardening is not possible. Weldability is excellent (CE ≈ 0.3) and it forms, bends and machines easily, though the low carbon makes it 'gummy' with built-up edge on tools. There is no exact EN grade: C15 (lower Mn) is the case-hardening match, S235JRC or C22 the bright-bar substitute; JIS S17C/S20C, GB 20 and BS 080A17 are near or identical. When a drawing says 1018 for a plate, the buyer usually receives A36 or A1011 CS. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.15 – 0.2; Mn 0.6 – 0.9; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.05 SAE J403 / ASTM A29 (G10180). Si is not specified for 10xx bar (typically 0.15–0.30). Compare EN C15 (C 0.12–0.18, Mn 0.30–0.60), C20 / C22 (C 0.17–0.24, Mn 0.40–0.70) — 1018 sits between them with higher Mn. Mechanical properties: - Cold drawn (as drawn), 16–22 mm — typical: yield ≈ 370 MPa; tensile ≈ 440 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 126 HB - Cold drawn, 22–32 mm — typical: yield ≈ 345 MPa; tensile ≈ 420 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 121 HB - Cold drawn, 32–50 mm — typical: yield ≈ 310 MPa; tensile ≈ 400 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 116 HB - Cold drawn + stress relieved (A108 SR) — typical: yield ≈ 400 MPa; tensile ≈ 450 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness ≈ 130 HB - Hot rolled — typical: yield ≈ 220 MPa; tensile ≈ 400 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≈ 116 HB - Normalized (925 °C) — typical: yield ≈ 235 MPa; tensile ≈ 420 MPa; elongation 28 %; hardness ≈ 121 HB - Annealed (870 °C) — typical: yield ≈ 205 MPa; tensile ≈ 385 MPa; elongation 30 %; hardness ≈ 111 HB - Carburized & hardened — surface: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 58–62 HRC (case), core ≈ 20 HRC AISI 1018 is specified by chemistry; mechanical values are typical (ASM / A108 guidance) and vary with bar size and reduction. ASTM A108 gives no strength minimums unless a special condition (e.g. SR) is ordered. Impact: 80 J at 20 °C (typical, hot rolled / normalized) Equivalents: - 080A17 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 080A17: C 0.15–0.20, Mn 0.70–0.90. - 1020 (AISI / SAE) — near: C 0.18–0.23, Mn 0.30–0.60: slightly higher carbon, lower Mn; used interchangeably for many parts. - 1015 / 1010 (AISI / SAE) — near: Lower-carbon cold-heading grades. - C15 / C15E (EN (European)) — near: C 0.12–0.18, Mn 0.30–0.60 — lower Mn; the case-hardening equivalent. C16E (1.1148) and C20/C22 are also quoted. - S235JRC / C22 (EN (European)) — near: EN 10277 bright bar S235JRC (1.0122) is the general-purpose cold-drawn substitute; C22 (C 0.17–0.24) the closer chemistry. - C15 (EN (European)) — near: C 0.15–0.20, Mn 0.60–0.90; the US stock grade most often supplied against a C15 request. - 20 (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 699 grade 20 (20#): C 0.17–0.23, Mn 0.35–0.65 — slightly higher C, lower Mn. - 20 / 18kp (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 1050 Steel 20: C 0.17–0.24, Mn 0.35–0.65. - S15C / S17C / S20C (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G4051 S17C (C 0.15–0.20, Mn 0.30–0.60) is closest on carbon; S20C on strength. - 12L14 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Free-machining leaded steel for high-volume screw-machine parts (not weldable, not case-hardenable). - A36 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: Structural plate/shape with guaranteed 250 MPa yield — the alternative for welded structures; 1018 is a bar product with no guaranteed properties. Superseded names: - C1018 — AISI (pre-1960s prefix): C = basic open-hearth; still used in catalogues. - G10180 — UNS - 080A17 / 080M15 — BS 970 - C15 / C20 — EN 10084 / 10083: Bracketing European grades. - St 37-3 K (bright bar) — DIN 1652 (withdrawn): German bright-bar equivalent, now EN 10277 S235JRC / C15. Product forms: cold-finished (cold-drawn) bar — round, square, hex, flat (ASTM A108): the signature form ('1018 CRS'); hot-rolled bar (A29 / A575 / A576); seamless DOM tube (A513 type 5), welded tube (A513); forgings, wire, cold-heading wire (A510); plate and sheet are usually A36 / A1011 / A1008 rather than '1018' Tolerances: cold-finished bar: ASTM A108 (typ. −0.05 mm on rounds ≤ 25 mm; h10–h11); hot-rolled bar: ASTM A29 / A6; DOM tube: ASTM A513 ### 1018 steel yield strength Cold-drawn ≈ 370 MPa (54 ksi) in 16–22 mm rounds (decreasing to ≈ 310 MPa at 50 mm); stress-relieved cold-drawn ≈ 400 MPa; hot-rolled ≈ 220 MPa (32 ksi); annealed ≈ 205 MPa. ### 1018 tensile strength Cold-drawn ≈ 440 MPa (64 ksi); hot-rolled ≈ 400 MPa (58 ksi); annealed ≈ 385 MPa; carburized core ≈ 500–600 MPa. ### 1018 hardness Cold-drawn ≈ 126 HB (≈ 71 HRB); hot-rolled ≈ 116 HB; annealed ≈ 111 HB. Carburized case 58–62 HRC (0.5–1.5 mm typical); through-hardening not possible (as-quenched ≈ 35–40 HRC in very thin sections only). ### Heat treatment Anneal 870–900 °C, furnace cool. Normalize 900–925 °C (1650–1700 °F), air. Stress relieve cold-drawn bar 500–600 °C (A108 condition SR). Carburize 900–930 °C, direct or single quench in water/brine from 790–820 °C (oil for distortion-sensitive parts), temper 150–200 °C. Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Ac3 ≈ 845 °C. ### Machinability ≈ 70–78 % of B1112 (cold-drawn) — good but gummy; sharp tools, positive rake, higher feeds to avoid built-up edge. 1117/1141 or 12L14 are the free-machining alternatives; 1018 machines better than 1020 hot-rolled thanks to the cold-drawn surface. ### Physical properties Density 7.87 g/cm³ (0.284 lb/in³), E = 205 GPa (29.7 × 10⁶ psi), expansion 11.7 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), conductivity 51.9 W/m·K, specific heat 486 J/kg·K. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by all processes (CE ≈ 0.30): MIG (ER70S-6), TIG, stick (E6013/E7018), resistance and laser, no preheat, no PWHT. Cold-drawn bar loses its cold-work strength in the HAZ (reverts to ≈ 220 MPa yield) — design welded 1018 assemblies on hot-rolled properties. Do not weld carburized surfaces. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Good machinability with HSS or carbide; typical turning 60–90 m/min HSS, 150–250 m/min carbide. Chip control is poor (long stringy chips) — use chip breakers. Cold forming, bending (1 t radius), swaging and cold heading are excellent in the annealed or hot-rolled condition; cold-drawn bar has reduced ductility and may crack on sharp bends. Surface treatments: carburizing/carbonitriding, zinc/nickel/chrome plating, black oxide, phosphate. Applications: Shafts, spacers, pins, dowels, keys, studs for machinery and fixtures; Prototype and low-stress machined parts, jigs and tooling bodies; Case-hardened pins, gears, ratchets, cam followers in light service; Hydraulic and pneumatic cylinder tubes (DOM, A513 type 5); Cold-headed bolts and rivets, tie rods, anchor bolts; Welded brackets, frames and general fabrication (hot-rolled); Chain links, agricultural and lawn-equipment parts Q: What is the difference between 1018 and A36? A: 1018 is an AISI bar grade defined by chemistry (0.15–0.20 % C) and sold mainly cold-drawn with ~370 MPa yield; A36 is an ASTM structural specification for plate and shapes with a guaranteed 250 MPa minimum yield and looser chemistry (C ≤ 0.25–0.29 %). Use 1018 for machined bar parts, A36 for welded structures and plate. Q: Which is stronger, 1018 or 4140? A: 4140 by a wide margin: even annealed 4140 (≈ 415 MPa yield) exceeds cold-drawn 1018 (≈ 370 MPa), and heat-treated 4140 reaches 900–1600 MPa. 1018 cannot be through-hardened. Choose 1018 for cheap, weldable, low-stress parts; 4140 for strength. Q: Can 1018 be hardened? A: Only on the surface by carburizing or carbonitriding (58–62 HRC case). Its 0.18 % carbon is too low for through-hardening; quenching alone gives at most 35–40 HRC in very thin sections. Q: What does 1018 CRS mean? A: Cold-Rolled Steel — strictly cold-drawn bar (ASTM A108): pickled hot-rolled bar pulled through a die, giving a bright surface, tight tolerance and higher yield strength (≈ 370 MPa vs 220 MPa hot-rolled). Q: Is 1018 weldable? A: Yes, one of the most weldable steels — no preheat, any process, ER70S-6 or E7018. The heat-affected zone loses the strength gained by cold drawing, so welded joints should be designed on hot-rolled strength. Q: What is 1018 equivalent to in EN? A: No exact match. C15/C15E (1.0401/1.1141) for case-hardening use, C22 or S235JRC (EN 10277 bright bar) for general machining. JIS S17C/S20C, GB 20 and BS 080A17 are the closest. --- ## 1045 [G10450] — Medium-carbon steel, hardenable URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1045/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Carbon steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J403 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 1045, SAE 1045, 1045 steel, 1045 carbon steel, C1045, G10450, 1045 medium carbon, 1045 TGP, 1045 CRS, 1045 HR AISI 1045 is the medium-carbon workhorse: 0.43–0.50 % carbon, 0.6–0.9 % manganese, no alloying, UNS G10450 — the American twin of EN C45, JIS S45C and GB/GOST 45. It is the cheapest steel that can be usefully hardened: through-hardening in water works up to about 20–25 mm, and flame or induction hardening gives a 55–58 HRC wear surface on shafts, gears and rollers of any size while the core stays at ~180 HB. Most 1045 is used either as-rolled/cold-drawn for shafting, or surface-hardened. Cold-drawn 1045 bar reaches roughly 530 MPa yield and 625 MPa tensile — about 40 % above 1018 — and it is the standard material for turned-ground-and-polished (TGP) and induction-hardened chrome-plated shafting used in linear bearings and hydraulic cylinders. Normalized or Q&T it serves for axles, bolts (SAE Grade 5), crankshafts in small engines, spindles, gears, sprockets and machine parts of moderate size. The price of the higher carbon is weldability: 1045 needs 200–300 °C preheat and post-weld tempering, and it is more prone to quench cracking than 1040. Machinability is still good (≈ 55–60 %). Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.43 – 0.5; Mn 0.6 – 0.9; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.05 SAE J403 / ASTM A29 (G10450). Si typically 0.15–0.35 (not specified). Compare EN C45 (C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.50–0.80, Cr/Mo/Ni capped) and C45E (P ≤ 0.030). Mechanical properties: - Hot rolled — typical: yield ≈ 310 MPa; tensile ≈ 565 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness ≈ 163 HB - Cold drawn, 16–22 mm — typical: yield ≈ 530 MPa; tensile ≈ 625 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 179 HB - Cold drawn, 22–32 mm — typical: yield ≈ 485 MPa; tensile ≈ 600 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 170 HB - Annealed (790 °C) — typical: yield ≈ 310 MPa; tensile ≈ 565 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≈ 163 HB - Normalized (900 °C) — typical: yield ≈ 410 MPa; tensile ≈ 620 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 187 HB - Q&T (water), tempered 540 °C, 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 530 MPa; tensile ≈ 760 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness ≈ 220 HB - Q&T (water), tempered 425 °C — typical: yield ≈ 620 MPa; tensile ≈ 850 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 255 HB - Q&T (water), tempered 315 °C — typical: yield ≈ 700 MPa; tensile ≈ 960 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 290 HB - As-quenched (water), surface: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 55–60 HRC Typical values (ASM), 25 mm rounds; hardenability is low so Q&T figures apply to the surface and to sections ≤ 20–25 mm. Induction/flame-hardened surface 55–58 HRC with soft core ≈ 165–190 HB. Impact: 30 J at 20 °C (typical, normalized; ≈ 15 J cold drawn) Equivalents: - 080M46 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 080M46: C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.60–1.00. - C45 (EN (European)) — identical: 1.0503: C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.50–0.80; C45E (1.1191) the cleaner version — dual-certified 1045/C45 bar is standard. - 45 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 1050 Steel 45: C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.50–0.80. - S45C (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4051 S45C: C 0.42–0.48, Mn 0.60–0.90. - 1050 (AISI / SAE) — near: C 0.48–0.55: slightly higher carbon and hardness for the same treatments. - 1040 (AISI / SAE) — near: C 0.37–0.44: slightly lower carbon, better weldability. - 4140 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Alloyed alternative with deep hardenability for sections > 25 mm and higher toughness. - 1144 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Resulfurized 0.44 % C free-machining bar ('Stressproof') for high-volume screw-machine shafts. Superseded names: - C1045 — AISI (pre-1960s) - G10450 — UNS: 1045H = H10450 hardenability band. - 080M46 / 080A47 — BS 970: 080M46 ≈ 1045 (Mn 0.60–1.00). - C45 / Ck45 / C45E — EN 10083 / DIN 17200: European twins. - XC45 / XC48 — NF A 35-552 Product forms: hot-rolled and cold-drawn bar (ASTM A29, A108, A576); turned, ground & polished (TGP) shafting; induction-hardened chrome-plated shafting; plate (A830 1045), forgings (A29 / A521), seamless tube (A519); wire, rail-type sections Tolerances: cold-finished bar: ASTM A108; hot-rolled bar: ASTM A29 / A6; TGP shafting: ASTM A108 + supplier tolerance (typ. h6–h8) ### 1045 steel yield strength Hot-rolled ≈ 310 MPa (45 ksi); cold-drawn ≈ 530 MPa (77 ksi) in 16–22 mm rounds; normalized ≈ 410 MPa; Q&T tempered 540 °C ≈ 530 MPa, 425 °C ≈ 620 MPa, 315 °C ≈ 700 MPa (≤ 25 mm). ### 1045 tensile strength Hot-rolled ≈ 565 MPa (82 ksi); cold-drawn ≈ 625 MPa (91 ksi); normalized ≈ 620 MPa; Q&T 760–960 MPa depending on temper (≤ 25 mm). ### 1045 hardness Hot-rolled / annealed ≈ 163 HB; cold-drawn ≈ 179 HB; normalized ≈ 187 HB; Q&T 220–290 HB; as-quenched (water) 55–60 HRC at the surface; flame/induction-hardened surface 55–58 HRC, case depth 1.5–5 mm. ### Heat treatment Anneal 790–870 °C, furnace cool. Normalize 870–925 °C (1600–1700 °F), air. Harden 820–850 °C (1500–1560 °F), water or brine quench (oil for thin, simple shapes); temper 205–650 °C, avoid 230–370 °C. Induction/flame harden to 55–58 HRC, temper 150–200 °C. Stress relieve 550–650 °C. Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Ac3 ≈ 780 °C, Ms ≈ 340 °C. Ideal critical diameter ≈ 20–25 mm (water). ### Machinability ≈ 55–60 % of B1112 (hot-rolled / cold-drawn) — good with carbide; better chip control than 1018. 1144 / 1146 are the free-machining alternatives. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 205 GPa, expansion 11.7 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity 49.8 W/m·K, specific heat 486 J/kg·K. ### Weldability Limited weldability (CE ≈ 0.55–0.65): preheat 200–300 °C, low-hydrogen consumables (E7018 / ER70S-6), interpass control, slow cooling, temper or stress-relieve at 550–650 °C afterwards. Weld before hardening; never weld induction-hardened surfaces. For welded assemblies use 1020/A36 for the structure and 1045 only for the machined insert. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Turning, milling, drilling and threading with HSS or carbide are all routine; cold-drawn and normalized conditions give the best finish. Machine before hardening. Cold forming is limited (annealed condition, generous radii); hot forging 1200–850 °C followed by normalizing. Surface treatments: induction/flame hardening, hard chrome plating (shafting), nitriding (shallow), black oxide, zinc plating. Applications: TGP shafting, induction-hardened chrome-plated shafts for linear bearings and hydraulic cylinders; Axles, spindles, drive shafts, pump shafts in general machinery; Gears, sprockets, ratchets and pinions with induction-hardened teeth; Bolts and studs SAE Grade 5, threaded rod, U-bolts; Crankshafts and connecting rods for small engines, compressors; Hand tools, hammers, wrenches (forged), agricultural wear parts (flame-hardened); Rolls, rams, couplings, keys and machine parts up to ~60 mm Q: Is 1045 the same as C45? A: Yes. AISI 1045 (C 0.43–0.50, Mn 0.60–0.90) and EN C45 (C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.50–0.80) overlap almost completely; mills dual-certify 1045/C45/S45C. C45E is the cleaner, guaranteed-impact version. Q: Which is stronger, 1045 or 4140? A: 4140. Both have ~0.45 % C, but 4140's Cr and Mo let it through-harden in sections up to 50–75 mm and temper to a tougher structure; heat-treated 4140 reaches 900–1600 MPa versus 700–960 MPa for 1045 in thin sections. In the as-rolled condition the difference is smaller (≈ 655 vs 565 MPa tensile). 1045 is cheaper and slightly easier to machine. Q: Can 1045 be hardened? A: Yes: water-quench from 820–850 °C for 55–60 HRC at the surface, through-hardening only to about 20–25 mm; or flame/induction-harden the surface to 55–58 HRC on any size. Temper afterwards (150–200 °C for surface hardening, higher for Q&T). Q: Is 1045 weldable? A: With precautions: 200–300 °C preheat, low-hydrogen filler and post-weld tempering. Without preheat the heat-affected zone hardens and cracks. Use lower-carbon steel where welding is the main joining method. Q: What is 1045 used for? A: Shafts (especially TGP and induction-hardened chrome-plated shafting), axles, gears, bolts, spindles, hand tools and any medium-strength machine part that will be surface-hardened rather than through-hardened. Q: What is 1045 equivalent to in JIS and GB? A: JIS S45C and GB/T 699 grade 45 (45#) are identical; GOST Steel 45 and BS 080M46 as well. --- ## 1095 [G10950] — High-carbon steel (spring / knife / blade steel) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/1095/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Spring steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J403 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 1095, SAE 1095, 1095 steel, 1095 high carbon steel, 1095 knife steel, 1095 spring steel, C1095, G10950, 1095 blue temper, C100S, 1.1274, CS100, SK4 AISI 1095 is the highest-carbon member of the plain-carbon 10xx series: 0.90–1.03 % carbon with only 0.3–0.5 % manganese, UNS G10950. Above the eutectoid composition it forms excess cementite, which gives excellent edge retention and wear resistance after hardening to 64–66 HRC — the reason 1095 has been the standard American knife, sword, saw-blade and spring-clip steel for a century. Blades are tempered to 56–62 HRC; springs, clock springs and blue-tempered strip to 44–50 HRC. Because it contains no alloying elements, hardenability is very low: a fast quench (brine or a fast quench oil) and thin sections (< 6 mm) are needed for full hardness, and the steel is unforgiving of slow quenches (pearlite forms in about one second). This makes 1095 easy to differentially harden — a clay-coated back stays soft while the edge hardens — but it also means 1095 is not a through-hardening steel for thick parts. Toughness is modest and corrosion resistance nil (blades rust without oil). EN C100S (1.1274), JIS SK95 (SK4) and BS CS100 are the same steel; W1 tool steel is the tool-quality version; 1084 and 5160 are the tougher alternatives. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.9 – 1.03; Mn 0.3 – 0.5; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.05 SAE J403 / ASTM A29 (G10950). Si ≈ 0.15–0.30 typical (not specified). Compare EN C100S (1.1274): C 0.95–1.05, Mn 0.30–0.60, Si 0.15–0.35; JIS SK4 (SK95): C 0.90–1.00; DIN Ck101. Mechanical properties: - Annealed (spheroidized) strip — typical: yield ≈ 380 MPa; tensile ≈ 650 MPa; elongation 13 %; hardness ≈ 190 HB (max 210) - Hot rolled bar — typical: yield ≈ 460 MPa; tensile ≈ 965 MPa; elongation 9 %; hardness ≈ 293 HB - Normalized (900 °C) — typical: yield ≈ 500 MPa; tensile ≈ 1015 MPa; elongation 9 %; hardness ≈ 293 HB - Blue-tempered spring strip (A682), 44–50 HRC — typical: yield ≈ 1100–1300 MPa; tensile ≈ 1400–1700 MPa; elongation 3 %; hardness 44–50 HRC - Q&T, tempered 540 °C (1000 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 690 MPa; tensile ≈ 1000 MPa; elongation 13 %; hardness ≈ 300 HB - Q&T, tempered 315 °C (600 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 950 MPa; tensile ≈ 1250 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≈ 375 HB - Knife blade, tempered 175–230 °C (350–450 °F): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 58–62 HRC - As-quenched (brine/fast oil, 800 °C): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 64–66 HRC Typical values (ASM / strip-producer data). 1095 has very low hardenability (ideal critical diameter ≈ 15–20 mm in water); full hardness requires thin sections and fast quench (brine, Parks 50 or equivalent fast oil). Strip products are ordered by hardness (HRC / HV) rather than strength. Impact: 10 J at 20 °C (typical, Q&T 300 HB; blades at 60 HRC ≈ 5–10 J unnotched) Equivalents: - CS100 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 CS100 carbon spring strip. - C100S (EN (European)) — identical: 1.1274 (EN 10132-4 spring strip): C 0.95–1.05, Mn 0.30–0.60, Si 0.15–0.35. - SK95 (SK4) (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4401 SK95: C 0.90–1.00, Mn 0.10–0.50 — the Japanese knife/saw grade; SK85 (SK5) is the 0.85 % C step. - W1 (AISI / SAE) — near: AISI W1 water-hardening tool steel at 0.95–1.05 % C is chemically the same, supplied to tool-steel cleanliness (ASTM A686). - 1084 / 1084 (AISI / SAE) — near: 0.84 % C: near-eutectoid, more forgiving heat treatment, slightly tougher — the beginner knifemaker's alternative. - C90S / C98S (EN (European)) — near: 1.1217 / 1.1233 — adjacent carbon steps in EN spring-strip grades. - T9A / T10A (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 1298 T10A: C 0.95–1.04, Mn ≤ 0.40 — Chinese carbon tool steel; T9A at 0.85–0.94. - U9A / U10A (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 1435 U10A: C 0.95–1.09, Mn 0.17–0.33 (tool steel); 65G/70S2A are the spring steels. - 5160 (AISI / SAE) — functional: 0.6 % C, 0.8 % Cr spring steel: far tougher, less edge retention — for swords, leaf springs and choppers. - O1 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Oil-hardening tool steel (1.2510): deeper hardening, better wear, easier quench — the tool-shop upgrade. - 52100 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Plain 0.95 % C: similar hardness, much lower hardenability, no chromium carbides — cheaper knife/spring alternative. Superseded names: - C1095 — AISI (pre-1960s): Still printed on knife blanks and saw blades. - G10950 — UNS - CS95 / CS100 — BS 1449 (withdrawn): Carbon spring strip. - Ck101 / C100S — DIN 17222 / EN 10132-4: Cold-rolled spring strip. - SK4 / SK95 — JIS G4401: SK4 (old) = SK95 (2000+). - W1 (near) — AISI tool steel: W1 (0.6–1.4 % C water-hardening tool steel) — the same steel with tool-steel quality control. Product forms: cold-rolled strip and flat stock (ASTM A684 / A682) — annealed or blue-tempered (hardened & tempered spring strip); hot-rolled and cold-drawn bar (A29, A108) — knife billets; wire (A228 music wire is a 0.8–0.95 C relative), plate (limited); flat ground stock for knifemakers Tolerances: strip: ASTM A684 (annealed) / A682 (tempered); thickness commonly ±0.025 mm; bar: ASTM A29 / A108 ### 1095 hardness As-quenched 64–66 HRC (thin sections, fast quench); knives tempered 175–230 °C → 58–62 HRC; springs and blue-tempered strip → 44–50 HRC; annealed (spheroidized) ≈ 190 HB (max 210); hot-rolled ≈ 293 HB. ### 1095 yield and tensile strength Annealed ≈ 380 / 650 MPa; hot-rolled ≈ 460 / 965 MPa; Q&T tempered 540 °C ≈ 690 / 1000 MPa; tempered 315 °C ≈ 950 / 1250 MPa; blue-tempered spring strip ≈ 1100–1300 / 1400–1700 MPa. ### Heat treatment Spheroidize anneal 730–760 °C slow cool (for machining/forming). Normalize 870–900 °C (grain refinement after forging). Harden 790–815 °C (1450–1500 °F) — do not overheat (retained austenite, grain growth) — quench in brine or fast oil; thin blades can be water-quenched with care. Temper immediately: 175–230 °C for blades (58–62 HRC), 260–315 °C for chisels/punches (54–58 HRC), 370–450 °C for springs (44–50 HRC). Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Acm ≈ 800 °C, Ms ≈ 215 °C. Quench must reach < 540 °C within ~1 s for full hardness. ### Edge retention and toughness Wear resistance among the best of the plain-carbon steels (fine cementite); toughness low (≈ 5–10 J unnotched at 60 HRC), improving markedly at 56–58 HRC. Differential hardening (clay/hamon) or a soft spine gives sword-grade toughness with a hard edge. ### Corrosion resistance None — plain carbon steel. Blades develop a patina and rust in humid storage; oil, wax or force a patina (vinegar/mustard) for protection. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 205 GPa, expansion 11.4 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K. ### Weldability Not recommended (CE ≈ 1.0+). If unavoidable: preheat 300–400 °C, low-hydrogen filler, post-weld anneal at 730–760 °C, then re-harden. Forge-welding (damascus, san-mai) at 1100–1200 °C with flux is common in knifemaking; arc-welding of blades causes cracking. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 40–45 % of B1112 in the spheroidized condition (hard cementite wears tools; use carbide, low speed). Machine, grind and drill in the annealed state only; after hardening only grinding (with coolant to avoid burning) and EDM are practical. Cold forming: bending of annealed strip to ≥ 2 t; hot forging 1050–850 °C followed by normalizing and spheroidizing. Surface treatments: black oxide, parkerizing, cerakote; no plating on hardened blades without hydrogen bake. Applications: Knife blades (fixed-blade, machetes, kukris), swords and axes; Saw blades: hand saws, band and circular saw bodies, scrapers; Flat and clock springs, spring clips, retaining rings, snap rings (blue-tempered strip); Cutting tools: chisels, punches, wood-working blades, shear blades (light duty); Agricultural blades: sickles, cutter bars, mower blades; Music wire relatives (A228) for coil springs; needles, pins, feeler gauges; Shim stock, doctor blades, feeler-gauge stock Q: Is 1095 a good knife steel? A: Yes for fixed-blade working knives: easy to sharpen, excellent edge retention among carbon steels, takes a very keen edge at 58–62 HRC and can be differentially hardened. Downsides: it rusts, has modest toughness at high hardness, and needs a fast quench that thin blades tolerate but thick ones do not. Q: What is the difference between 1095 and 1084? A: Carbon: 0.95 vs 0.84 %. 1084 is near-eutectoid, so it hardens fully with a slower (safer) quench and is slightly tougher; 1095 holds an edge a little longer and reaches higher maximum hardness (66 vs 65 HRC) but is less forgiving in heat treatment. Beginners usually start with 1084. Q: How hard does 1095 get? A: 64–66 HRC as-quenched in thin sections with a brine or fast-oil quench. Knives are tempered to 58–62 HRC, springs to 44–50 HRC. Thick sections (> 6–8 mm) will not through-harden because of the very low hardenability. Q: What temperature do you heat-treat 1095 at? A: Austenitize 790–815 °C (a dull cherry / just past non-magnetic), quench in brine or fast oil (must cool below ~540 °C within a second), temper immediately at 175–230 °C for blades (twice, 1–2 h each). Overheating above 850 °C causes grain growth and retained austenite. Q: What is 1095 equivalent to in EN and JIS? A: EN C100S (1.1274, spring strip) and JIS SK95 (formerly SK4) are the same steel; DIN Ck101 and BS CS100 as well. AISI W1 tool steel is the tool-quality version. Q: Does 1095 rust? A: Yes, readily — it has no chromium. Keep blades dry and oiled, or let them develop a stable patina; for corrosion resistance choose a stainless blade steel (440C, 154CM, VG-10, N690). --- ## 16MnCr5 (1.7131) — Alloy case-hardening steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/16mncr5/ System: EN (European) | Family: Case-hardening steel | Standard: EN 10084 | Verified against: EN 10084:2008 Aliases: 16MnCrS5, 1.7139, 16 MnCr 5, 1.7131, 16MnCr5+A, 16MnCr5+FP 16MnCr5 is the standard European case-hardening steel for gears: 0.16 % carbon for a tough core, 1.15 % Mn and 0.95 % Cr for hardenability, Werkstoff number 1.7131, specified in EN 10084. After carburizing to 0.8 % surface carbon and quenching, the case reaches 58–62 HRC while the core stays at roughly 780–1080 MPa tensile in small sections. It occupies the middle of the EN 10084 hardenability ladder: above C15/C16E and 16MnCr5's own lower-band variants, below 20MnCr5, 18CrNiMo7-6 and the Ni-bearing grades used for large, heavily loaded gears. That makes it the economical choice for automotive gearbox gears, small pinions, camshafts, piston pins, bushings and any part that needs a hard, wear-resistant surface over a ductile core. The usual delivery condition is +A (soft annealed) or +FP (treated to ferrite–pearlite for machining). AISI 5115/5120, JIS SCr420 and GB 20CrMn are the nearest matches; none is identical, and the differences are explained in the table. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.14 – 0.19; Si ≤ 0.4; Mn 1 – 1.3; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.035 (16MnCrS5 (1.7139): S 0.020–0.040); Cr 0.8 – 1.1 EN 10084:2008 Table 3. Hardenability band (+H) available as 16MnCr5H; +HH / +HL for restricted upper/lower bands. Mechanical properties: - Core after carburize, quench & temper, 11 mm ref. bar: yield ≥ 590 MPa; tensile 780–1080 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness — - Core, 30 mm ref. bar: yield ≥ 490 MPa; tensile 690–890 MPa; elongation 11 %; hardness — - Core, 63 mm ref. bar: yield ≥ 440 MPa; tensile 640–840 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness — - Surface after carburizing: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 58–62 HRC (≈ 700–780 HV) - +A soft annealed (delivery): yield — MPa; tensile ≤ 700 (typ. 500–650) MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≤ 207 HB - +FP ferrite-pearlite (delivery): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 140–187 HB Core values from EN 10084 Annex F (informative) for blank-hardened reference bars; the standard itself specifies only chemistry, hardenability and delivery hardness. Jominy J9 hardenability: 30–43 HRC for 16MnCr5H. Equivalents: - 5115 (AISI / SAE) — near: SAE 5115 (UNS G51150): C 0.13–0.18, Mn 0.70–0.90, Cr 0.70–0.90 — lower Mn and Cr, somewhat lower hardenability. SAE 5120 is closer on hardenability. - 590M17 (BS (superseded British)) — near: BS 970 590M17: C 0.14–0.20, Mn 1.00–1.30, Cr 0.60–1.00 (Cr window slightly lower). - 20MnCr5 (EN (European)) — near: 1.7147: C 0.17–0.22, same Mn/Cr; higher core strength (900–1200 MPa) for larger gears. - 16MnCrS5 (EN (European)) — near: Free-machining variant with 0.020–0.040 % S; same case/core response. - 16CrMn / 20CrMn (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 3077 20CrMn: C 0.17–0.23, Mn 0.90–1.20, Cr 0.90–1.20; 16MnCr5 sits at the low-carbon end. - 18KhG (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 4543 18KhG: C 0.15–0.21, Mn 0.90–1.20, Cr 0.90–1.20. - SCr415 / SCr420 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G4053 SCr415: C 0.13–0.18, Mn 0.60–0.90, Cr 0.90–1.20; Mn lower than 16MnCr5. - 8620 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Ni-Cr-Mo case-hardening steel, better toughness and hardenability; the US default for the same parts. - C15 (EN (European)) — functional: Unalloyed case-hardening steel for small, lightly loaded parts. Superseded names: - 16MnCr5 (1.7131) — DIN 17210 (withdrawn): Name and number unchanged; standard replaced by EN 10084. - 590M17 / 527M17 — BS 970 - 16MC5 — NF A 35-551 - 16MnCr5 — UNI 7846 Product forms: round bar (hot-rolled, peeled, drawn); forgings; seamless tube; wire rod for cold heading Tolerances: hot-rolled round: EN 10060; bright bar: EN 10278; forgings: EN 10250-3 ### 16MnCr5 core strength After carburizing and hardening, core tensile is about 780–1080 MPa in an 11 mm reference bar, 690–890 MPa at 30 mm and 640–840 MPa at 63 mm (EN 10084 Annex F). Core hardness ≈ 25–35 HRC. ### 16MnCr5 surface hardness Carburized case: 58–62 HRC (700–780 HV) at a typical case depth (CHD) of 0.6–1.5 mm. Carbonitriding gives similar hardness at shallower depth for small parts. ### Delivery hardness +A soft-annealed max 207 HB; +FP 140–187 HB; +S (treated for shearability) max 255 HB. ### Heat treatment Carburize 880–980 °C; direct or single quench from 820–860 °C in oil; core-refine at 860–900 °C where required; temper 150–200 °C. Normalize 880–920 °C; soft anneal 650–700 °C. Ac1 ≈ 740 °C, Ac3 ≈ 840 °C. ### Hardenability Jominy end-quench (16MnCr5H): J1.5 = 39–47 HRC, J9 = 30–43 HRC, J15 = 22–37 HRC. Sufficient for gears up to roughly module 5 / 50 mm section. ### Weldability Weldable in the soft-annealed condition with preheat 150–250 °C and low-hydrogen consumables (CEV ≈ 0.50 %). Carburized surfaces must be removed or masked before welding. Post-weld stress relief 550–650 °C. Welding is uncommon; parts are usually machined from bar or forged. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability is good in the +FP or +A condition (index ≈ 65–70 %); 16MnCrS5 with controlled S is preferred for high-volume turning and hobbing. Machine to finish size allowing for carburizing distortion (grinding stock 0.1–0.3 mm on gear flanks). Cold heading and cold extrusion are possible after spheroidize annealing (+AC). Hot forging 1100–850 °C then normalize. Applications: Automotive gearbox gears, synchronizer rings and shafts; Small pinions, worms and sprockets; Camshafts and rocker arms; Piston pins, bushings and sleeves; Ball-screw nuts, guide rails and cam followers; Cold-headed parts requiring a hard case (rivets, pins) Q: What is 16MnCr5 equivalent to in AISI? A: The nearest SAE grades are 5115 and 5120 (Cr steels with 0.15–0.20 % C). 8620 is the functional US equivalent in gear practice because it is what American mills stock, but it is a Ni-Cr-Mo steel with different hardenability. Q: What hardness does 16MnCr5 reach after case hardening? A: Surface 58–62 HRC with a case depth of typically 0.6–1.5 mm; core around 25–35 HRC (780–1080 MPa in thin sections). Q: What is the difference between 16MnCr5 and 20MnCr5? A: 20MnCr5 (1.7147) has 0.17–0.22 % carbon versus 0.14–0.19 %, giving a stronger core (about 900–1200 MPa) and slightly higher hardenability. Choose 20MnCr5 for larger gears and higher torque. Q: Can 16MnCr5 be through-hardened instead of carburized? A: Not usefully. With 0.16 % C the as-quenched hardness is only about 40–45 HRC. Use 42CrMo4 or C45 if you need a through-hardened part. --- ## 16Mo3 (1.5415) — Molybdenum-alloyed steel for pressure purposes at elevated temperature URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/16mo3/ System: EN (European) | Family: Pressure vessel steel | Standard: EN 10028-2 | Verified against: EN 10028-2:2017 Aliases: 16 Mo 3, 15Mo3, 1.5415, 16Mo3+N, 16Mo3 steel, 15 Mo 3 16Mo3 is the first alloy step above carbon steel in the European pressure-vessel range: 0.3 % molybdenum in a 0.16 % carbon matrix, Werkstoff number 1.5415, specified in EN 10028-2 (plate), EN 10216-2 (seamless tube), EN 10222-2 (forgings) and EN 10273 (bar). The old DIN 17155 name 15Mo3 is still heard daily. Molybdenum does two things: it raises the yield strength that can be guaranteed at 400–500 °C (148 MPa at 500 °C, versus P265GH's table ending at 400 °C) and it slows creep, so 16Mo3 is the economical choice for boiler tubes, superheater headers, steam drums, hot-gas ducting and refinery vessels operating between roughly 400 and 530 °C. Room-temperature values are 275 MPa yield, 440–590 MPa tensile, 24 % elongation, 27 J at −20 °C. The ASME counterparts are C-½Mo grades — A204 (plate), A335 P1 (pipe), A182 F1 (forgings) — which carry 0.45–0.60 % Mo, so the match is 'near'; note that ASME has restricted C-½Mo in hydrogen service (API 941), a caution that applies equally to 16Mo3. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.12 – 0.2; Si ≤ 0.35; Mn 0.4 – 0.9; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.01; N ≤ 0.012; Cr ≤ 0.3; Cu ≤ 0.3; Mo 0.25 – 0.35; Ni ≤ 0.3 EN 10028-2:2017 Table 1. Al is not deliberately added (Al ≤ 0.040 % — fine Al-nitrides would reduce creep strength). CEV max 0.45 %. Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm, +N: yield 275 MPa; tensile 440–590 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness ≈ 130–170 HB (typ.) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 270 MPa; tensile 440–590 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 60 mm: yield 260 MPa; tensile 440–590 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - > 60 ≤ 100 mm: yield 240 MPa; tensile 430–580 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 220 MPa; tensile 420–570 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 100 °C (≤ 60 mm): yield 243 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 200 °C: yield 218 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 300 °C: yield 193 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 400 °C: yield 169 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 450 °C: yield 159 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 500 °C: yield 148 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — EN 10028-2 Tables 2–4; transverse for plate. Creep-rupture strength (mean, 100 000 h): ≈ 122 MPa at 450 °C, 74 MPa at 500 °C, 41 MPa at 530 °C (EN 10028-2 Annex, informative). Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (transverse; 40 J longitudinal; also 31 J at 0 °C, 34 J at +20 °C transverse) Equivalents: - 16Mo (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 713 16Mo (formerly 16MnMoR-type usage); GB adopted the EN name for Mo pressure plate. - A204 Gr. A (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM/ASME A204 Grade A (SA-204-A): C ≤ 0.18, Mo 0.45–0.60, yield 255 MPa, Rm 450–585 MPa. Higher Mo than 16Mo3; Grade B (yield 275) is closer on strength. - A204 Gr. B (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 275 MPa, Rm 485–620 MPa, Mo 0.45–0.60. - A335 P1 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Seamless pipe: C 0.10–0.20, Mo 0.44–0.65, yield 205 MPa — the ASME C-½Mo pipe grade corresponding to 16Mo3 tube (EN 10216-2). - A182 F1 (ASTM / ASME) — near: C-½Mo forging grade (flanges, fittings). - 15KhM / 16M (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 20072 / 5520 grade 16M (Mo 0.25–0.35) is close; 15KhM adds Cr. - STPA12 / SB450M (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3462 STPA12 (0.5 Mo pipe) and G3103 SB450M (Mo boiler plate). - P265GH (EN (European)) — functional: Non-alloy grade below 400–450 °C; 16Mo3 is the step up. - 13CrMo4-5 (EN (European)) — functional: 1.7335 Cr-Mo grade for 500–570 °C and hydrogen service. Superseded names: - 15Mo3 — DIN 17155 (withdrawn 1992): Same number 1.5415; still widely used name. Renamed 16Mo3 with the EN edition. - 16Mo3 — DIN 17175 (tubes) - 1503-243B / 1501-240 — BS 1501 / BS 3059: BS 3059 Part 2 grade 243 (tubes). - 15D3 — NF A 36-205 Product forms: plate (EN 10028-2); seamless tube and pipe (EN 10216-2); welded tube (EN 10217-2); forgings (EN 10222-2); fittings (EN 10253-2); bar for flanges and bolting (EN 10273) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; tube: EN 10216-2 / EN ISO 1127; forgings: EN 10222-1 ### 16Mo3 yield strength 275 MPa (39.9 ksi) ≤ 16 mm, 270 to 40 mm, 260 to 60 mm, 240 to 100 mm, 220 to 150 mm. Elevated temperature (≤ 60 mm): 243 MPa at 100 °C, 218 at 200, 193 at 300, 169 at 400, 159 at 450 and 148 MPa at 500 °C. ### 16Mo3 tensile strength 440–590 MPa (64–86 ksi) to 60 mm; 430–580 MPa to 100 mm; 420–570 MPa to 150 mm. ### 16Mo3 creep strength Mean creep-rupture strength for 100 000 h: ≈ 122 MPa at 450 °C, 74 MPa at 500 °C, 41 MPa at 530 °C. 1 % creep strain limits are about 70 % of these. Practical upper service limit ≈ 530 °C. ### 16Mo3 hardness Not specified; normalized plate ≈ 130–170 HB. Weld HAZ can reach 250–300 HV without PWHT. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 212 GPa (20 °C), 190 GPa (400 °C); expansion 12.4 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), 14.0 (20–500 °C); conductivity ≈ 45 W/m·K. ### Heat treatment Delivery condition normalized (+N) at 900–950 °C, air cooled; stress relief / PWHT 570–650 °C. Ac1 ≈ 730 °C, Ac3 ≈ 850 °C. ### Weldability Good weldability with matching Mo consumables (E Mo B / G Mo Si, EN ISO 3580 / 21952 — e.g. E 7018-A1 / ER70S-A1 type). Preheat 100–150 °C above ~15 mm thickness; PWHT 570–620 °C is normally required by EN 13445 / AD 2000 for pressure parts above about 15–20 mm and for all creep-range service. Avoid welding with unalloyed filler in creep service (weld would be the weak point). ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability similar to P265GH/P295GH (index ≈ 65 %). Cold forming within code strain limits followed by normalizing when strain exceeds ~5 %; hot forming 1050–900 °C then re-normalize. Flame cutting with 100 °C preheat above 30 mm. Not intended for hardening; surface treatments uncommon. Applications: Boiler drums, headers, economizer and evaporator tubes (EN 10216-2 16Mo3); Superheater and reheater tubes up to ~500 °C metal temperature; Refinery and petrochemical vessels, columns and heat exchangers 400–500 °C; Hot-gas ducts, flue-gas and waste-heat boilers; Steam piping, flanges (EN 10273 16Mo3) and fittings; Hydrocracker and reformer components below API 941 C-½Mo limits Q: Is 16Mo3 the same as 15Mo3? A: Yes. 15Mo3 was the DIN 17155 name; EN 10028-2 renamed it 16Mo3 (nominal carbon 0.16 %) in 1992 with the same number 1.5415 and effectively the same limits. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of 16Mo3? A: C-½Mo grades: A204 Grade A/B (plate), A335 P1 (seamless pipe), A182 F1 (forgings), A217 WC1 (castings). They contain 0.45–0.60 % Mo versus 0.25–0.35 % in 16Mo3, so strength and creep values are close but not identical. Q: What is the maximum working temperature of 16Mo3? A: Design tables give yield to 500 °C; creep-rupture data support use to about 530 °C. Above that, 13CrMo4-5 (≈ 570 °C) or 10CrMo9-10 (≈ 600 °C) are used. Q: Does 16Mo3 need preheat and PWHT? A: Preheat 100–150 °C above ~15 mm; PWHT at 570–620 °C is required by European vessel codes for most pressure-retaining welds in 16Mo3, and is always advisable for creep service. Q: Can 16Mo3 be used in hydrogen service? A: Only within the C-½Mo limits of API RP 941 (Nelson curves); many operators now specify 13CrMo4-5 instead because of hydrogen attack incidents in C-½Mo steels. --- ## 17-4 PH [S17400] — Martensitic precipitation-hardening stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/17-4ph/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A564 | Verified against: ASTM A564/A564M-19 Aliases: 17-4PH, 17-4 PH stainless steel, 17-4, 630, Type 630, S17400, 1.4542, X5CrNiCuNb16-4, 1.4548, SUS630, AMS 5643, 17-4 H900, 17-4 H1150 17-4 PH is the most-used precipitation-hardening stainless steel: a martensitic 17 % Cr / 4 % Ni matrix strengthened by copper precipitates formed during a simple single-step ageing at 480–620 °C. Because the steel is delivered soft-ish (Condition A, ≈ 35 HRC, fully machinable) and hardened afterwards at low temperature with almost no distortion (≈ 0.05 % contraction), it lets shops machine complex parts to size and then age them to 1170 MPa (170 ksi) yield and 44–47 HRC in the H900 condition — or to a tougher 725 MPa / 28 HRC at H1150. UNS S17400, AISI Type 630, EN 1.4542. Corrosion resistance is close to 304 in most media (better than any conventional martensitic grade), which is why 17-4 is the material of pump shafts and impellers, valve stems and balls, aircraft fittings and landing-gear parts, gears, fasteners, nuclear-reactor components, oil-and-gas downhole tools and, increasingly, additively manufactured parts. The ageing temperature is chosen against the environment: H900 for maximum strength in benign service, H1025–H1150 for toughness and resistance to stress-corrosion and hydrogen embrittlement, H1150M for NACE MR0175 sour service (≤ 33 HRC). JIS SUS630, GB 05Cr17Ni4Cu4Nb and EN 1.4542 are identical; 15-5 PH is the cleaner, ferrite-free variant preferred for transverse-loaded aerospace forgings. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.07; Mn ≤ 1; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 1; Cr 15 – 17.5; Ni 3 – 5; Cu 3 – 5; Nb 0.15 – 0.45 (Nb + Ta) ASTM A564/A564M-19 (S17400). EN 1.4542 (X5CrNiCuNb16-4): C ≤ 0.07, Cr 15–17, Ni 3–5, Cu 3–5, Nb 5×C–0.45 — identical. 15-5 PH (S15500 / 1.4545) is the remelted, ferrite-free variant with better transverse toughness. Mechanical properties: - Condition A (solution annealed 1040 °C) — as supplied: yield ≈ 760 (typ.) MPa; tensile ≈ 1030 (typ.) MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≤ 363 HB / ≤ 38 HRC - H900 (482 °C, 1 h, air) — peak hardness: yield ≥ 1170 MPa; tensile ≥ 1310 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≥ 40 HRC (388 HB); typ. 44–47 HRC - H925 (496 °C, 4 h): yield ≥ 1070 MPa; tensile ≥ 1170 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≥ 38 HRC (375 HB) - H1025 (552 °C, 4 h): yield ≥ 1000 MPa; tensile ≥ 1070 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≥ 35 HRC (331 HB) - H1075 (580 °C, 4 h): yield ≥ 860 MPa; tensile ≥ 1000 MPa; elongation 13 %; hardness ≥ 32 HRC (311 HB) - H1100 (593 °C, 4 h): yield ≥ 795 MPa; tensile ≥ 965 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness ≥ 31 HRC (302 HB) - H1150 (621 °C, 4 h) — max toughness: yield ≥ 725 MPa; tensile ≥ 930 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness ≥ 28 HRC (277 HB) - H1150M (760 °C 2 h + 621 °C 4 h) — NACE: yield ≥ 520 MPa; tensile ≥ 795 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness ≤ 33 HRC (255–311 HB) - H1150D (double 621 °C): yield ≥ 725 MPa; tensile ≥ 860 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness ≥ 26 HRC (255 HB) ASTM A564 Table 4, bar ≤ 200 mm (8 in). Impact (Charpy, longitudinal, typical): H900 ≈ 20 J, H1025 ≈ 40 J, H1150 ≈ 70 J. Condition A is not a service condition — it must be aged. Impact: 20 J at 20 °C (typical H900; ≈ 70 J at H1150) Equivalents: - 1.4542 (EN (European)) — identical: X5CrNiCuNb16-4 (EN 10088-3): same analysis; delivery conditions +P800/+P930/+P960/+P1070 correspond to H1150/H1075/H1025/H900. - 05Cr17Ni4Cu4Nb (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 05Cr17Ni4Cu4Nb (formerly 0Cr17Ni4Cu4Nb). - SUS630 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4303 SUS630: C ≤ 0.07, Cr 15.5–17.5, Ni 3–5, Cu 3–5, Nb 0.15–0.45. - 15-5 PH (AISI / SAE) — near: S15500 / 1.4545: Cr 14–15.5, Ni 3.5–5.5 — vacuum-remelted, ferrite-free, better transverse ductility and toughness; often substituted in aerospace. - 07Kh16N4B / 09Kh16N4B (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST martensitic Nb-bearing 16-4 grades without copper; the closest Russian analogues, not true PH steels. - 13-8 Mo (AISI / SAE) — functional: S13800: higher strength and toughness, more expensive; for critical aerospace parts. - 410 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Conventional martensitic 12 % Cr: cheaper, lower strength (≤ 1200 MPa), poorer corrosion resistance, needs quench hardening. - 316 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Austenitic: similar corrosion resistance, one-quarter of the yield strength; 17-4 replaces it where strength matters. Superseded names: - Type 630 — AISI / ASTM: The numeric AISI designation for 17-4 PH. - 1.4542 / X5CrNiCuNb16-4 — EN 10088-3: 1.4548 is the same steel for pressure purposes (EN 10088 older number / SEW). - 17-4 PH — Armco trade name (1948): Precipitation Hardening; 15-5 PH, 13-8 Mo and Custom 450 are later relatives. - AMS 5643 / 5604 / 5622 — SAE Aerospace: Bar/forgings, sheet, and consumable-remelted bar. - CB7Cu-1 — ACI / ASTM A747: Cast equivalent. Product forms: bar, wire and forgings (ASTM A564 / A705, AMS 5643); plate, sheet and strip (A693); seamless tube (A511 limited); castings CB7Cu-1 (A747); investment castings, powder-metallurgy and additive-manufactured parts Tolerances: bar: ASTM A484 / A564; plate/sheet: ASTM A480 / A693; aerospace: AMS 5643 (bar), AMS 5604 (sheet) ### 17-4 PH yield strength by condition H900 ≥ 1170 MPa (170 ksi); H925 ≥ 1070; H1025 ≥ 1000; H1075 ≥ 860; H1100 ≥ 795; H1150 ≥ 725 MPa (105 ksi); H1150M ≥ 520; Condition A ≈ 760 MPa typical (not for service). ### 17-4 PH tensile strength H900 ≥ 1310 MPa (190 ksi); H1025 ≥ 1070; H1150 ≥ 930 MPa (135 ksi); H1150M ≥ 795 MPa. ### 17-4 PH hardness Condition A ≤ 38 HRC (typ. 33–36); H900 40–47 HRC (typ. 44); H925 ≥ 38; H1025 ≥ 35; H1075 ≥ 32; H1100 ≥ 31; H1150 ≥ 28; H1150M 255–311 HB (≤ 33 HRC, NACE). ### Heat treatment Solution anneal (Condition A) 1025–1055 °C (1875–1925 °F), air or oil cool to below 32 °C to complete the martensite transformation. Age: H900 = 482 °C (900 °F) 1 h; H925 = 496 °C 4 h; H1025 = 552 °C 4 h; H1075 = 580 °C 4 h; H1100 = 593 °C 4 h; H1150 = 621 °C 4 h; H1150M = 760 °C 2 h + 621 °C 4 h; H1150D = 621 °C 4 h twice. Air cool after ageing. Dimensional change on ageing ≈ −0.04 to −0.06 % (H900) to −0.10 % (H1150). ### Corrosion resistance Comparable to 304 in most atmospheric, fresh-water, mild chemical and food environments (better than 410/420); inferior to 316 in chlorides. Stress-corrosion cracking resistance improves with ageing temperature — avoid H900/H925 in chloride or H₂S service; use ≥ H1025, or H1150M/H1150D for NACE MR0175. ### Service temperature Use up to about 315 °C (600 °F) for long-term strength (over-ageing above that); short excursions to 425 °C. Down to −40 °C for H1025 and softer; H900 is notch-sensitive below ~0 °C. ### Physical properties Density 7.8 g/cm³, E = 196 GPa (H900), expansion 10.8 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C), conductivity 18 W/m·K, resistivity 0.80 µΩ·m, ferromagnetic. ### Weldability Weldable in Condition A or over-aged (H1150) with matching ER630 / E630 filler or, for less critical joints, ER308L/ER309L. No preheat for thin sections; for > 12 mm preheat 100–150 °C. After welding, re-solution-anneal and age, or at minimum age the assembly (H900–H1150) to harden the weld and HAZ. Welding in the aged condition produces a soft HAZ and possible cracking. Resistance and laser welding are common for thin parts. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machine in Condition A (≈ 35 HRC; index ≈ 45 % of B1112) or, better, in H1150 (≈ 28 HRC, more uniform chips) and then re-age to the final condition; finish-machining after H900 requires carbide/CBN at 44 HRC. Threads should be rolled or cut before ageing. Cold forming is limited to gentle bends in Condition A; hot forging 1150–980 °C followed by solution treatment. Surface treatments: passivation (nitric or citric), shot peening for fatigue, PVD coatings after ageing ≤ 480 °C. Applications: Pump shafts, impellers, wear rings and valve stems, balls and seats; Aircraft fittings, landing-gear components, actuator parts, fasteners (AMS 5643); Gears, shafts, couplings in food, chemical and marine equipment; Nuclear reactor internals, control-rod components; Oil and gas: wellhead and downhole tools, subsea parts (H1150M/H1150D per NACE); Firearm components, golf-club heads, surgical and dental instruments; Additive-manufactured (L-PBF) structural parts — the standard PH stainless powder; Paper-mill and turbine components exposed to moderate corrosion and high stress Q: What does H900 or H1150 mean for 17-4 PH? A: The ageing (precipitation-hardening) temperature in °F: H900 = 900 °F (482 °C) for 1 h → maximum strength, ≈ 44 HRC; H1150 = 1150 °F (621 °C) for 4 h → maximum toughness, ≈ 28–33 HRC. Intermediate conditions (H925, H1025, H1075, H1100) trade strength for toughness; H1150M and H1150D are double treatments for sour service. Q: Is 17-4 PH magnetic? A: Yes — it is martensitic in all conditions and strongly ferromagnetic, unlike austenitic 304/316. Q: How does 17-4 PH compare with 316 for corrosion? A: Roughly equal to 304 and below 316 in chloride environments. 17-4 is chosen when strength (3–5× the yield of 316) is needed with 'good enough' corrosion resistance; in seawater or hot chlorides use 316, duplex or over-aged 17-4 with cathodic protection. Q: Can 17-4 PH be machined after hardening? A: Yes with carbide or CBN tooling at 40–47 HRC, but it is slow. Standard practice is to rough and semi-finish in Condition A or H1150, age, then finish-grind or lightly finish-machine; the 0.05 % shrinkage on ageing is predictable. Q: What is 17-4 PH equivalent to in EN and JIS? A: EN 1.4542 (X5CrNiCuNb16-4) and JIS SUS630 — identical compositions. EN delivery conditions +P1070, +P960, +P930 and +P800 correspond to H900, H1025, H1075 and H1150. Q: What is the difference between 17-4 PH and 15-5 PH? A: 15-5 PH (S15500) is a vacuum-remelted, slightly lower-chromium version designed to be free of delta ferrite, giving better transverse toughness and ductility in forgings. Strength levels and heat treatments are the same; 15-5 costs more and is preferred in aerospace. --- ## 2205 [S32205] — Ferritic-austenitic (duplex) stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/2205/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A240 | Verified against: ASTM A240/A240M-22 Aliases: 2205 duplex, duplex 2205, 2205 stainless steel, S32205, S31803, UNS S31803, F51, F60, SAF 2205, duplex stainless steel, 2205 stainless 2205 is the standard duplex stainless steel — the alloy most often specified when 316L is not strong or corrosion-resistant enough but super-duplex or nickel alloys are unnecessary. Its microstructure is roughly 50 % ferrite and 50 % austenite, which gives it about twice the yield strength of 316L (450 vs 205 MPa), a pitting resistance equivalent of 35 or more (316L: 24), excellent resistance to chloride stress-corrosion cracking, and good weldability in modern nitrogen-balanced heats. Two UNS numbers apply: S31803 (the original 1980s window) and S32205 (from 2000, guaranteeing Cr ≥ 22, Mo ≥ 3, N ≥ 0.14 and therefore PREN ≥ 35). Nearly all current production meets both and is dual-certified; specify S32205 for new work. ASTM A182 forgings are F51 (S31803) and F60 (S32205). The high strength lets designers cut vessel and pipe wall thickness by 30–50 % versus austenitic steel, which is why 2205 dominates in chemical tankers, storage tanks, pressure vessels, heat exchangers, desalination plant, pulp-and-paper digesters, offshore piping and, increasingly, structural applications such as bridges and rebar in marine environments. Limits: a service window of about −50 to +300 °C (sigma-phase and 475 °C embrittlement outside it), ferromagnetism, and higher forming loads. EN 1.4462, JIS SUS329J3L and GB 022Cr23Ni5Mo3N are the same grade. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.03; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.03; S ≤ 0.02; Si ≤ 1; Cr 22 – 23 (S31803: 21.0–23.0); Ni 4.5 – 6.5; Mo 3 – 3.5 (S31803: 2.5–3.5); N 0.14 – 0.2 (S31803: 0.08–0.20) ASTM A240/A240M-22 Table 1 (S32205). S31803 is the original, wider 2205 window; S32205 (introduced 2000) guarantees the higher-Cr/Mo/N end and PREN ≥ 35. Most modern plate is dual-certified S31803/S32205. EN 1.4462 (X2CrNiMoN22-5-3): Cr 21–23, Ni 4.5–6.5, Mo 2.5–3.5, N 0.10–0.22. Mechanical properties: - S32205 plate, sheet, strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile ≥ 655 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 293 HB / ≤ 31 HRC - S31803 plate, sheet, strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 293 HB / ≤ 31 HRC - Bar — annealed (A276 / A479): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 290 HB - Seamless/welded pipe (A790 / A789): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 290 HB / ≤ 30 HRC - Forgings F51 / F60 (A182): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 / ≥ 655 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 290 HB - EN 1.4462 hot-rolled plate +AT (for comparison): yield ≥ 460 MPa; tensile 640–840 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≤ 270 HB Minimums per ASTM A240/A276/A790/A182. Typical plate: yield 500–560 MPa, tensile 720–780 MPa, elongation 30–35 %. Charpy typical ≥ 100 J at +20 °C, ≥ 40 J at −40 °C; ASME requires impact testing below −29 °C for some product forms. Impact: 40 J at -40 °C (typical; ASTM A923 test method C for intermetallic detection) Equivalents: - 318S13 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 318S13 (withdrawn). - 1.4462 (EN (European)) — identical: X2CrNiMoN22-5-3: EN window covers both S31803 and S32205; modern 1.4462 plate is dual-certified S32205. - 022Cr23Ni5Mo3N (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 022Cr23Ni5Mo3N (formerly 00Cr22Ni5Mo3N). - SUS329J3L (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS329J3L: Cr 21–24, Ni 4.5–6.5, Mo 2.5–3.5, N 0.08–0.20 (S31803 window). - 03Kh22N5AM3 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: Russian TU/GOST R designations for 2205-type duplex; not in the classic GOST 5632 list. - 2304 (S32304 / 1.4362) (AISI / SAE) — functional: Lean duplex: 23 Cr, 4 Ni, no Mo, PREN ≈ 25 — cheaper, for less aggressive service. - 2507 (S32750 / 1.4410) (AISI / SAE) — functional: Super-duplex: 25 Cr, 7 Ni, 4 Mo, PREN ≥ 40 — for hot seawater and sour service. - 316L (AISI / SAE) — functional: Austenitic 316L: half the yield, PREN 24 — the grade 2205 usually replaces to save wall thickness. - 316 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Duplex S32205: double the yield, PREN 35 — the upgrade for warm chloride service. Superseded names: - S31803 — UNS (1980s): Original 2205 designation; wider Cr/Mo/N window. Still valid; most material meets both. - F51 / F60 — ASTM A182: Forging grades: F51 = S31803, F60 = S32205. - 1.4462 / X2CrNiMoN22-5-3 — EN 10088: European designation. - SAF 2205 — Sandvik trade name: Origin of the generic name; Uranus 45N, Avesta 2205, Outokumpu 2205 are equivalents. - CD3MN / 4A — ACI / ASTM A890, A995: Cast equivalents. Product forms: plate, sheet and strip (ASTM A240); bar and forgings (A276, A479, A182 F51/F60); seamless and welded pipe and tube (A790, A789, A928); fittings (A815 WP-S), flanges; castings CD3MN / 4A (A890, A995), wire and fasteners Tolerances: plate/sheet: ASTM A480; bar: ASTM A484; pipe: ASTM A999 / ASME B36.19 ### 2205 yield strength Minimum 450 MPa (65 ksi) in all wrought product forms (ASTM A240, A276, A790); typical 500–560 MPa. Design codes: ASME uses 65 ksi; EN 1993-1-4 uses 460 MPa. ### 2205 tensile strength S32205: ≥ 655 MPa (95 ksi); S31803: ≥ 620 MPa (90 ksi); typical 720–780 MPa. ### 2205 hardness Annealed max 293 HB / 31 HRC (plate), 290 HB (bar, pipe); typical 250–270 HB. NACE MR0175: ≤ 28 HRC for solution-annealed wrought 2205 in sour service (36 HRC for cold-worked tubing under specific limits). Not hardenable by heat treatment. ### Corrosion resistance PREN = Cr + 3.3 Mo + 16 N: ≥ 35 for S32205 (typ. 35–37), 31–35 for low-end S31803. Critical pitting temperature (ASTM G48 A) ≈ 40–50 °C; critical crevice temperature ≈ 20–25 °C. Resists chloride SCC in boiling 25 % NaCl (316L fails), organic acids, dilute sulphuric acid, alkalis, and seawater at ambient temperature with flow. Not for hot stagnant seawater or strong reducing acids. ### Service temperature −50 °C to +300 °C (ASME −40 °F to 600 °F / 315 °C; EN 13445 to 250–280 °C). Above 300 °C: 475 °C embrittlement; 700–950 °C: sigma/chi phases form within minutes at 850 °C. Never use as a high-temperature alloy. ### Physical properties Density 7.8 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 13.7 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C — between carbon and austenitic steel), conductivity 19 W/m·K, resistivity 0.80 µΩ·m, ferromagnetic. ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1020–1100 °C (1870–2010 °F), rapid water quench — the only permitted heat treatment. No stress relief (350–950 °C is forbidden). Hot forming 1230–950 °C followed by full re-anneal and quench; verify absence of intermetallics per ASTM A923. ### Weldability Weldable by GTAW, GMAW, SMAW, SAW, FCAW and plasma with over-alloyed ER2209 / E2209 filler (≈ 9 % Ni) so the weld metal solidifies to a balanced ferrite/austenite ratio. Heat input 0.5–2.5 kJ/mm, interpass ≤ 150 °C (≤ 100 °C for thick sections), no preheat, no PWHT. Argon + 2–5 % N₂ shielding/backing preserves nitrogen; autogenous welds are not permitted for pressure parts. Qualify procedures with ferrite measurement (30–70 %) and ASTM A923 or G48 corrosion tests. Dissimilar joints to carbon steel or 316L: ER2209 or ER309LMo. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 30 % of B1112 — high strength and work hardening: rigid setups, sharp carbide (positive rake), low speed / high feed, flood coolant. Cold forming needs ~50 % more force than 316L and generous bend radii (≥ 2 t); spring-back is large. Deep drawing is limited. Hot forming 1230–950 °C then anneal. Abrasive cutting, plasma and laser cutting are routine; keep cut edges cool. Applications: Chemical tankers cargo tanks, road and rail tankers; Pressure vessels, columns, storage tanks (ASME VIII, EN 13445) — thinner walls than 316L; Heat exchangers, condensers, evaporators with brackish or chloride-bearing cooling water; Desalination: SWRO high-pressure piping, MSF evaporator shells; Offshore: process piping, firewater systems, risers, umbilical tubes, subsea manifolds; Pulp and paper: digesters, bleach plant, white-liquor and black-liquor equipment; Oil and gas: flowlines, OCTG (cold-worked), sour-service equipment within NACE limits; Structural: bridges, walkways, rebar, marine architecture; biogas and FGD plant Q: What is the difference between S31803 and S32205? A: Both are called 2205. S31803 (1980s) allows Cr 21–23, Mo 2.5–3.5, N 0.08–0.20; S32205 (2000) narrows this to Cr 22–23, Mo 3.0–3.5, N 0.14–0.20 to guarantee PREN ≥ 35 and better weldability. Nearly all modern material meets both and is dual-certified — specify S32205 for new designs. Q: Is 2205 duplex magnetic? A: Yes. The 50 % ferrite phase makes it ferromagnetic — a quick field check distinguishing it from 316L. Q: What is the maximum temperature for 2205? A: About 300 °C (ASME 315 °C / 600 °F; European codes 250–280 °C). Above that, 475 °C embrittlement and, at 700–950 °C, sigma phase destroy toughness and corrosion resistance. Minimum is about −50 °C. Q: How much stronger is 2205 than 316? A: Minimum yield 450 MPa vs 205 MPa — more than double — and tensile 655 vs 515 MPa. Vessel walls can typically be 30–50 % thinner, which often offsets the higher price per tonne. Q: Can 2205 be welded without filler? A: Not for pressure or corrosion-critical parts: autogenous welds solidify almost fully ferritic and are brittle with poor corrosion resistance. Use ER2209 filler and nitrogen-bearing shielding gas; if autogenous welding is unavoidable (thin tube), a full solution anneal afterwards is required. Q: What is 2205 equivalent to in EN? A: EN 1.4462 (X2CrNiMoN22-5-3). Modern 1.4462 plate is melted to the S32205 window and dual-certified; ASTM forgings F51 (S31803) and F60 (S32205) both map to 1.4462. --- ## 304 [S30400] — Austenitic chromium-nickel stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/304/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A240 | Verified against: ASTM A240/A240M-22 Aliases: AISI 304, SS304, SS 304, Type 304, 304 stainless steel, 304 stainless, S30400, 18-8, 304 SS, A240 304, TP304 Type 304 is the world's default stainless steel: an austenitic alloy of 18 % chromium and 8 % nickel (hence '18-8'), with carbon held at 0.08 % max, listed as UNS S30400 in ASTM A240 (plate), A276 (bar), A312 (pipe) and a dozen other product standards. It resists oxidizing acids, food media, most organic chemicals and ordinary atmospheres; it forms, draws and welds easily; it is non-magnetic, hygienic and tough to cryogenic temperatures. Roughly half of all stainless steel made is 304 or its low-carbon twin 304L. Minimum properties are modest — 205 MPa (30 ksi) yield and 515 MPa (75 ksi) tensile — but the alloy work-hardens strongly, so cold-rolled tempers up to 1275 MPa are available, and typical annealed sheet actually tests at 260–300 MPa yield. Strength is retained to about 800 °C (oxidation limit ≈ 870 °C continuous), and there is no ductile-to-brittle transition. Its limits are chloride pitting and stress-corrosion cracking above ~60 °C in chloride solutions — the reasons 316 exists — and sensitization when slowly cooled through 500–800 °C after welding thick sections, which is why 304L (C ≤ 0.03 %) is specified for heavy weldments. EN 1.4301, JIS SUS304, GB 06Cr19Ni10 and GOST 08Kh18N10 are identical for procurement. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.08; Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 0.75; Cr 18 – 20; Ni 8 – 10.5; N ≤ 0.1 ASTM A240/A240M-22 Table 1 (S30400). Bar per A276 uses the same limits with Si ≤ 1.00. Compare EN 1.4301: Cr 17.5–19.5, C ≤ 0.07, S ≤ 0.015. Mechanical properties: - Plate, sheet, strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 201 HB / ≤ 92 HRB - Bar — annealed (A276): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness — - Bar — cold finished ≤ 12.7 mm (A276 condition B): yield ≥ 310 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 30 %; hardness — - Pipe TP304 (A312): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness — - Sheet ¼ hard (A666): yield ≥ 515 MPa; tensile ≥ 860 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness — - Sheet full hard (A666): yield ≥ 965 MPa; tensile ≥ 1275 MPa; elongation 3 %; hardness — ASTM A240 Table 2; A276 Table 2; A666 for temper-rolled sheet. Minimum values; typical annealed 2B sheet tests at 260–300 MPa yield and 600–650 MPa tensile. Impact: 100 J at -196 °C (typical) Equivalents: - 304S31 / 304S15 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 / BS 970 (withdrawn); 304S31 has C ≤ 0.07. - 1.4301 (EN (European)) — identical: X5CrNi18-10: Cr 17.5–19.5, Ni 8–10.5, C ≤ 0.07 — inside the 304 window; dual-certified worldwide. - 06Cr19Ni10 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 06Cr19Ni10 (formerly 0Cr18Ni9): C ≤ 0.08, Cr 18–20, Ni 8–11. - 08Kh18N10 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 5632 08Kh18N10: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 17–19, Ni 9–11. - IS 6911 X04Cr19Ni9 (IS (India)) — identical: Indian designation for 304 (IS 6911 wrought stainless). - SUS304 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304/G4305 SUS304: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 18–20, Ni 8–10.5 — the same limits as ASTM. - 304L (AISI / SAE) — near: S30403: C ≤ 0.030, yield ≥ 170 MPa, tensile ≥ 485 MPa. Same corrosion resistance, preferred for welded sections > 6 mm. Dual-certified 304/304L coil is standard. - 304H (AISI / SAE) — near: S30409: C 0.04–0.10 for creep strength above 525 °C; grain size ≥ ASTM 7. - 316 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Adds 2–3 % Mo for chloride pitting resistance (PREN 24 vs 18); replaces 304 in marine and chemical service. - 430 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Ferritic 17 % Cr without Ni: cheaper, magnetic, lower corrosion resistance — the substitute in appliances and trim. Superseded names: - 18-8 — Trade/colloquial: Generic name for the 18 % Cr / 8 % Ni austenitic family (301, 302, 304). - 302 — AISI (S30200): The higher-carbon (≤ 0.15 %) predecessor; 304 replaced it for weldability. - S30400 — UNS: The unified number used in ASTM/ASME; 304L = S30403, 304H = S30409, 304N = S30451. - CF8 — ASTM A351 / ACI: Cast equivalent (CF3 = 304L). Product forms: sheet, strip and plate (ASTM A240); bar and shapes (A276, A479); seamless and welded pipe (A312 TP304), tube (A269, A249); fittings (A403), flanges (A182 F304), forgings; wire, fasteners (F593), castings as CF8 (A351) Tolerances: sheet/plate: ASTM A480 (thickness, flatness, finish Nos. 1, 2B, 2D, BA, 3, 4, 7, 8); bar: ASTM A484; pipe: ASTM A999 / ASME B36.19 ### 304 stainless steel yield strength Minimum 205 MPa (30 ksi) annealed; typical 260–300 MPa. Cold-finished bar ≥ 310 MPa; temper-rolled sheet ¼ hard ≥ 515 MPa, ½ hard ≥ 760 MPa, full hard ≥ 965 MPa (A666). ### 304 tensile strength Minimum 515 MPa (75 ksi); typical 600–650 MPa annealed; up to 1275 MPa (185 ksi) full-hard sheet. ### 304 hardness Annealed max 201 HB / 92 HRB (≈ 210 HV); typical 150–180 HB. Cold work raises it to 30–40 HRC. Not hardenable by heat treatment. ### Corrosion resistance PREN = Cr + 3.3 Mo + 16 N ≈ 18–20. Resists nitric acid to 65 %, organic acids, alkalis, fresh water, food and dairy media; pits in chloride solutions above ~200 ppm at elevated temperature and is susceptible to chloride SCC above 60 °C. Atmospheric: excellent inland, tea-staining near the coast. ### High-temperature use Continuous oxidation limit ≈ 870 °C (925 °C intermittent). For creep-rated service above 525 °C, ASME requires 304H (C ≥ 0.04 %). Sensitization risk on long exposure at 425–860 °C for 304 (not 304L). ### Physical properties Density 8.0 g/cm³ (0.289 lb/in³), E = 193 GPa (28 × 10⁶ psi), thermal expansion 17.2 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C), conductivity 16.2 W/m·K, resistivity 0.72 µΩ·m, specific heat 500 J/kg·K, magnetic permeability 1.02 max annealed. ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1010–1120 °C (1850–2050 °F), water quench or rapid air cool. Stress relief 400–450 °C for cold-worked parts (below the sensitization range). Never slow-cool through 500–800 °C. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by GTAW, GMAW, SMAW, SAW, laser and resistance welding without preheat; filler ER308/ER308L (AWS A5.9) or E308L-16. Interpass ≤ 150 °C (300 °F); keep heat input moderate to limit distortion (expansion 50 % above carbon steel). For sections > 6 mm in corrosive service use 304L base and 308L filler, or solution-anneal after welding. Purge pipe roots with argon. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 45 % of B1112 (work-hardens; use sharp positive-rake carbide, 60–120 m/min, steady feed, no dwelling); 303 is the free-machining alternative. Forming: outstanding deep-drawability and stretch formability; spring-back and required press force are about 1.5× carbon steel; use lubricants to avoid galling. Finishes per A480: No. 1 (hot-rolled), 2D, 2B (standard cold-rolled), BA, No. 3/4 (brushed), No. 7/8 (polished). Applications: Kitchen sinks, cookware, cutlery, food-service and restaurant equipment; Food, beverage, dairy and pharmaceutical process equipment, tanks and piping; Architectural panels, handrails, column covers (inland and urban); Chemical containers, water tanks, heat exchangers for non-chloride service; Automotive and truck trim, exhaust components, fuel tanks; Cryogenic vessels and LNG equipment (with 304L); Fasteners (A2-70 / ASTM F593 Group 1), springs (temper-rolled 301/304) Q: What is the difference between 304 and 316 stainless steel? A: 316 adds 2–3 % molybdenum and slightly more nickel, raising pitting resistance (PREN ≈ 24 vs 18) so it survives salt water, de-icing salts and many chemicals that pit 304. 304 is cheaper (Mo and Ni are the cost drivers) and is the choice wherever chlorides are not a factor. Strength and formability are nearly the same. Q: What is the difference between 304 and 304L? A: 304L (S30403) limits carbon to 0.03 % (vs 0.08 %) to prevent chromium-carbide precipitation in the heat-affected zone of welds thicker than about 6 mm. Its strength minimums are lower (170/485 MPa vs 205/515), but most coil today is dual-certified 304/304L, meeting both. Q: Is 304 stainless steel magnetic? A: Not in the annealed condition (fully austenitic). Cold working — bending, deep drawing, machining, cold rolling — forms some martensite and gives a mild magnetic response, which is normal. If a part is strongly magnetic it is likely ferritic 430 or a martensitic grade. Q: Is 304 stainless food-safe? A: Yes. 304 (and 316) are the standard food-contact stainless steels approved under FDA, EU 1935/2004 and NSF/3-A sanitary standards, provided surfaces are properly finished and passivated. Q: Does 304 stainless steel rust? A: It can, under chlorides (coastal air, road salt, pool water), when contaminated by carbon-steel particles, or after sensitization. In normal indoor, food and inland outdoor service it stays bright indefinitely; near the sea specify 316. Q: What is the European equivalent of 304? A: EN 1.4301 (X5CrNi18-10). The EN limits are slightly tighter (C ≤ 0.07 %, S ≤ 0.015 %), so 1.4301 material always meets 304; mills dual-certify. --- ## 310 [S31000] — Austenitic heat-resisting stainless steel (25 % Cr, 20 % Ni) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/310/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A240 | Verified against: ASTM A240/A240M-22 Aliases: AISI 310, SS310, Type 310, 310 stainless steel, 310 stainless, S31000, 310S, S31008, 1.4845, X8CrNi25-21, SUS310S, 25-20, TP310 Type 310 is the heat-resisting austenitic stainless steel: 25 % chromium and 20 % nickel give a scale that stays adherent in air to about 1100 °C (2000 °F) continuous and 1150 °C intermittent — roughly 250 °C beyond 304 or 321. It also resists carburizing, nitriding and sulphur-bearing atmospheres better than the 18-8 grades, and its high nickel keeps the structure fully austenitic and ductile through repeated heating and cooling. That combination puts it in furnace muffles, radiant tubes, kiln linings, heat-treatment baskets, burner parts, thermowells and fluidized-bed components. UNS S31000; the low-carbon 310S (S31008, C ≤ 0.08 %) is the grade actually stocked as plate and pipe, and 310H (S31009) is the creep-rated version for ASME pressure parts. Room-temperature minimums are the familiar 205/515 MPa; at 800 °C the alloy still holds about 120 MPa yield. The main service limitation is sigma-phase formation after long exposure at 650–900 °C, which embrittles the steel at room temperature — parts that cycle through that range should be inspected for cracking on cooling. Corrosion resistance in aqueous service is moderate (PREN ≈ 25) and rarely the reason for choosing 310. EN 1.4845, JIS SUS310S, GB 06Cr25Ni20 and BS 310S24 are the same grade; the higher-silicon EN 1.4841 and the cast HK-40 are near relatives for furnace work. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.25 (310S (S31008): ≤ 0.08; 310H (S31009): 0.04–0.10); Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 1.5; Cr 24 – 26; Ni 19 – 22 ASTM A240/A240M-22 (S31000, S31008). EN 1.4845 (X8CrNi25-21): C ≤ 0.10, Cr 24–26, Ni 19–22, Si ≤ 1.5 — corresponds to 310S. EN 1.4841 (X15CrNiSi25-21, Si 1.5–2.5) is the higher-Si heat-resisting version of EN 10095. Mechanical properties: - 310S plate, sheet, strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 217 HB / ≤ 95 HRB - 310 bar — annealed (A276): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness — - TP310S pipe (A312): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness — - TP310H boiler tube (A213): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness ≤ 192 HB - Typical Rp0.2 at 600 °C: yield ≈ 150 MPa; tensile ≈ 420 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Typical Rp0.2 at 800 °C: yield ≈ 120 MPa; tensile ≈ 230 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Typical Rp0.2 at 1000 °C: yield ≈ 50 MPa; tensile ≈ 80 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Minimums per ASTM A240/A276/A312/A213. Typical annealed: yield 270–310 MPa, tensile 600–650 MPa. 100 000 h creep-rupture strength (310H, typical): ≈ 35 MPa at 700 °C, 15 MPa at 800 °C, 6 MPa at 900 °C. Impact: 80 J at -196 °C (typical, annealed) Equivalents: - 310S24 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 310S24 / 310S31. - 1.4845 (EN (European)) — identical: X8CrNi25-21: C ≤ 0.10, Cr 24–26, Ni 19–22 — corresponds to 310S; dual-certified. - 06Cr25Ni20 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 06Cr25Ni20 (formerly 0Cr25Ni20). - SUS310S (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS310S: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 24–26, Ni 19–22, Si ≤ 1.5. - 309 / 309S (AISI / SAE) — near: S30900/S30908 (22–24 Cr, 12–15 Ni): the intermediate heat-resisting grade to ~1000 °C; cheaper, less oxidation and carburization resistance. - 1.4841 (EN (European)) — near: X15CrNiSi25-21 (EN 10095): C ≤ 0.20, Si 1.5–2.5 — the higher-carbon, high-Si heat-resisting version closer to plain 310. - 10Kh23N18 / 20Kh23N18 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5632 20Kh23N18: C ≤ 0.20, Cr 22–25, Ni 17–20 — the Russian 25-20 type; 10Kh23N18 is the lower-carbon version. - 321 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Stabilized 18-8 for service to ~870 °C; 310 takes over above that. - 253MA / 1.4835 (EN (European)) — functional: S30815: rare-earth/N-alloyed 21-11 grade with higher creep strength at 850–1100 °C at lower Ni cost. Superseded names: - 1.4845 / X8CrNi25-21 — EN 10088 / EN 10095: Older DIN name X12CrNi25 21. - S31000 / S31008 / S31009 — UNS: 310 / 310S / 310H. - 310S24 / 310S31 — BS 1449 / BS 970 - 25-20 — Colloquial: Named for its Cr/Ni content. - HK-40 / CK-20 — ACI / ASTM A297, A351: Cast 25-20 grades (HK has 0.4 % C for creep). Product forms: sheet, strip, plate (ASTM A240 — 310S is the usual flat-product grade); bar and forgings (A276, A479); seamless and welded pipe and tube (A312 TP310S, A213 TP310H, A269); fittings (A403 WP310S), wire; castings HK-40 / CK-20 (A297, A351) Tolerances: sheet/plate: ASTM A480; bar: ASTM A484; pipe: ASTM A999 ### 310 stainless steel yield strength Minimum 205 MPa (30 ksi) annealed; typical 270–310 MPa. Typical at 600 °C ≈ 150 MPa, 800 °C ≈ 120 MPa, 1000 °C ≈ 50 MPa. ### 310 tensile strength Minimum 515 MPa (75 ksi); typical 600–650 MPa annealed; ≈ 230 MPa at 800 °C. ### 310 hardness Annealed max 217 HB / 95 HRB; typical 160–190 HB. Not hardenable by heat treatment. ### Maximum service temperature Oxidation in air: 1100 °C continuous, 1150 °C intermittent (thermal cycling is tolerated better than by ferritic 446 because expansion is uniform). ASME creep design: 310H to 816 °C (1500 °F). Resists dry sulphur-bearing gases to ~1000 °C (reducing atmospheres lower this), carburizing and nitriding atmospheres moderately well; poor in molten metals and salts. ### Creep strength 100 000 h rupture (310H, typical): ≈ 35 MPa at 700 °C, 15 MPa at 800 °C, 6 MPa at 900 °C. For higher creep strength at 900–1100 °C use 253MA, 314, or cast HK/HP alloys. ### Physical properties Density 7.9 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 15.9 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C), 18.5 (0–800 °C), conductivity 14.2 W/m·K, resistivity 0.78 µΩ·m, non-magnetic. ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1040–1150 °C (1900–2100 °F), water quench or rapid air cool. Do not stress-relieve at 650–900 °C. Sigma-phase embrittlement can be reversed by re-annealing above 1050 °C. ### Weldability Good weldability with matching ER310 / E310-16 filler (fully austenitic weld metal — keep heat input low, ≤ 1.5 kJ/mm, and interpass ≤ 150 °C to avoid hot cracking; ER312 for dissimilar or highly restrained joints). No preheat; no PWHT for corrosion reasons. 310 welds are prone to micro-fissuring in thick multi-pass joints — use stringer beads. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 35–40 % of B1112 (tough, high work-hardening, high nickel); rigid setups, sharp carbide, low speed / positive feed, flood coolant. Forming is good in the annealed state (bending, spinning, drawing) with about 20 % higher loads than 304. Hot forming 1150–980 °C followed by solution annealing. Applications: Furnace muffles, retorts, radiant tubes, kiln and oven linings; Heat-treatment trays, baskets, fixtures and conveyor belts; Burner components, flare tips, combustion chambers; Thermowells, thermocouple protection tubes, sight glasses frames; Fluidized-bed components, incinerator and waste-heat boiler parts; Refinery tube supports and hangers, coke-oven equipment; Cryogenic parts requiring stable austenite (secondary use) Q: What is the difference between 310 and 310S? A: Carbon: 310 allows up to 0.25 %, 310S only 0.08 %. Lower carbon improves weldability and reduces carbide precipitation; 310S is what mills actually stock as plate, sheet and pipe. 310H (0.04–0.10 % C, controlled grain size) is the creep-rated version for ASME pressure parts. Q: What is the maximum temperature for 310 stainless steel? A: About 1100 °C (2000 °F) continuous and 1150 °C intermittent in air. For pressure-retaining parts ASME rates 310H to 816 °C. Beyond 1100 °C nickel-base alloys or ceramics are needed. Q: 310 vs 309 stainless — which to choose? A: 309 (23 % Cr / 13 % Ni) is rated to about 1000 °C and is cheaper; 310 (25/20) adds ~100 °C of oxidation resistance and better resistance to carburizing and sulphidizing atmospheres. Choose 310 above 1000 °C or for aggressive furnace atmospheres. Q: Why does 310 become brittle after service? A: Sigma phase forms during long exposure at 650–900 °C, embrittling the steel at room temperature (cracks on cooling or handling). Re-annealing above 1050 °C dissolves sigma and restores ductility. Q: What is 310 equivalent to in EN? A: EN 1.4845 (X8CrNi25-21) corresponds to 310S. EN 1.4841 (X15CrNiSi25-21, EN 10095) is the higher-carbon, higher-silicon heat-resisting version closer to plain 310. Q: Is 310 stainless magnetic? A: No — with 20 % nickel it is one of the most stable austenitic grades and stays non-magnetic even after cold work. --- ## 316 [S31600] — Austenitic chromium-nickel-molybdenum stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/316/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A240 | Verified against: ASTM A240/A240M-22 Aliases: AISI 316, SS316, SS 316, Type 316, 316 stainless steel, 316 stainless, S31600, 316L, S31603, 316 SS, marine grade stainless, TP316, A4 stainless Type 316 is the second most common stainless steel and the first choice where 304 pits: an 18-8 austenitic base with 2–3 % molybdenum and 10–14 % nickel, UNS S31600 (316) or S31603 (316L, carbon ≤ 0.03 %). Molybdenum raises the pitting resistance equivalent from about 18 to 24, which is the difference between tea-staining and staying bright in coastal air, de-icing salt, brackish water and most acidic process streams. That is why 316 is called 'marine grade' and why A4 stainless fasteners, boat fittings, pharmaceutical equipment and chemical piping are made from it. Mechanically 316 is a twin of 304: 205 MPa (30 ksi) yield and 515 MPa (75 ksi) tensile minimum, 40 % elongation, non-magnetic, no low-temperature transition, hardenable only by cold work. It is slightly stronger than 304 at elevated temperature and has better creep resistance; 316H is the creep-rated version above 525 °C. Most coil, plate and pipe today is dual-certified 316/316L — carbon ≤ 0.03 % with the higher 316 strength minimums — so a specification for either is normally satisfied by the same stock. EN 1.4401/1.4404, JIS SUS316/316L and GB 06Cr17Ni12Mo2 are identical for procurement; the table also grades the high-Mo (1.4436) and Ti-stabilized (1.4571) European variants. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.08 (316L (S31603): ≤ 0.030; 316H (S31609): 0.04–0.10); Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 0.75; Cr 16 – 18; Ni 10 – 14; Mo 2 – 3; N ≤ 0.1 ASTM A240/A240M-22 Table 1 (S31600 / S31603). Compare EN 1.4401 (316): Cr 16.5–18.5, Ni 10–13, Mo 2.0–2.5, C ≤ 0.07; EN 1.4404 (316L): same with C ≤ 0.030. Mechanical properties: - 316 plate/sheet/strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 217 HB / ≤ 95 HRB - 316L plate/sheet/strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 170 MPa; tensile ≥ 485 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 217 HB / ≤ 95 HRB - 316 bar — annealed (A276): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness — - 316 bar — cold finished ≤ 12.7 mm (A276 cond. B): yield ≥ 310 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 30 %; hardness — - TP316 pipe (A312): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness — - 316 at 300 °C (typical Rp0.2): yield ≈ 140 MPa; tensile ≈ 430 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Minimum values, ASTM A240 Table 2 / A276 Table 2. Typical annealed 2B sheet: yield 270–310 MPa, tensile 580–620 MPa. Dual-certified 316/316L material meets the 316 minimums with 316L carbon. Impact: 100 J at -196 °C (typical) Equivalents: - 316S31 / 316S11 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 designations for 316 / 316L. - 1.4401 (EN (European)) — identical: X5CrNiMo17-12-2: Cr 16.5–18.5, Ni 10–13, Mo 2.0–2.5, C ≤ 0.07 — within the 316 window (Mo at the low end). - 1.4404 (EN (European)) — identical: X2CrNiMo17-12-2 = 316L: C ≤ 0.030, Mo 2.0–2.5. Dual-certified 1.4404/316L is the norm. - 06Cr17Ni12Mo2 / 022Cr17Ni12Mo2 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 (formerly 0Cr17Ni12Mo2 / 00Cr17Ni14Mo2). - SUS316 / SUS316L (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS316: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 16–18, Ni 10–14, Mo 2–3. - 1.4436 / 1.4432 (EN (European)) — near: Mo 2.5–3.0 % versions (316 / 316L 'high-Mo') covering the upper half of the ASTM Mo range. - 1.4571 (EN (European)) — near: 316Ti — Ti-stabilized; equivalent corrosion class, better at 400–550 °C. - 08Kh17N13M2T / 03Kh17N14M3 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5632 Mo grades; 10Kh17N13M2T (Ti-stabilized) is the common Russian 316 equivalent. - 304 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Non-Mo 18-8: same strength and formability, PREN 18; substitute where chlorides are absent. - 2205 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Duplex S32205: double the yield, PREN 35 — the upgrade for warm chloride service. - 17-4 PH (AISI / SAE) — functional: Austenitic: similar corrosion resistance, one-quarter of the yield strength; 17-4 replaces it where strength matters. Superseded names: - S31600 / S31603 / S31609 — UNS: 316 / 316L / 316H. - 316Ti (S31635) — ASTM A240: Titanium-stabilized variant; EN 1.4571 — rarely stocked in the USA. - CF8M / CF3M — ASTM A351 / ACI: Cast equivalents of 316 / 316L. - 316S31 / 316S11 — BS 1449 / BS 970: 316S31 = 316, 316S11 = 316L. - A4 — ISO 3506 (fasteners): A4-70 / A4-80 stainless bolts are 316-class. Product forms: sheet, strip and plate (ASTM A240); bar and shapes (A276, A479); seamless and welded pipe (A312 TP316/TP316L), tube (A269, A249); fittings (A403 WP316), flanges and forgings (A182 F316); wire, fasteners (F593 Group 2), castings CF8M / CF3M (A351) Tolerances: sheet/plate: ASTM A480; bar: ASTM A484; pipe: ASTM A999 / ASME B36.19 ### 316 stainless steel yield strength 316: minimum 205 MPa (30 ksi); 316L: 170 MPa (25 ksi); typical annealed 270–310 MPa. Cold-finished bar ≥ 310 MPa; ¼-hard sheet ≥ 515 MPa. ### 316 tensile strength 316: ≥ 515 MPa (75 ksi); 316L: ≥ 485 MPa (70 ksi); typical 580–620 MPa annealed. ### 316 hardness Annealed max 217 HB / 95 HRB (≈ 225 HV); typical 150–190 HB. Not hardenable by heat treatment; cold-worked up to ~40 HRC. ### Corrosion resistance PREN ≈ 23–26 (Mo-dependent). Resists seawater splash, marine atmospheres, sulphuric acid to ~5 % at ambient, phosphoric, acetic and most organic acids, chloride solutions to ~1000 ppm at ambient. Susceptible to chloride SCC above ~60 °C and to crevice corrosion in stagnant warm seawater (use 2205 or 6 % Mo). ### High-temperature use Oxidation limit ≈ 870 °C continuous (925 °C intermittent); ASME creep design above 525 °C requires 316H. Sigma-phase embrittlement on long exposure at 550–900 °C (worse than 304 because of Mo). ### Physical properties Density 8.0 g/cm³, E = 193 GPa, expansion 16 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C), conductivity 16.2 W/m·K, resistivity 0.74 µΩ·m, non-magnetic (μr ≤ 1.02 annealed). ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 1040–1120 °C (1900–2050 °F), water quench. Avoid 425–860 °C exposure for 316 (sensitization); 316L is immune in practical weld thicknesses. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by all arc, laser and resistance processes without preheat; filler ER316L / E316L-16 (AWS A5.9 / A5.4). Interpass ≤ 150 °C. Use 316L base for welded sections > 6 mm in corrosive service, or solution-anneal 316 after welding. Pickle/passivate welds for chloride exposure. Weld to carbon steel with ER309L. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 40 % of B1112 (slightly gummier than 304); use sharp carbide, positive rake, rigid setups; 316F (free-machining, S31620) exists but is uncommon. Forming, deep drawing and spinning are excellent; slightly higher press loads than 304. Standard finishes per ASTM A480 (2B, BA, No. 4, No. 8); electropolishing widely used for pharma and semiconductor tubing. Applications: Marine hardware, boat fittings, deck rails, coastal architecture; Chemical, petrochemical, pulp-and-paper process equipment and piping; Pharmaceutical, biotech and semiconductor high-purity tubing and vessels (316L, electropolished); Food processing in salty or acidic media (brine, pickles, sauces); Medical instruments and implants (316LVM / ASTM F138); Heat exchangers, condensers and evaporators with brackish cooling water; Fasteners A4-70/A4-80, ASTM F593 Group 2; springs and wire; Pool and spa fittings (with maintenance), water treatment, desalination pre-treatment Q: What is the difference between 316 and 316L? A: Carbon: 316 allows up to 0.08 %, 316L only 0.03 %. Low carbon prevents chromium-carbide formation in weld heat-affected zones, so 316L is specified for welded equipment > 6 mm and for corrosive service after welding. 316L's strength minimums are 15–35 MPa lower, but dual-certified 316/316L material meets both. Q: Is 316 stainless steel magnetic? A: No in the annealed state, and even less after cold work than 304 because its higher nickel content stabilizes the austenite. A strong magnetic response indicates a different grade. Q: Is 316 suitable for seawater? A: For marine atmosphere, splash zones and intermittent immersion with cleaning — yes; it is the standard marine grade. For continuous immersion in warm, stagnant seawater it suffers crevice corrosion; use duplex 2205, super-duplex or 6 % Mo austenitics. Q: What is the European equivalent of 316? A: EN 1.4401 (X5CrNiMo17-12-2) for 316 and 1.4404 (X2CrNiMo17-12-2) for 316L. The EN Mo window (2.0–2.5 %) sits inside the ASTM 2.0–3.0 %, so EN material always meets ASTM; 1.4436/1.4432 cover the high-Mo end and 1.4571 is the Ti-stabilized 316Ti. Q: Why is 316 more expensive than 304? A: Molybdenum (2–3 %) and the extra nickel (10–14 % vs 8–10.5 %) are the costliest alloying elements; together they add roughly 20–40 % to the price depending on the Ni/Mo market. Q: What temperature can 316 withstand? A: Continuous service in air to about 870 °C (1600 °F) for oxidation; for pressure parts ASME limits 316 to 425 °C unless it is 316H (carbon ≥ 0.04 %), which is rated to ~815 °C. Avoid long holds at 550–900 °C (sigma phase). --- ## 321 [S32100] — Austenitic Cr-Ni stainless steel, titanium-stabilized URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/321/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A240 | Verified against: ASTM A240/A240M-22 Aliases: AISI 321, SS321, Type 321, 321 stainless steel, 321 stainless, S32100, 1.4541, X6CrNiTi18-10, SUS321, 321H, S32109, TP321 Type 321 is 18-8 stainless stabilized with titanium (≥ 5 × carbon) so that, when the steel sits in the 425–870 °C range — in an exhaust manifold, an expansion bellows, a furnace part or a refinery heater — the carbon precipitates as harmless titanium carbide instead of chromium carbide at the grain boundaries. 304 in the same service sensitizes and corrodes intergranularly; 304L runs out of strength. 321 does neither, which makes it the standard austenitic for intermediate-temperature service and for welded equipment that cannot be annealed after welding. UNS S32100; EN 1.4541. Room-temperature properties equal 304 (205/515 MPa minimum), corrosion resistance is a shade lower in aqueous service (Ti carbonitrides), and polishing is poorer. 321H (S32109), with 0.04–0.10 % carbon and a minimum grain size, is the creep-rated version used for ASME pressure parts above 525 °C and rated to 816 °C. The niobium-stabilized 347 is the sister grade: Nb, unlike Ti, survives the welding arc, so 347 filler (ER347) is used for both. GOST 08Kh18N10T — the most-produced Russian stainless — and EN 1.4541 are identical. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.08 (321H (S32109): 0.04–0.10); Mn ≤ 2; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 0.75; Cr 17 – 19; Ni 9 – 12; N ≤ 0.1; Ti 5 × (C+N) – 0.7 (321H: 4 × (C+N) min) ASTM A240/A240M-22 Table 1 (S32100). EN 1.4541 (X6CrNiTi18-10): C ≤ 0.08, Cr 17–19, Ni 9–12, Ti 5×C–0.70 — identical. Niobium-stabilized 347 (S34700 / 1.4550) is the sister grade with better weld-metal stability. Mechanical properties: - Plate, sheet, strip — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness ≤ 217 HB / ≤ 95 HRB - Bar — annealed (A276): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 40 %; hardness — - TP321 pipe (A312): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness — - TP321H boiler tube (A213): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 515 MPa; elongation 35 %; hardness ≤ 192 HB - Typical Rp0.2 at 500 °C: yield ≈ 130 MPa; tensile ≈ 400 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Typical Rp0.2 at 700 °C: yield ≈ 110 MPa; tensile ≈ 300 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — Minimums per ASTM A240/A276/A312/A213. Typical annealed sheet: yield 250–290 MPa, tensile 590–640 MPa. ASME II-D allowable stresses for 321H extend to 816 °C (1500 °F); 100 000 h creep-rupture strength ≈ 60 MPa at 650 °C for 321H. Impact: 80 J at -196 °C (typical) Equivalents: - 321S31 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 321S31. - 1.4541 (EN (European)) — identical: X6CrNiTi18-10: same limits; dual-certified 321/1.4541. - 06Cr18Ni11Ti (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 06Cr18Ni11Ti (formerly 0Cr18Ni10Ti). - 08Kh18N10T / 12Kh18N10T (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 5632 08Kh18N10T (C ≤ 0.08) — the standard Russian austenitic; 12Kh18N10T (C ≤ 0.12) ≈ 321H. - SUS321 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4304 SUS321: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 17–19, Ni 9–13, Ti ≥ 5×C. - 347 (AISI / SAE) — near: S34700 / 1.4550: Nb-stabilized twin; Nb transfers through the arc so weld metal is also stabilized; slightly better creep. Interchangeable in most specs. - 304H (AISI / SAE) — near: Unstabilized high-carbon 304 for creep service; sensitizes but is cheaper — used where intergranular corrosion is not a concern. - 1.4878 (EN (European)) — near: X8CrNiTi18-10 heat-resisting variant (EN 10095) for furnace parts. - 304L (AISI / SAE) — functional: Low-carbon route to weld stability; not suitable above ~425 °C for strength. - 310 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Stabilized 18-8 for service to ~870 °C; 310 takes over above that. Superseded names: - 1.4541 / X6CrNiTi18-10 — EN 10088: Older DIN name X10CrNiTi18 9; 1.4878 (X8CrNiTi18-10) is the heat-resisting version per EN 10095. - S32100 / S32109 — UNS: 321 / 321H. - 321S31 / 321S51 — BS 1449 / BS 970 - AMS 5510 / 5645 — SAE Aerospace: Sheet and bar specifications for aircraft exhaust and manifolds. Product forms: sheet, strip, plate (ASTM A240); bar and forgings (A276, A479, A182 F321); seamless and welded pipe and tube (A312 TP321, A213 TP321H for boilers, A269); fittings (A403 WP321), flanges; wire, aircraft sheet (AMS 5510) Tolerances: sheet/plate: ASTM A480; bar: ASTM A484; tube: A213/A1016 (boiler), A312/A999 (pipe) ### 321 stainless steel yield strength Minimum 205 MPa (30 ksi) annealed; typical 250–290 MPa. At 500 °C ≈ 130 MPa, at 700 °C ≈ 110 MPa (typical). ### 321 tensile strength Minimum 515 MPa (75 ksi); typical 590–640 MPa annealed; ≈ 400 MPa at 500 °C. ### 321 hardness Annealed max 217 HB / 95 HRB; typical 150–190 HB. Not hardenable by heat treatment. ### High-temperature and creep properties Continuous oxidation limit ≈ 870 °C (925 °C intermittent). ASME allowable stresses: 321 to 425 °C for full strength, 321H creep-rated to 816 °C. 100 000 h rupture strength (321H, typical): ≈ 110 MPa at 600 °C, 60 MPa at 650 °C, 30 MPa at 700 °C. Resists intergranular attack after 500–800 °C exposure (ASTM A262 practice E passes). ### Corrosion resistance PREN ≈ 18 — same class as 304 in most media; slightly lower pitting resistance in chlorides because Ti(C,N) particles act as initiation sites. Good in nitric acid, organic acids, and in the polythionic-acid environments of refinery heaters where 304 fails. ### Physical properties Density 8.0 g/cm³, E = 193 GPa, expansion 16.6 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C), 18.6 (0–500 °C), conductivity 16.1 W/m·K, non-magnetic annealed. ### Heat treatment Solution anneal 955–1065 °C (1750–1950 °F), water or air quench. Stabilizing anneal 845–900 °C 1–4 h for maximum intergranular resistance in service at 425–870 °C. Stress relief at 700–900 °C is permissible (unlike 304) because the steel is stabilized. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by all arc processes; filler ER347 / E347 (Nb-stabilized) is standard because titanium does not transfer across the arc; ER308L is acceptable when the weld sees no high-temperature service. No preheat, interpass ≤ 150 °C. Post-weld heat treatment is not needed for corrosion resistance; a stabilizing anneal may be specified for critical high-temperature equipment. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 40 % of B1112 (Ti carbonitrides increase tool wear slightly versus 304). Forming and deep drawing are very good; spinning of exhaust cones and bellows is routine. Polishing to bright finishes is poorer (streaks) — use 304 for decorative work. Applications: Aircraft and automotive exhaust manifolds, collectors, flexible bellows; Expansion joints and bellows in piping and turbines; Furnace parts, heat-treatment fixtures, thermocouple sheaths, radiant tubes; Refinery heater tubes, hydrotreater and reformer piping (321H, polythionic-acid resistance); Boiler superheater tubes, pressure vessels 425–815 °C (321H); Welded pressure equipment that cannot be post-weld annealed; Chemical process equipment with thermal cycling; jet-engine parts (AMS 5510) Q: What is the difference between 321 and 304 stainless? A: 321 adds titanium (≥ 5 × C) which prevents chromium-carbide precipitation at 425–870 °C, so it keeps its corrosion resistance and toughness after welding or high-temperature service where 304 sensitizes. Room-temperature strength and cost are similar (321 slightly dearer). For ambient service 304/304L is the normal choice; for 425–870 °C, 321 or 347. Q: 321 or 347 — which is better? A: Both are stabilized 18-8 grades. 347 (niobium) has slightly higher creep strength and its stabilizing element survives welding, so 347 filler is used even for 321. 321 is cheaper and more widely stocked in Europe (1.4541); 347 is common in US refinery specs. They are interchangeable in most applications. Q: What is 321H? A: The high-carbon version (0.04–0.10 % C, Ti ≥ 4 × (C+N), grain size ASTM 7 or coarser) with guaranteed creep strength for ASME pressure parts above 525 °C, rated to 816 °C (1500 °F). Q: What is the maximum temperature for 321? A: About 870 °C (1600 °F) continuous in air for oxidation; for pressure design ASME allows 321H to 816 °C. Above ~900 °C use 310 or 253MA-type heat-resisting grades. Q: What is 321 equivalent to in EN and GOST? A: EN 1.4541 (X6CrNiTi18-10) and GOST 08Kh18N10T are identical; GOST 12Kh18N10T corresponds to 321H. Q: Is 321 magnetic? A: No in the annealed state; slight magnetism appears after heavy cold work, as with all austenitics. --- ## 410 [S41000] — Martensitic chromium stainless steel, hardenable URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/410/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A276 | Verified against: ASTM A276/A276M-23 Aliases: AISI 410, SS410, Type 410, 410 stainless steel, 410 stainless, S41000, 1.4006, X12Cr13, SUS410, 410 SS, 12Cr13 Type 410 is the basic martensitic stainless steel: 12 % chromium with about 0.1 % carbon, which is just enough to transform to martensite on quenching and reach 38–45 HRC. It is the cheapest stainless that can be heat-treated to high strength, so it is the material of pump shafts, valve trim and seats, steam-turbine blades, fasteners, cutlery blanks, mining screens and press-plate — anywhere hardness or 800–1200 MPa strength matters more than corrosion resistance. UNS S41000; EN 1.4006 (X12Cr13). Its corrosion resistance is the lowest of the common stainless grades (PREN ≈ 12), adequate for fresh water, steam, mild chemicals, petroleum and food oils but not for chlorides or acids; and it must be used in the hardened-and-tempered condition, because annealed 410 corrodes faster and tempering at 400–550 °C embrittles it. Properly heat-treated 410 is magnetic and tough enough for shafts down to about −20 °C. The family runs 410S (low carbon, non-hardening, for welded plate) → 410 → 416 (free-machining) → 420 (higher carbon, 50+ HRC) → 440 (very high carbon, 58 HRC). JIS SUS410, GB 12Cr13 and GOST 12Kh13 are the same grade. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.15 (410S (S41008): ≤ 0.08 (non-hardening); 420: ≥ 0.15); Mn ≤ 1; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 1; Cr 11.5 – 13.5; Ni ≤ 0.75 ASTM A276/A276M-23 (S41000). EN 1.4006 (X12Cr13): C 0.08–0.15, Cr 11.5–13.5, Ni ≤ 0.75 — EN specifies a minimum carbon so the grade always hardens. Typical mill: C 0.10–0.13, Cr 12.0–12.5. Mechanical properties: - Bar — annealed (A276 condition A): yield ≥ 275 MPa; tensile ≥ 485 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≤ 223 HB - Plate/sheet — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 450 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≤ 217 HB / ≤ 96 HRB - Bar — hardened & tempered (A276 condition T): yield ≥ 585 MPa; tensile ≥ 760 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 240–280 HB (≤ 26 HRC) - Bar — hardened & tempered (A276 condition H): yield ≥ 1000 MPa; tensile ≥ 1210 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 38–42 HRC - EN 1.4006 +QT650 (for comparison): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile 650–850 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 200–250 HB - EN 1.4006 +QT800: yield ≥ 600 MPa; tensile 800–1000 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 250–300 HB - As-quenched (typical): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 38–45 HRC ASTM A276 Table 2 conditions A, T (tempered ≥ 565 °C) and H (tempered ≥ 205 °C); EN 10088-3 +QT classes. Impact ≥ 27 J at +20 °C in condition T typical; poor below −10 °C. Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (typical, tempered ≥ 565 °C) Equivalents: - 410S21 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 410S21: C 0.09–0.15, Cr 11.5–13.5. - 1.4006 (EN (European)) — identical: X12Cr13: C 0.08–0.15, Cr 11.5–13.5 — same steel with a carbon minimum; dual-certified. - 12Cr13 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 12Cr13 (formerly 1Cr13). - 12Kh13 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 5632 12Kh13: C 0.09–0.15, Cr 12–14. - SUS410 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4303 SUS410: C ≤ 0.15, Cr 11.5–13.5. - 420 (AISI / SAE) — near: S42000 / 1.4021: C ≥ 0.15 (typically 0.20–0.40) → 48–55 HRC; the cutlery and mould grade. - 416 (AISI / SAE) — near: S41600 / 1.4005: free-machining 410 with 0.15 % S min. - 410S (AISI / SAE) — near: S41008 / 1.4000: C ≤ 0.08, does not harden on welding — for annealed plate and clad. - 430 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Ferritic 17 % Cr: better corrosion resistance, not hardenable. - 17-4 PH (AISI / SAE) — functional: Conventional martensitic 12 % Cr: cheaper, lower strength (≤ 1200 MPa), poorer corrosion resistance, needs quench hardening. Superseded names: - 1.4006 / X12Cr13 — EN 10088: Older DIN name X10Cr13. - S41000 — UNS: 410S (S41008) low-carbon non-hardening; 416 (S41600) free-machining; 420 (S42000) higher carbon. - 410S21 — BS 970 - CA-15 — ACI / ASTM A217: Cast equivalent (valve bodies). - F6a — ASTM A182: Forging grade 410 (classes 1–4 by strength). Product forms: bar, rod and forgings (ASTM A276, A479, A182 F6a); sheet, strip and plate (A240 — limited); seamless tube (A268 TP410); wire (A580), fasteners (F593 Group 5 / A193 B6); castings CA-15 (A217, A743) Tolerances: bar: ASTM A484; sheet/plate: ASTM A480; forgings: ASTM A182 ### 410 stainless steel yield strength Annealed bar ≥ 275 MPa (40 ksi), plate ≥ 205 MPa. Hardened and tempered: condition T ≥ 585 MPa (85 ksi), condition H ≥ 1000 MPa (145 ksi); typical +QT at 600 °C ≈ 700–800 MPa. ### 410 tensile strength Annealed ≥ 485 MPa (70 ksi) bar / ≥ 450 MPa plate; tempered ≥ 760 MPa (T) to ≥ 1210 MPa (H); as-quenched ≈ 1300–1500 MPa. ### 410 hardness Annealed max 223 HB; as-quenched 38–45 HRC (depending on carbon); tempered 650–700 °C ≈ 20–25 HRC; tempered 200–300 °C ≈ 38–42 HRC. NACE MR0175 sour service: ≤ 22 HRC, double tempered. ### Corrosion resistance PREN ≈ 12. Resists atmospheric exposure (indoor, rural), fresh water, steam, mild organic acids, petroleum products and food oils when hardened and polished. Pits in chlorides; poor in sulphuric, hydrochloric and most reducing acids. ### Heat treatment Anneal 815–900 °C, slow cool (≤ 25 K/h to 600 °C) → ≤ 223 HB. Harden 925–1010 °C (1700–1850 °F), oil or air quench. Temper: 205–370 °C for max hardness/strength (38–42 HRC) or 565–650 °C for toughness and corrosion resistance (20–28 HRC). Avoid 400–550 °C (temper embrittlement and loss of corrosion resistance). Ms ≈ 350 °C; sections to ~200 mm harden in air. ### Physical properties Density 7.7 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 9.9 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C), conductivity 24.9 W/m·K, resistivity 0.57 µΩ·m, ferromagnetic. Scaling limit ≈ 700 °C; creep use to ~480 °C (turbine blades). ### Weldability Weldable with precautions: air-hardening HAZ reaches 40+ HRC and cracks without preheat. Preheat 200–300 °C, interpass ≤ 300 °C, low-hydrogen process, then post-weld anneal or temper at 650–760 °C. Filler ER410 (matching, then heat-treat) or ER309L/E309L (austenitic, no PWHT but soft weld). 410S is preferred for welded plate; 410NiMo (S41500 / 1.4313) for welded pump and turbine parts. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 55 % of B1112 annealed (best of the stainless families); machine in the annealed or ≤ 30 HRC tempered condition, then harden; 416 at ≈ 85 % for high-volume turning. Cold forming and bending are fair in the annealed condition (bend radius ≥ 1 t); deep drawing limited. Grinds and polishes well; hard-chrome and nitriding (≈ 1000 HV, for pump sleeves) are common surface treatments. Applications: Pump shafts, sleeves and impellers (fresh water, oil); Valve trim, stems, seats and discs (API 600 trim no. 1, 'F6'); Steam- and gas-turbine blades and buckets (to ~480 °C); Fasteners, studs and bolts (A193 B6), screws for mild exposure; Cutlery and kitchen-knife blanks (as 410/420), scissors; Mining, coal and mineral screens, sizing plates; Press plates, chutes, wear liners; bakery ovens and hardware; Oilfield: wellhead components, downhole tools (NACE-limited hardness) Q: What is the difference between 410 and 420 stainless? A: Carbon. 410 has ≤ 0.15 % C and hardens to 38–45 HRC; 420 has ≥ 0.15 % (typically 0.2–0.4 %) and reaches 48–55 HRC. 410 is tougher and slightly more corrosion-resistant; 420 is harder — the cutlery, surgical-instrument and plastic-mould grade. Q: Is 410 stainless steel magnetic? A: Yes, in every condition — martensitic and ferritic stainless steels are ferromagnetic. Q: Can 410 be hardened? A: Yes: heat to 925–1010 °C, quench in oil or air, temper at 205–370 °C (max hardness ≈ 40 HRC) or 565–650 °C (toughness, ≈ 25 HRC). Never temper between 400 and 550 °C. Q: Does 410 stainless rust? A: More readily than 304: it resists indoor air, fresh water and steam but stains and pits with chlorides, coastal air or acids. Keep it hardened, tempered and polished; annealed or wrongly tempered 410 corrodes fastest. Q: What is 410 equivalent to in EN? A: EN 1.4006 (X12Cr13). The EN grade adds a carbon minimum of 0.08 % so it always hardens; ASTM 410 has no minimum, and very-low-carbon heats behave like 410S. Q: Can 410 be welded? A: With 200–300 °C preheat and post-weld tempering, yes; without them the hard HAZ cracks. For welded fabrications choose 410S (non-hardening) or 410NiMo. --- ## 4130 [G41300] — Chromium-molybdenum low-alloy steel, weldable (chromoly) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/4130/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Alloy steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J404 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 4130, SAE 4130, 4130 steel, 4130 chromoly, chromoly 4130, 4130 tube, G41300, 25CrMo4, 1.7218, SCM430, 4130 alloy steel AISI 4130 is the weldable chromoly: the same 1 % Cr / 0.2 % Mo alloying as 4140 but with carbon held to 0.28–0.33 %, so that a welded joint's heat-affected zone does not harden past the point of cracking. That single change made 4130 the aircraft-tube steel of the 1930s (MIL-T-6736) and it is still the material of race-car roll cages, aircraft fuselage frames and engine mounts, bicycle and motorcycle frames, go-kart chassis, sprint-car components and pressure-containing wellhead forgings. UNS G41300. In the normalized condition — the usual state of 4130 tube — it offers about 435 MPa yield and 670 MPa tensile with 25 % elongation, roughly double mild steel at the same wall thickness, and it keeps good toughness. Quenched and tempered it reaches 860–1000 MPa (aerospace 125–145 ksi level) and, with care, 1240 MPa; deeper hardenability than plain carbon but less than 4140, so through-hardened sections are limited to about 25–35 mm. EN 25CrMo4 (1.7218) is the usual European substitute (slightly lower carbon); JIS SCM430, GB 30CrMo and GOST 30KhMA are identical. Choose 4130 for welded, impact-loaded structures; 4140 for machined, heat-treated parts needing more strength. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.28 – 0.33; Mn 0.4 – 0.6; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.04; Si 0.15 – 0.35; Cr 0.8 – 1.1; Mo 0.15 – 0.25 SAE J404 / ASTM A29 (G41300). Aerospace 4130 (AMS 6345 etc.) uses the same window with tighter P/S and vacuum degassing. Compare EN 25CrMo4 (1.7218): C 0.22–0.29, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30 — slightly lower carbon; 30CrMo4 was the old DIN match. Mechanical properties: - Annealed (865 °C, furnace cool) — typical: yield ≈ 360 MPa; tensile ≈ 560 MPa; elongation 28 %; hardness ≈ 156 HB - Normalized (870 °C, air) — typical, the usual tube condition ('N'): yield ≈ 435 MPa; tensile ≈ 670 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≈ 197 HB - Condition N tube per A519 (minimum): yield ≥ 415 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness — - Q&T, tempered 540 °C (1000 °F), 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 760 MPa; tensile ≈ 860 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness ≈ 255 HB - Q&T, tempered 425 °C (800 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 895 MPa; tensile ≈ 1000 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness ≈ 300 HB - Q&T, tempered 315 °C (600 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 1035 MPa; tensile ≈ 1140 MPa; elongation 13 %; hardness ≈ 340 HB - Q&T, tempered 205 °C (400 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 1240 MPa; tensile ≈ 1380 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≈ 400 HB - As-quenched (oil, 860 °C): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 48–52 HRC Typical values for 25 mm rounds (ASM); only A519 condition N carries minimums. Aerospace heat-treat levels per AMS 2759: 125–145 ksi (860–1000 MPa), 150–170 ksi, 180–200 ksi tensile. Impact: 60 J at 20 °C (typical, normalized) Equivalents: - 30CrMo4 (EN (European)) — identical: Former DIN 17200 / SEW grade (C 0.26–0.34) — an exact match but no longer in EN 10083-3; still produced by some mills. - 30CrMo (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 3077 30CrMo: C 0.26–0.34, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25. - 30KhMA (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 4543 30KhMA: C 0.26–0.33, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25 — used for Russian aircraft tube. - SCM430 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4053 SCM430: C 0.28–0.33, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30. - 4140 (AISI / SAE) — near: 0.40 % C: higher strength and hardenability, much poorer weldability. - 4135 (AISI / SAE) — near: Intermediate 0.35 % C grade (API 6A wellhead forgings). - 708A30 (EN18) (BS (superseded British)) — near: BS 970 708A30: C 0.28–0.33, Cr 0.85–1.15, Mo 0.15–0.25. - 25CrMo4 (EN (European)) — near: 1.7218: C 0.22–0.29, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30 — carbon just below 4130's 0.28–0.33; the standard European substitute for tube and bar. - 1026 / E4130 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Plain-carbon DOM tube (1026) is the budget substitute for non-critical tube structures. Superseded names: - G41300 — UNS: 4130H = H41300. - 25CrMo4 / 1.7218 — EN 10083-3: Nearest European grade (C slightly lower); 30CrMo4 (DIN 17200) was closer. - 708A30 / EN18 — BS 970 - SCM430 — JIS G4053 - MIL-T-6736 / AMS 6360 — US military / SAE Aerospace: Aircraft tubing specifications. Product forms: seamless tube (ASTM A519, AMS 6360/6371 — the signature form: roll cages, aircraft frames, bicycle tube); bar (A29, A322, A108), plate and sheet (A829, AMS 6345/6350); forgings (A29, AMS 6370), wire; pressure tube (A423, A213 T11-type Cr-Mo is different), wellhead forgings (API 6A 75K) Tolerances: tube: ASTM A519 / AMS 2253; bar: ASTM A29 / A108; sheet: AMS 6345 / 6350 ### 4130 steel yield strength Typical: annealed ≈ 360 MPa (52 ksi); normalized ≈ 435 MPa (63 ksi) — A519 condition N minimum 415 MPa; Q&T at 540 °C ≈ 760 MPa; at 425 °C ≈ 895 MPa; at 315 °C ≈ 1035 MPa; at 205 °C ≈ 1240 MPa (180 ksi). ### 4130 tensile strength Typical: annealed ≈ 560 MPa (81 ksi); normalized ≈ 670 MPa (97 ksi) — A519 N minimum 620 MPa; Q&T 860–1000 MPa (aerospace 125–145 ksi), up to ≈ 1380 MPa (200 ksi) at low temper. ### 4130 hardness Annealed ≈ 156 HB; normalized ≈ 197 HB; Q&T 255–400 HB depending on temper; as-quenched 48–52 HRC. Nitrided surface ≈ 55 HRC. ### Heat treatment Anneal 840–870 °C, furnace cool. Normalize 870–900 °C (1600–1650 °F), air cool — the standard tube condition. Harden 855–885 °C, oil quench (water for thin tube with care); temper 205–650 °C. Stress relieve welded assemblies 565–650 °C (600 °C / 1100 °F typical for roll cages). Ac1 ≈ 760 °C, Ac3 ≈ 810 °C, Ms ≈ 380 °C. Ideal critical diameter ≈ 35–50 mm. ### Weldability Good for an alloy steel (CE ≈ 0.55–0.65). Thin-wall tube (< 3 mm) is TIG-welded without preheat using ER70S-2/ER80S-D2; thicker sections need 150–250 °C preheat. Post-weld normalizing or stress relief is recommended for critical structures. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 205 GPa, expansion 12.2 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity 42.7 W/m·K. ### Weldability The most weldable of the chromoly family. TIG (GTAW) with ER70S-2 or ER80S-D2 filler for tube < 3 mm wall: no preheat, controlled heat input, no rapid quench (let cool in still air). For > 3–5 mm or heavily restrained joints, preheat 150–250 °C and use low-hydrogen consumables (E8018-B2 for matching Cr-Mo). Post-weld: normalize (870–900 °C) for aircraft-quality structures or stress-relieve at 565–650 °C. Do not weld in the Q&T condition and expect full strength — the HAZ softens; re-heat-treat after welding when strength must be uniform. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 70 % of B1112 annealed/normalized — better than 4140 (index ≈ 65 %). Cold forming: good in the annealed state (tube bending with mandrel at ≥ 2.5 D radius in normalized condition); hot forming 1200–950 °C then normalize. Surface treatments: nitriding (≈ 55 HRC case), induction hardening (limited by 0.30 % C to ≈ 48 HRC), chrome plating with hydrogen bake, cadmium/zinc plating for aerospace. Applications: Aircraft fuselage trusses, engine mounts, landing-gear components (AMS 6360/6371 tube); Racing roll cages, chassis and suspension tubes (SFI/FIA-specified 4130 N tube); Bicycle, motorcycle and go-kart frames; sprint-car and midget chassis; Wellhead and Christmas-tree forgings (API 6A 60K/75K, as 4130/4135); Pressure vessels and gas cylinders (with Q&T), hydraulic tubing; Gears, shafts and fasteners at moderate strength; aircraft bolts (AN/NAS); Firearm receivers, sporting goods, tool handles Q: What is the difference between 4130 and 4140? A: Carbon: 4130 has 0.30 %, 4140 has 0.40 %. 4130 welds with little or no preheat and is used for tube structures; 4140 reaches higher hardness and strength (to 52+ HRC) but needs 250–350 °C preheat and post-weld tempering. Same Cr and Mo. Q: Is 4130 chromoly stronger than mild steel? A: Normalized 4130 has about 435 MPa yield versus ~250 MPa for A36/1018, so a 4130 tube can be roughly 40 % thinner (lighter) at the same strength — the reason it is used in roll cages and aircraft. Stiffness (E ≈ 205 GPa) is the same for all steels. Q: Do 4130 welds need heat treatment? A: For thin tube (< 3 mm) TIG-welded with ER70S-2, no — allow slow cooling and the joint retains ~80–90 % of tube strength. For aircraft-critical or thick sections, normalize or stress-relieve (565–650 °C) after welding. Never quench a fresh weld. Q: What is 4130 equivalent to in EN and JIS? A: EN 25CrMo4 (1.7218) is the near match (C 0.22–0.29); the old DIN 30CrMo4 was exact. JIS SCM430, GB 30CrMo and GOST 30KhMA are identical. Q: Can 4130 be hardened? A: Yes — quench from 855–885 °C in oil and temper: 48–52 HRC as-quenched, 25–40 HRC typical in service (860–1240 MPa tensile). Hardenability limits through-hardening to about 25–35 mm sections. Q: What does 'condition N' mean for 4130 tube? A: Normalized: heated to 870–900 °C and air-cooled, giving ≥ 415 MPa yield / ≥ 620 MPa tensile per ASTM A519. It is the standard supply condition for chassis and aircraft tube; 'condition A' is annealed (softer, for bending). --- ## 4140 [G41400] — Chromium-molybdenum low-alloy steel (chromoly) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/4140/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Quenched & tempered steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J404 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 4140, SAE 4140, 4140 steel, 4140 alloy steel, 4140 HT, 4140 PH, 4140 annealed, 4140 Q&T, G41400, 4142, 4140 chromoly, chromoly 4140 AISI 4140 is the definitive chromoly steel: 0.40 % carbon, 1 % chromium and 0.2 % molybdenum, UNS G41400. Chromium and molybdenum push hardenability deep enough that a 50 mm bar through-hardens in oil, and the steel tempers over a wide range to any strength from 900 to 1800 MPa — which is why it is the standard for shafts, axles, gears, bolts, tooling, drill collars and every 'machine steel' job that needs more than plain carbon steel can give. It is also the most-stocked alloy steel in North America, usually as pre-hardened bar (4140 HT / PH) at 28–32 HRC, ready to machine and use without further heat treatment. As an AISI grade 4140 is defined by chemistry, not properties; the tables give typical values for annealed, normalized, pre-hard and quenched-and-tempered conditions at various tempers, and the ASTM A434 or customer specification supplies minimums when required. Weldability is poor (CE ≈ 0.8) — preheat and post-weld tempering are mandatory — and hydrogen embrittlement is a real risk above about 38 HRC, so plating and pickling of hardened parts must be followed by baking. EN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), JIS SCM440, GB 42CrMo and BS 708M40 (EN19) are the same steel; 4142, 4145 and 4150 are the higher-carbon steps, 4130 the weldable low-carbon cousin, 4340 the nickel-bearing upgrade. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.38 – 0.43; Mn 0.75 – 1; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.04; Si 0.15 – 0.35; Cr 0.8 – 1.1; Mo 0.15 – 0.25 SAE J404 / ASTM A29 (G41400). 4142 (G41420): C 0.40–0.45; 4140H (H-band, hardenability guaranteed): slightly wider Mn/Cr. Compare EN 42CrMo4: C 0.38–0.45, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30, Mn 0.60–0.90. Mechanical properties: - Annealed (815 °C, furnace cool) — typical: yield ≈ 415 MPa; tensile ≈ 655 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness ≈ 197 HB - Normalized (870 °C, air) — typical: yield ≈ 655 MPa; tensile ≈ 1020 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness ≈ 302 HB - Pre-hardened 'PH / HT' bar (Q&T 28–32 HRC) — typical: yield ≈ 690–760 MPa; tensile ≈ 930–1000 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness 269–321 HB (28–34 HRC) - Q&T, tempered 540 °C (1000 °F), 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 895 MPa; tensile ≈ 1035 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 311 HB - Q&T, tempered 425 °C (800 °F), 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 1100 MPa; tensile ≈ 1240 MPa; elongation 13 %; hardness ≈ 375 HB (40 HRC) - Q&T, tempered 315 °C (600 °F), 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 1340 MPa; tensile ≈ 1480 MPa; elongation 11 %; hardness ≈ 445 HB (47 HRC) - Q&T, tempered 205 °C (400 °F), 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 1640 MPa; tensile ≈ 1770 MPa; elongation 8 %; hardness ≈ 510 HB (52 HRC) - As-quenched (oil, 845 °C): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 54–59 HRC AISI/SAE grades are specified by chemistry (and hardenability for H-bands); mechanical values are typical for a 25 mm (1 in) round, not guarantees. Order to ASTM A434 (Class BC/BD) or a customer spec when minimums are needed. Charpy at 540 °C temper ≈ 40–50 J. Impact: 45 J at 20 °C (typical, Q&T to ≈ 300 HB) Equivalents: - 708M40 (EN19) (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 708M40: C 0.36–0.44, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.25. - 42CrMo4 (EN (European)) — identical: 1.7225: C 0.38–0.45, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30 — windows overlap almost completely; dual-certified 4140/42CrMo4 bar is standard. - 42CrMo (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 3077 42CrMo: C 0.38–0.45, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.25. - SCM440 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4053 SCM440: C 0.38–0.43, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30. - 4142 (AISI / SAE) — near: C 0.40–0.45 — the upper half of the 42CrMo4 range; slightly higher hardness. - 4130 (AISI / SAE) — near: 0.30 % C version: lower strength (≈ 1000 MPa max practical), far better weldability; used for tube and welded structures. - 40KhM / 38KhM (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 4543 38KhM (C 0.35–0.42) / 40KhMFA (V-bearing); 40KhM is the common Russian equivalent in practice. - 4340 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Adds 1.8 % Ni: deeper hardenability (sections > 100 mm), higher toughness at 1500+ MPa. - 1045 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Unalloyed medium-carbon: cheaper, through-hardens only ≤ 20 mm. Superseded names: - G41400 — UNS: 4140H = H41400 (hardenability band). - 42CrMo4 / 1.7225 — EN 10083-3: European twin; 42CrMoS4 (1.7227) free-machining. - 708M40 / 708A42 / EN19 — BS 970 (withdrawn): EN19 is the old British name still used in the UK and India. - SCM440 — JIS G4053: Japanese twin (SCM4 in older editions). - 4145H / 4145H Mod — API Spec 7-1: Higher-carbon variant for drill collars and tool joints. Product forms: hot-rolled and cold-finished bar (ASTM A29 / A322 / A108); pre-hardened bar 'PH' or 'HT' at 28–32 HRC (the most common stock form); forgings (A29, ASTM A788), seamless tube (A519); plate (A829 / A830), wire; downhole and drilling tools per API 7-1 (4145H modified) Tolerances: hot-rolled bar: ASTM A29 / A6; cold-finished bar: ASTM A108 (h9–h11 typical); tube: ASTM A519; aerospace: AMS 6349 / 6382 / 6529 ### 4140 steel yield strength Typical: annealed ≈ 415 MPa (60 ksi); normalized ≈ 655 MPa; pre-hard 28–32 HRC ≈ 690–760 MPa (100–110 ksi); Q&T tempered at 540 °C ≈ 895 MPa (130 ksi); at 425 °C ≈ 1100 MPa; at 315 °C ≈ 1340 MPa; at 205 °C ≈ 1640 MPa (238 ksi). ### 4140 tensile strength Typical: annealed ≈ 655 MPa (95 ksi); normalized ≈ 1020 MPa; pre-hard ≈ 930–1000 MPa; Q&T 540 °C ≈ 1035 MPa (150 ksi); 425 °C ≈ 1240 MPa; 315 °C ≈ 1480 MPa; 205 °C ≈ 1770 MPa (257 ksi). ### 4140 hardness Annealed ≈ 197 HB; normalized ≈ 302 HB; pre-hardened 28–32 HRC (269–321 HB); as-quenched 54–59 HRC; tempered 205 °C ≈ 52 HRC, 315 °C ≈ 47 HRC, 425 °C ≈ 40 HRC, 540 °C ≈ 33 HRC, 650 °C ≈ 25 HRC. Induction-hardened surface 50–55 HRC; nitrided surface 55–60 HRC (≈ 600–700 HV). ### Heat treatment Anneal 815–870 °C, furnace cool 15 K/h to 480 °C. Normalize 870–900 °C, air. Harden 845–870 °C (1550–1600 °F), oil quench (water for simple shapes ≤ 25 mm). Temper 205–650 °C to the required hardness, 2 h minimum; avoid 230–370 °C. Stress relieve 550–650 °C. Ac1 ≈ 750 °C, Ac3 ≈ 790 °C, Ms ≈ 310 °C. Ideal critical diameter (4140H) ≈ 75–100 mm; Jominy J10 ≈ 47–56 HRC. ### Machinability ≈ 65 % of B1112 annealed (197 HB); ≈ 55–60 % pre-hard at 28–32 HRC (excellent chip control, preferred for CNC). 4140 with 0.02–0.04 % S ('4140 resulfurized' / 42CrMoS4) improves to ≈ 70 %. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³ (0.284 lb/in³), E = 205 GPa (29.7 × 10⁶ psi), expansion 12.3 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), conductivity 42.6 W/m·K, specific heat 473 J/kg·K. ### Weldability Poor weldability (carbon equivalent ≈ 0.75–0.85). Weld only in the annealed or normalized condition where possible: preheat 250–350 °C (higher for thick or restrained joints), maintain interpass ≥ preheat, use low-hydrogen consumables (E8018-B2 / ER80S-B2 for matching Cr-Mo, or E7018 / ER70S-6 when the joint is not strength-critical), slow-cool under insulation, then temper immediately at 550–650 °C. Welding pre-hardened or Q&T bar softens the HAZ and risks cold cracking; for hardened assemblies design mechanical joints. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Turning, milling, drilling and threading are all good; pre-hard 28–32 HRC gives the best surface finish and chip control with coated carbide. Rough in the annealed state and finish after hardening only if distortion allows (grinding stock 0.2–0.4 mm). Cold forming is limited to the annealed state; hot forging 1200–950 °C then normalize or anneal. Surface treatments: induction/flame hardening (50–55 HRC), gas or ion nitriding (excellent — 0.3–0.6 mm case at 600+ HV), QPQ, hard chrome plating (bake 190 °C ≥ 4 h after plating to relieve hydrogen), phosphate and black oxide. Applications: Shafts, axles, spindles, arbors and couplings; Gears, sprockets, pinions (through-hardened or nitrided); High-strength bolts and studs: SAE Grade 8, ASTM A193 B7 (4140/4142 Q&T), A320 L7, ISO 10.9/12.9; Hydraulic cylinder rods, pistons and glands (chrome-plated); Drill collars, tool joints, drill-string subs (4145H Mod), downhole tools; Injection-mould bases, holder blocks and machine frames (pre-hard); Crankshafts, connecting rods, steering components, axle housings; Rifle barrels and firearm receivers, hand tools, wrenches and sockets (forged) Q: Is 4140 the same as 42CrMo4? A: Yes for practical purposes. 4140 (C 0.38–0.43, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25) and EN 42CrMo4 (C 0.38–0.45, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30) overlap almost entirely and are dual-certified by mills; JIS SCM440 and GB 42CrMo are also identical. Q: What is 4140 HT or 4140 PH? A: Heat-treated / pre-hardened bar: quenched and tempered at the mill to 28–32 HRC (≈ 900–1000 MPa tensile). It machines well and is used without further heat treatment for shafts, mould bases and fixtures — the most common way 4140 is sold. Q: How hard can 4140 get? A: 54–59 HRC as-quenched; in service usually 28–32 HRC (pre-hard) up to about 50 HRC (tempered 205–260 °C) for wear parts. Induction hardening gives 50–55 HRC on the surface; nitriding gives 55–60 HRC (600–700 HV) with a soft core. Q: What is the difference between 4140 and 4130? A: Carbon: 0.40 % vs 0.30 %. 4130 is weldable with modest preheat and is used for tubing, aircraft and roll-cage structures at up to ~1000 MPa; 4140 reaches higher strength and hardness but must be welded with 250–350 °C preheat and post-weld tempering. Q: Which is stronger, 1045 or 4140? A: Both have ~0.45 % carbon, but 4140's Cr and Mo let it through-harden in sections up to 50–75 mm and temper to a tougher structure. In thin sections both reach similar hardness; in anything thicker than about 20 mm, or at the same tempered hardness, 4140 is stronger and tougher. 1045 is cheaper and slightly more machinable. Q: Can 4140 be welded? A: Only with preheat (250–350 °C), low-hydrogen consumables and post-weld tempering, and preferably in the annealed condition. Welding pre-hard or Q&T 4140 without these steps causes hydrogen cracking in the hard heat-affected zone. Q: Is 4140 good for knives? A: It is used for large choppers and tools where toughness matters more than edge retention, hardened to 52–56 HRC. Its 0.4 % carbon limits edge hardness; dedicated knife steels (1095, 5160, 52100, O1) hold an edge better. --- ## 42CrMo4 (1.7225) — Chromium-molybdenum steel for quenching and tempering URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/42crmo4/ System: EN (European) | Family: Quenched & tempered steel | Standard: EN 10083-3 | Verified against: EN 10083-3:2006 Aliases: 42CrMoS4, 1.7227, 42 CrMo 4, 1.7225, 42CrMo4+QT, 42CrMo4V 42CrMo4 is Europe's most-used alloy steel for quenched-and-tempered parts: 0.42 % C, 1 % Cr, 0.2 % Mo, Werkstoff number 1.7225, specified in EN 10083-3. The chromium–molybdenum combination gives deep hardenability — a 40 mm bar through-hardens in oil — and resistance to temper embrittlement, so the same bar can be tempered anywhere between 550 and 650 °C to hit a strength band from 900 to 1300 MPa. It is the steel of crankshafts, gearbox shafts, high-strength bolts (10.9 and 12.9), hydraulic components and drilling tools. Machinability in the soft-annealed condition is fair; most parts are rough-machined at 240–300 HB in the pre-treated (+QT) condition and finished after nitriding or induction hardening. 42CrMo4 and AISI 4140 are the same steel for practical purposes, as are JIS SCM440, GB 42CrMo and BS 708M40; the cross-reference table below grades each match. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.38 – 0.45; Si ≤ 0.4; Mn 0.6 – 0.9; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.035 (42CrMoS4 (1.7227): S 0.020–0.040 for machinability); Cr 0.9 – 1.2; Mo 0.15 – 0.3 EN 10083-3:2006 Table 2. No Ni specified; V-modified 42CrMoV4 exists in some mill programmes (not in EN 10083-3). Mechanical properties: - +QT, ≤ 16 mm: yield 900 MPa; tensile 1100–1300 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≈ 330–380 HB - +QT, 16–40 mm: yield 750 MPa; tensile 1000–1200 MPa; elongation 11 %; hardness ≈ 300–350 HB - +QT, 40–100 mm: yield 650 MPa; tensile 900–1100 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 270–320 HB - +QT, 100–160 mm: yield 550 MPa; tensile 800–950 MPa; elongation 13 %; hardness ≈ 240–290 HB - +QT, 160–250 mm: yield 500 MPa; tensile 750–900 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness ≈ 225–270 HB - +A soft annealed: yield — MPa; tensile ≤ 800 (typ. 650) MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≤ 241 HB - +N normalized (typical): yield 500 MPa; tensile 800–900 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness ≈ 240–270 HB EN 10083-3 Table 8 (+QT). Impact: ≥ 35 J (≤ 16 mm) to ≥ 40 J (≥ 40 mm) longitudinal at +20 °C in the Q&T condition. Normalized values are typical, not standardized. Impact: 35 J at 20 °C (+QT, ≤ 16 mm, longitudinal; ≥ 40 J for 40–250 mm) Equivalents: - 4140 (AISI / SAE) — identical: AISI 4140 (UNS G41400): C 0.38–0.43, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25, Mn 0.75–1.00. Windows overlap almost completely; mills dual-certify 42CrMo4/4140. - 708M40 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 708M40: C 0.36–0.44, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.25. - 42CrMo (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 3077 42CrMo: C 0.38–0.45, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.25. - SCM440 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4053 SCM440: C 0.38–0.43, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30 — matches 42CrMo4 exactly on Cr and Mo. - 4142 (AISI / SAE) — near: C 0.40–0.45 — covers the upper half of the 42CrMo4 carbon range. - 42CrMoS4 (EN (European)) — near: Same grade with controlled S (0.020–0.040 %) for free machining; slightly lower transverse toughness. - 40KhM / 38KhM (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 4543 38KhM (C 0.35–0.42, Cr 0.90–1.30, Mo 0.20–0.30); 40KhM is the nearer Russian practice grade. - 34CrNiMo6 (EN (European)) — functional: Ni-bearing alternative with deeper hardenability for sections above ~100 mm. - C45 (EN (European)) — functional: Unalloyed, cheaper, but through-hardens only in thin sections. Superseded names: - 42CrMo4 (1.7225) — DIN 17200 (withdrawn): Name and number unchanged since DIN 17200; only the standard moved to EN 10083-3. - 708M40 / 708A42 — BS 970 - 42CD4 — NF A 35-552 - 42CrMo4 — UNI 7845 Product forms: round bar (hot-rolled, peeled, ground), square and flat bar; forgings and forged blanks; seamless tube (EN 10297, EN 10305); plate (limited, via EN 10083-3 or proprietary) Tolerances: hot-rolled round: EN 10060; peeled/ground bar: EN 10278 (h9–h11); forgings: EN 10250-3 ### 42CrMo4 yield strength In the Q&T condition Rp0.2 is ≥ 900 MPa (130 ksi) ≤ 16 mm, 750 MPa 16–40 mm, 650 MPa 40–100 mm, 550 MPa 100–160 mm and 500 MPa 160–250 mm. ### 42CrMo4 tensile strength 1100–1300 MPa (≤ 16 mm), 1000–1200 MPa (16–40 mm), 900–1100 MPa (40–100 mm), 800–950 MPa (100–160 mm), 750–900 MPa (160–250 mm). ### 42CrMo4 hardness Soft-annealed max 241 HB; Q&T typically 270–350 HB depending on section; as-quenched 54–58 HRC; induction-hardened surface 52–56 HRC; gas-nitrided surface 600–700 HV at 0.3–0.5 mm depth. ### Heat treatment Soft anneal 680–720 °C; normalize 850–880 °C; harden 820–860 °C oil (water only for simple shapes); temper 540–680 °C; stress relieve 550–650 °C. Ac1 ≈ 745 °C, Ac3 ≈ 790 °C, Ms ≈ 310 °C. Ideal critical diameter ≈ 60–80 mm. ### Physical properties Density 7.83 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, thermal conductivity ≈ 42 W/m·K, expansion 12.1 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C). ### Weldability Poor weldability: CEV ≈ 0.80 %. Welding is only done on annealed or normalized material with preheat 250–350 °C, low-hydrogen consumables (EN ISO 18276 / Cr-Mo types), interpass control and immediate post-weld tempering at 550–650 °C. Q&T parts should not be welded; design for mechanical joints. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability index ≈ 50–55 % in the annealed state; 42CrMoS4 improves it to ≈ 60–65 %. Machine at 250–300 HB (pre-treated) with carbide; grinding after hardening. Cold forming limited; hot forging 1100–850 °C then anneal. Surface treatments: induction hardening, gas or plasma nitriding (excellent response), QPQ salt-bath nitrocarburizing. Applications: Crankshafts, camshafts, gearbox and pump shafts; High-strength fasteners: property classes 10.9 and 12.9 (EN ISO 898-1); Hydraulic cylinder rods and pistons (induction-hardened, chrome-plated); Gears and pinions (nitrided or induction-hardened teeth); Drill collars, tool joints and downhole equipment (API 7-1 grades); Injection-mould frames and machine columns; Automotive: steering knuckles, axle shafts, connecting rods Q: Is 42CrMo4 the same as 4140? A: Yes for practical purposes. AISI 4140 spans C 0.38–0.43, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25; 42CrMo4 spans C 0.38–0.45, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30. Most European bar is dual-certified 42CrMo4 / 4140 / SCM440. Q: What hardness can 42CrMo4 reach? A: As-quenched 54–58 HRC; tempered to a working strength of 1000–1200 MPa it sits at about 300–350 HB (32–38 HRC). Nitriding adds a 600–700 HV case; induction hardening gives 52–56 HRC on the surface. Q: What is 42CrMo4+QT? A: +QT is the quenched-and-tempered delivery condition — the bar is already heat-treated to the EN 10083-3 strength table for its diameter and can be machined and used without further treatment. +A is soft-annealed for machining before the customer heat-treats. Q: Can 42CrMo4 be welded? A: Only in the annealed/normalized state with 250–350 °C preheat and post-weld tempering. Welding Q&T bar destroys the properties in the heat-affected zone and risks cold cracking. Q: What is the difference between 42CrMo4 and 34CrNiMo6? A: 34CrNiMo6 (1.6582) adds 1.5 % Ni, which pushes hardenability to sections of 150–250 mm and improves toughness at the same strength. Use it for large shafts and forgings; 42CrMo4 is the economical choice below ~100 mm. --- ## 430 [S43000] — Ferritic chromium stainless steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/430/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Stainless steel | Standard: ASTM A240 | Verified against: ASTM A240/A240M-22 Aliases: AISI 430, SS430, Type 430, 430 stainless steel, 430 stainless, S43000, 1.4016, X6Cr17, SUS430, 430 SS Type 430 is the workhorse ferritic stainless steel: 16–18 % chromium, no nickel, body-centred cubic structure, therefore magnetic and — because it carries no nickel — 30–40 % cheaper than 304. UNS S43000, EN 1.4016. It offers good resistance to mild atmospheres, fresh water, food acids and nitric acid, a bright polished or brushed surface, and easier machining than the austenitics; in return it gives up formability, weld toughness, low-temperature toughness and chloride resistance. The classic uses follow from that trade-off: appliance panels, dishwasher tubs, range hoods, sink surrounds, automotive trim, decorative tube and interior architecture — parts that are stamped or lightly drawn, seldom welded and never exposed to salt. Where welding is needed, the stabilized cousins 439 and 441 (EN 1.4510, 1.4509) avoid grain-boundary sensitization and grain growth in the HAZ. Minimum properties are 205 MPa yield and 450 MPa tensile; typical 2B sheet is stronger (≈ 320/500 MPa) and has a lower work-hardening rate than 304, so press loads and spring-back are smaller. EN 1.4016, JIS SUS430, GB 10Cr17 and GOST 12Kh17 are the same grade. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.12; Mn ≤ 1; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 1; Cr 16 – 18; Ni ≤ 0.75 (residual only) ASTM A240/A240M-22 Table 1 (S43000). EN 1.4016 (X6Cr17): C ≤ 0.08, Cr 16–18 — tighter on carbon. Typical mill analysis C 0.04–0.06, Cr 16.2–16.8. Mechanical properties: - Sheet, strip, plate — annealed (A240): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 450 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≤ 183 HB / ≤ 89 HRB - Bar — annealed (A276): yield ≥ 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 450 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - Bar — cold finished ≤ 12.7 mm: yield ≥ 380 MPa; tensile ≥ 585 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness — - EN 1.4016 cold-rolled sheet, +A (for comparison): yield ≥ 260 MPa; tensile 450–600 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≤ 200 HB ASTM A240 Table 2; typical annealed 2B sheet: yield 300–340 MPa, tensile 480–520 MPa, elongation 25–30 %. r-value ≈ 1.0–1.4 (good drawability for a ferritic). Impact: 20 J at 0 °C (typical, thin sheet; transition around 0 to +20 °C for > 3 mm) Equivalents: - 430S17 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449 430S17: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 16–18. - 1.4016 (EN (European)) — identical: X6Cr17: C ≤ 0.08, Cr 16–18. Dual-certified 430/1.4016 sheet is standard in Europe. - 10Cr17 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 20878 10Cr17 (formerly 1Cr17). - 12Kh17 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 5632 12Kh17: C ≤ 0.12, Cr 16–18. - SUS430 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4305 SUS430: C ≤ 0.12, Cr 16–18. - 439 / 1.4510 (AISI / SAE) — near: Ti-stabilized 17 % Cr (S43035 / X3CrTi17): weldable without sensitization, same corrosion class — the upgrade for welded parts. - 441 / 1.4509 (AISI / SAE) — near: Nb+Ti dual-stabilized 18 % Cr for exhaust systems and heat exchangers. - 409 / 1.4512 (AISI / SAE) — functional: 11 % Cr ferritic for exhausts; cheaper, lower corrosion resistance. - 304 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Austenitic 18-8: better corrosion resistance, formability and weldability; 430 replaces it on cost in dry indoor service. - 410 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Ferritic 17 % Cr: better corrosion resistance, not hardenable. Superseded names: - 1.4016 / X6Cr17 — EN 10088: European twin (older DIN name X8Cr17). - S43000 — UNS: 430F (S43020) = free-machining; 430Ti / 439 (S43035) = Ti-stabilized weldable version. - 430S17 / 430S15 — BS 1449 / BS 970 - CB-30 — ACI / ASTM A743: Cast equivalent. Product forms: sheet, strip and plate (ASTM A240) — mostly cold-rolled sheet ≤ 3 mm; bar and wire (A276, A493); welded tube (A268 TP430); castings as CB-30 Tolerances: sheet/plate: ASTM A480 (finishes 2B, BA, No. 4); bar: ASTM A484 ### 430 stainless steel yield strength Minimum 205 MPa (30 ksi) annealed; typical 300–340 MPa; cold-finished bar ≥ 380 MPa. ### 430 tensile strength Minimum 450 MPa (65 ksi); typical 480–520 MPa annealed. ### 430 hardness Annealed max 183 HB / 89 HRB (≈ 190 HV); typical 150–170 HB. Slight hardening possible by quenching (martensite from the 0.12 % C), but 430 is not a hardenable grade — use 410/420 for that. ### Corrosion resistance PREN ≈ 16–18. Resists indoor and rural atmospheres, fresh water, dilute nitric acid, food acids, alkalis; stains in urban/industrial air, pits in chlorides, poor in reducing acids. Roughly equivalent to 304 in mild environments but markedly worse in chloride-containing ones. ### Heat resistance Oxidation resistance to 815 °C (1500 °F) continuous, 870 °C intermittent — better than 304 for cyclic heating because its expansion coefficient is lower. 475 °C embrittlement on long exposure at 400–540 °C; sigma phase at 550–800 °C. ### Physical properties Density 7.7 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 10.4 × 10⁻⁶/K (0–100 °C — close to carbon steel), conductivity 26 W/m·K (higher than austenitics), resistivity 0.60 µΩ·m, ferromagnetic. ### Heat treatment Anneal 760–815 °C (1400–1500 °F), air cool or slow cool; do not exceed 900 °C (grain growth and partial austenite → martensite on cooling). Stress relieve 200–300 °C. ### Weldability Weldable with care: the HAZ coarsens and may sensitize, lowering toughness and corrosion resistance. Use ER308L/E309L filler for ductility, or matching ER430 when colour match matters; keep heat input low, preheat 150–200 °C for > 3 mm, post-weld anneal 760–815 °C for critical parts. For routinely welded products specify 439 or 441 instead. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 55 % of B1112 — better than 304 (no work hardening); 430F (S43020, 0.15 % S min) is the free-machining version at ≈ 90 %. Forming: good for bending, roll forming and moderate drawing; ridging/roping may appear on deep-drawn surfaces (use ridging-resistant 430 grades). Polishes to a high lustre; standard finishes 2B, BA, No. 4. Applications: Appliance panels: refrigerator doors, dishwasher tubs, range hoods, microwave cavities; Kitchen equipment and sink surrounds (dry or lightly wet); Automotive trim, mouldings, wheel covers; Decorative tube, interior architectural cladding, lift panels; Cutlery (blades as 420, handles as 430), hollowware; Heat-exchanger and furnace parts to 800 °C (non-welded); Coins and tokens (with Ni or Cu variants) Q: What is the difference between 430 and 304 stainless steel? A: 430 is ferritic (16–18 % Cr, no Ni): magnetic, cheaper, less formable, lower corrosion resistance and poorer weldability. 304 is austenitic (18 % Cr, 8 % Ni): non-magnetic, more corrosion-resistant, deep-drawable and readily welded. Use 430 for dry, decorative, stamped parts; 304 for wet, welded or outdoor ones. Q: Is 430 stainless steel magnetic? A: Yes — it is ferritic, like carbon steel. This is the quickest way to tell 430 from 304 in the field. Q: Does 430 stainless rust? A: It stays bright in dry indoor and rural environments but stains and pits with salt, road de-icers, urban pollution and chloride cleaners. It is not suitable for marine or pool use. Q: Can 430 be hardened? A: Not usefully. Its low carbon (≤ 0.12 %) produces only a little martensite on quenching. Hardenable stainless steels are the martensitic grades 410, 420 and 440. Q: What is 430 equivalent to in EN? A: EN 1.4016 (X6Cr17). The EN grade caps carbon at 0.08 % versus 0.12 % for ASTM 430; European mills dual-certify. Q: Is 430 food-safe? A: Yes for dry and mildly wet food contact (bakeware, appliance interiors, cutlery handles). For process equipment with acidic or salty foods, 304 or 316 are specified. --- ## 4340 [G43400] — Nickel-chromium-molybdenum low-alloy steel, deep hardening URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/4340/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Quenched & tempered steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J404 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 4340, SAE 4340, 4340 steel, 4340 alloy steel, E4340, 300M, G43400, 34CrNiMo6, 1.6582, SNCM439, EN24, 817M40, 4340 Q&T AISI 4340 is the high-strength, high-toughness alloy steel: 0.40 % carbon with 1.8 % nickel, 0.8 % chromium and 0.25 % molybdenum, UNS G43400. Nickel does what chromium and molybdenum alone cannot — it keeps the tempered martensite tough at very high strength and pushes hardenability so far that sections of 100 mm and more through-harden in oil. The result is a steel that can be tempered to any level from 950 to 1900 MPa and still resist impact and fatigue, which is why 4340 is specified for aircraft landing gear (as E4340 or 300M), crankshafts, heavy-duty gears and shafts, power-transmission components, oilfield drilling equipment and armour. In practice most 4340 is used quenched and tempered to 30–40 HRC (1000–1300 MPa), often bought pre-hardened; the low-temper 1800+ MPa condition is reserved for aerospace parts made from vacuum-melted E4340 with rigorous hydrogen control, since the steel becomes notch- and hydrogen-sensitive above about 1400 MPa. Weldability is poor. JIS SNCM439, GOST 40KhN2MA, GB 40CrNiMoA and BS 817M40 (EN24) are identical; EN 34CrNiMo6 (1.6582) is the standard European substitute with slightly different Ni/Cr balance. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.38 – 0.43; Mn 0.6 – 0.8; P ≤ 0.035 (E4340 (electric-furnace, AMS 6414): P ≤ 0.015, S ≤ 0.015); S ≤ 0.04; Si 0.15 – 0.35; Ni 1.65 – 2; Cr 0.7 – 0.9; Mo 0.2 – 0.3 SAE J404 / ASTM A29 (G43400). E4340 = electric-furnace/vacuum-degassed aerospace quality. 300M (AMS 6257) adds Si 1.45–1.80 and V for 1900–2100 MPa. Compare EN 34CrNiMo6 (1.6582): C 0.30–0.38, Ni 1.30–1.70, Cr 1.30–1.70, Mo 0.15–0.30 — lower C and Ni, higher Cr. Mechanical properties: - Annealed (810 °C, furnace cool) — typical: yield ≈ 470 MPa; tensile ≈ 745 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 217 HB - Normalized (870 °C, air) — typical: yield ≈ 860 MPa; tensile ≈ 1280 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 363 HB - Pre-hardened bar (Q&T 28–34 HRC) — typical: yield ≈ 800–900 MPa; tensile ≈ 950–1050 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness 277–321 HB - Q&T, tempered 650 °C (1200 °F), 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 855 MPa; tensile ≈ 965 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness ≈ 280 HB - Q&T, tempered 540 °C (1000 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 1075 MPa; tensile ≈ 1170 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness ≈ 350 HB - Q&T, tempered 425 °C (800 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 1360 MPa; tensile ≈ 1470 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 430 HB (45 HRC) - Q&T, tempered 315 °C (600 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 1590 MPa; tensile ≈ 1720 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≈ 490 HB (50 HRC) - Q&T, tempered 205 °C (400 °F) — typical: yield ≈ 1680 MPa; tensile ≈ 1880 MPa; elongation 9 %; hardness ≈ 520 HB (53 HRC) - As-quenched (oil, 845 °C): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 55–59 HRC Typical values for 25 mm rounds (ASM). Aerospace heat-treat levels (AMS 2759): 125–145 ksi, 150–170 ksi, 180–200 ksi, 260–280 ksi (300M). Fracture toughness KIc ≈ 50–60 MPa√m at 1800 MPa, ≈ 100 MPa√m at 1100 MPa. Impact: 50 J at 20 °C (typical, Q&T 1100 MPa; ≈ 20 J at 1800 MPa) Equivalents: - 817M40 (EN24) (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 817M40: C 0.36–0.44, Ni 1.30–1.70, Cr 1.00–1.40, Mo 0.20–0.35. - 40CrNiMoA (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 3077 40CrNiMoA: C 0.37–0.44, Ni 1.25–1.65, Cr 0.60–0.90, Mo 0.15–0.25 (Ni slightly lower). - 40KhN2MA (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 4543 40KhN2MA: C 0.37–0.44, Ni 1.25–1.65, Cr 0.60–0.90, Mo 0.15–0.25. - SNCM439 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4053 SNCM439: C 0.36–0.43, Ni 1.60–2.00, Cr 0.60–1.00, Mo 0.15–0.30. - 300M (AISI / SAE) — near: Si-V modified 4340 for 1900–2100 MPa (landing gear, high-strength bolts). - 4330V / 4330 Mod (AISI / SAE) — near: Lower-carbon (0.30 %) V-modified version with better weldability and toughness for oilfield and aerospace. - 34CrNiMo6 (EN (European)) — near: 1.6582: C 0.30–0.38, Ni 1.30–1.70, Cr 1.30–1.70, Mo 0.15–0.30 — lower carbon/nickel, higher chromium; similar hardenability and strength; the standard European substitute. - 36CrNiMo4 (EN (European)) — near: 1.6511: C 0.32–0.40, Ni 0.90–1.20, Cr 0.90–1.20, Mo 0.15–0.30 — closer on Cr, lower Ni. - 4140 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Ni-free: same carbon, lower hardenability and toughness; adequate below ~75 mm and 1200 MPa. Superseded names: - G43400 / E4340 — UNS / AMS 6414: E = electric-furnace (aircraft quality); 4340H = H43400 hardenability band. - 34CrNiMo6 / 1.6582 — EN 10083-3: Nearest European grade; 36CrNiMo4 (1.6511) and 40NiCrMo7 (Italy) also quoted. - 817M40 / EN24 — BS 970: EN24 (BS 970 1955) is still the everyday UK/India name; 817M40 is the 1970+ designation. - SNCM439 — JIS G4053: Formerly SNCM8. - 300M — AMS 6257 / 6419: Si-V modified 4340 for 1900–2100 MPa (landing gear). Product forms: bar and forgings (ASTM A29, A322, A108; AMS 6415/6414 (E4340 vacuum-melted)); pre-hardened bar at 28–34 HRC; seamless tube (A519), plate (A829), wire; aerospace: AMS 6414 (E4340), AMS 6257 (300M modified) Tolerances: bar: ASTM A29 / A108; forgings: ASTM A788 / AMS 2374; aerospace bar: AMS 6414 / 6415 ### 4340 steel yield strength Typical: annealed ≈ 470 MPa (68 ksi); normalized ≈ 860 MPa; Q&T tempered at 650 °C ≈ 855 MPa; 540 °C ≈ 1075 MPa (156 ksi); 425 °C ≈ 1360 MPa; 315 °C ≈ 1590 MPa; 205 °C ≈ 1680 MPa (244 ksi). 300M at 260–280 ksi level: ≈ 1650–1720 MPa yield / 1930–2000 MPa tensile. ### 4340 tensile strength Typical: annealed ≈ 745 MPa (108 ksi); normalized ≈ 1280 MPa; Q&T 965 MPa (650 °C temper) to 1880 MPa (205 °C temper, 273 ksi). Aerospace levels 125–145 / 150–170 / 180–200 ksi. ### 4340 hardness Annealed ≈ 217 HB; normalized ≈ 363 HB; pre-hard 28–34 HRC; Q&T 280 HB (650 °C) → 350 HB (540 °C) → 45 HRC (425 °C) → 50 HRC (315 °C) → 53 HRC (205 °C); as-quenched 55–59 HRC. Nitrided surface 55–60 HRC. ### Heat treatment Anneal 810–845 °C, furnace cool ≤ 15 K/h to 500 °C (or isothermal 650 °C). Normalize 870–900 °C, air. Harden 830–860 °C (1525–1575 °F), oil quench (air-hardens in thin sections); temper 205–650 °C, 2 h, double temper for aerospace; avoid 230–370 °C (tempered-martensite embrittlement) and slow cooling through 450–550 °C. Stress relieve 550–650 °C. Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Ac3 ≈ 775 °C, Ms ≈ 290 °C. Ideal critical diameter ≈ 150 mm+ (through-hardens to 100 mm in oil). ### Hydrogen embrittlement Above ~1240 MPa (180 ksi, ≈ 40 HRC) 4340 is highly susceptible: bake 190 °C for 4–24 h within 4 h of plating, pickling or cadmium/zinc coating; specify low-hydrogen consumables and limit exposure to acids. Aerospace parts are 100 % baked and often shot-peened. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 205 GPa, expansion 12.3 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity 44.5 W/m·K, specific heat 475 J/kg·K. ### Weldability Poor weldability (CE ≈ 0.85–0.95). Weld only annealed material: preheat 300–370 °C, interpass ≥ preheat, low-hydrogen consumables (E11018-M / ER100S-1 or matching Ni-Cr-Mo), slow cool, temper immediately at 550–650 °C. Never weld Q&T parts intended to stay at strength. Repair welding of hardened 4340 requires full re-heat-treatment. Consider 4330V for weldable applications. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 50 % of B1112 annealed (217 HB); pre-hard 28–34 HRC machines well with coated carbide (≈ 45 %). Rough in annealed condition, finish after Q&T where distortion allows; grinding with care (burn). Cold forming only annealed and mild; hot forging 1200–950 °C then anneal or normalize. Surface treatments: nitriding (excellent, 0.3–0.6 mm at 600+ HV), induction hardening (55–58 HRC), shot peening, chrome/cadmium plating with mandatory hydrogen bake. Applications: Aircraft landing-gear components, actuator pistons, flap tracks (E4340 / 300M); Crankshafts, connecting rods and camshafts for high-performance and heavy-duty engines; Heavy gears, pinions, shafts and spindles in power transmission, mining and steel mills; Oilfield: drill collars, kelly bars, subs, wellhead and BOP components (within NACE limits); High-strength bolts and studs (ASTM A320 L43, SAE Grade 8+, aerospace NAS); Armour, gun barrels, ordnance components; Injection-mould and die-casting holder blocks (pre-hard), machine-tool spindles; Motorsport: axles, hubs, gears, con-rods Q: What is the difference between 4340 and 4140? A: 4340 adds 1.8 % nickel. At equal hardness it is tougher and it through-hardens in sections 2–3× larger (100+ mm vs ~50 mm). 4140 is cheaper and adequate for most parts under 75 mm at ≤ 1200 MPa; 4340 is chosen for larger sections, higher strength (to 1900 MPa) and fatigue/impact-critical parts. Q: How hard can 4340 get? A: 55–59 HRC as-quenched; in service typically 30–45 HRC (1000–1400 MPa) and up to 50–53 HRC at low temper for aerospace parts made from E4340/300M. Nitriding gives 55–60 HRC on the surface. Q: What is E4340? A: Electric-furnace (usually vacuum-arc or ESR remelted) aircraft-quality 4340 with P and S ≤ 0.015 %, tighter inclusion control and full traceability (AMS 6414/6415). It is required for landing gear and other flight-critical parts. Q: What is 300M? A: A 4340 modified with 1.6 % silicon and 0.07 % vanadium (AMS 6257) that tempers to 1930–2070 MPa (280–300 ksi) with usable toughness — the standard landing-gear and high-strength bolt steel. Q: What is 4340 equivalent to in EN? A: EN 34CrNiMo6 (1.6582) is the standard substitute (lower C and Ni, higher Cr; similar strength and hardenability); 36CrNiMo4 (1.6511) is a lower-Ni alternative. BS EN24/817M40, JIS SNCM439 and GOST 40KhN2MA are exact matches. Q: Can 4340 be welded? A: Only with difficulty: annealed condition, 300–370 °C preheat, low-hydrogen filler, immediate post-weld tempering, then full re-heat-treatment if strength is required. For welded high-strength structures use 4330V or 4130 instead. --- ## 52100 [G52986] — High-carbon chromium bearing steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/52100/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Bearing steel | Standard: ASTM A295 | Verified against: ASTM A295/A295M-21 Aliases: AISI 52100, SAE 52100, 52100 steel, 52100 bearing steel, E52100, 52100 knife steel, G52986, 100Cr6, 1.3505, SUJ2, GCr15, ShKh15, 535A99, EN31, chrome steel AISI 52100 is the world's bearing steel: 1.0 % carbon and 1.5 % chromium, UNS G52986, melted to extreme cleanliness (oxygen ≤ 15 ppm, near-zero large inclusions) because every rolling-element bearing ball, roller and race is made from it or from its identical twins EN 100Cr6, JIS SUJ2, GB GCr15 and GOST ShKh15. After hardening from 840 °C in oil and tempering at 150–180 °C it reaches 60–64 HRC with a fine dispersion of chromium carbides that gives outstanding rolling-contact fatigue life and wear resistance, plus dimensional stability from the low retained-austenite content that the chromium addition and a cold treatment ensure. Outside bearings, 52100 is a favourite of knifemakers and blacksmiths (very fine grain, keen edge, forgiving of forging), and it is used for rollers, cams, bushings, gauges, punches, needle valves and any small part that must be hard, precise and wear-resistant. Its hardenability is moderate — sections above about 20–30 mm need the Mn-Si variant 100CrMnSi6-4 (SUJ3) — and, with no ductility to speak of at 62 HRC, it must be machined in the spheroidized state and ground after hardening. Corrosion resistance is nil; stainless bearings use 440C. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.93 – 1.05; Mn 0.25 – 0.45; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.015; Si 0.15 – 0.35; Cr 1.35 – 1.6; Ni ≤ 0.25; Mo ≤ 0.1; Cu ≤ 0.3; Al ≤ 0.05; O ≤ 0.002 (15 ppm oxygen max — inclusion control is the essence of bearing quality) ASTM A295/A295M-21 (52100). 'E52100' = electric-furnace (all modern material). Compare EN 100Cr6 (1.3505): C 0.93–1.05, Cr 1.35–1.60, Mn 0.25–0.45, Si 0.15–0.35 — identical; JIS SUJ2 and GB GCr15 likewise. Mechanical properties: - Spheroidize annealed (delivery) — typical: yield ≈ 450 MPa; tensile ≈ 680 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≤ 207 HB (typ. 180–200) - Normalized (900 °C) — typical: yield — MPa; tensile ≈ 1000 MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≈ 290 HB - Hardened 840 °C oil + tempered 150 °C — bearing condition: yield ≈ 1700 (compressive yield ≈ 2000+) MPa; tensile ≈ 2200 (bend) MPa; elongation < 1 %; hardness 60–64 HRC - Hardened + tempered 200 °C: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 58–61 HRC - Hardened + tempered 260 °C (knives, heavy-duty): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 56–59 HRC - Hardened + tempered 400 °C (springs, tools): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≈ 50 HRC - As-quenched (oil, 840 °C): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 64–67 HRC Bearing steel is specified by chemistry, cleanliness (ASTM E45 / A295 inclusion ratings), decarburization limits and annealed hardness; hardened tensile values are typical and rarely used in design (contact fatigue governs). Rolling-contact fatigue life is the functional property. Impact: 8 J at 20 °C (typical, 60 HRC, unnotched ≈ 15–25 J) Equivalents: - 535A99 (EN31) (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 535A99: C 0.95–1.10, Cr 1.20–1.60. - 100Cr6 (EN (European)) — identical: 1.3505 (EN ISO 683-17): C 0.93–1.05, Cr 1.35–1.60, Mn 0.25–0.45, Si 0.15–0.35 — identical; dual-certified. - GCr15 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 18254 GCr15: C 0.95–1.05, Cr 1.40–1.65, Mn 0.25–0.45, Si 0.15–0.35. - ShKh15 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 801 ShKh15: C 0.95–1.05, Cr 1.30–1.65, Mn 0.20–0.40, Si 0.17–0.37. - SUJ2 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4805 SUJ2: C 0.95–1.10, Cr 1.30–1.60, Mn ≤ 0.50, Si 0.15–0.35. - 100CrMnSi6-4 (EN (European)) — near: 1.3520 (SUJ3 / GCr15SiMn / ShKh15SG): Mn 1.0–1.2, Si 0.5–0.7 — higher hardenability for rings > 30 mm wall. - 100CrMo7-3 (EN (European)) — near: 1.3536 (SUJ5-type): Mo-bearing for large bearings and high-temperature use. - 1095 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Plain 0.95 % C: similar hardness, much lower hardenability, no chromium carbides — cheaper knife/spring alternative. - O1 / 1.2510 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Oil-hardening tool steel: similar heat treatment window, more W/V carbides for wear; preferred for dies. - 440C (AISI / SAE) — functional: Stainless bearing steel (S44004) for corrosive environments at similar hardness. Superseded names: - E52100 — AISI: E = electric-furnace melted; all current 52100 is E52100. - G52986 — UNS - 100Cr6 / 1.3505 — EN ISO 683-17 / DIN 17230: European twin; 100CrMnSi6-4 (1.3520) for larger sections. - 535A99 / EN31 — BS 970: EN31 remains the common Indian/UK name. - SUJ2 — JIS G4805: Japanese twin; SUJ3 = higher Mn/Si. - GCr15 — GB/T 18254: Chinese twin. - ShKh15 — GOST 801: Russian twin. Product forms: bar and rod (ASTM A295, A29) — spheroidize-annealed; tube for bearing rings (A295 / A534); wire for balls and rollers (A295); forgings, ring blanks; ground flat stock for knifemakers; powder / ESR variants for aerospace bearings (AMS 6440/6444) Tolerances: bar: ASTM A295 / A29; cold-finished: ASTM A108; aerospace: AMS 6440 (bar), AMS 6444 (premium) ### 52100 hardness As-quenched 64–67 HRC; bearing condition (tempered 150–180 °C) 60–64 HRC; knives 58–61 HRC (200 °C temper); tools 56–59 HRC; annealed (spheroidized) ≤ 207 HB, typically 180–200 HB. Bainite-hardened (austempered 230–250 °C) 58–60 HRC with better toughness. ### 52100 strength (hardened) Tensile ≈ 2200 MPa in bending, compressive yield > 2000 MPa, contact stress capability ≈ 4 GPa; elongation < 1 %. Annealed: ≈ 450 MPa yield / 680 MPa tensile, 22 % elongation. ### Heat treatment Spheroidize anneal 780–800 °C, slow cool 10–20 K/h to 650 °C (delivery condition). Harden 830–860 °C (1525–1575 °F), 20–30 min, oil quench (thin sections may be salt-quenched or air-cooled in fast-quench variants); sub-zero −70 to −80 °C for dimensional stability (bearings); temper 150–180 °C for bearings, 200–260 °C for knives/tools, 2 h. Stress relieve after grinding 120–150 °C. Ac1 ≈ 745 °C, Ms ≈ 220 °C. Retained austenite 5–15 % after quench, < 5 % after cold treatment. ### Hardenability and section size Ideal critical diameter ≈ 25–35 mm in oil; rings with wall > 20–30 mm use 100CrMnSi6-4 / SUJ3 / GCr15SiMn, and large bearings (> 100 mm wall) use 100CrMo7-3/7-4 or carburizing steels. ### Cleanliness and fatigue Bearing quality requires ASTM A295 / ISO 683-17 inclusion limits (E45 method A: A ≤ 2.5, B ≤ 1.5, C ≤ 0.5, D ≤ 1.0 thin) and oxygen ≤ 15 ppm (≤ 8 ppm premium); L10 rolling-contact life scales strongly with cleanliness — the reason vacuum-degassed or ESR 52100 is specified for aerospace. ### Physical properties Density 7.81 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, expansion 11.9 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), conductivity ≈ 46 W/m·K; ferromagnetic; not corrosion-resistant despite 1.5 % Cr (all chromium is in carbides). ### Weldability Not weldable in the practical sense (CE > 1.2): hardens and cracks on cooling. Repair welding only with 300–400 °C preheat, immediate annealing and full re-hardening; forge-welding for damascus is common in knifemaking (1100–1200 °C, flux, then normalize several times and spheroidize). ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 40 % of B1112 in the spheroidized condition (hard Cr carbides): carbide tooling, moderate speed, generous coolant. All machining, drilling and rough grinding in the annealed state; after hardening only grinding (CBN/soft wheels, avoid burn), honing, lapping and superfinishing. Hot forging 1050–850 °C followed by normalizing 870–900 °C and spheroidizing. Surface treatments: black oxide, thin dense chrome (bearings), no plating without hydrogen bake. Applications: Ball and roller bearing rings, balls, rollers and needle rollers (the dominant use); Linear bearing rails, ball screws and guide shafts; Cams, cam followers, rollers, tappets, bushings and sleeves; Knife blades, forged blades and damascus (with 15N20); Gauges, plug gauges, measuring pins, precision spindles; Punches, dies, thread-rolling dies and small wear parts; Valve balls and seats, needle valves, injection-pump components Q: Is 52100 the same as 100Cr6? A: Yes. 52100 (ASTM A295), EN 100Cr6 (1.3505), JIS SUJ2, GB GCr15, GOST ShKh15 and BS 535A99/EN31 share the 1.0 % C / 1.5 % Cr analysis and are dual-certified worldwide; only the cleanliness and inspection clauses differ by standard. Q: How hard is 52100? A: 60–64 HRC as used in bearings (tempered 150–180 °C), 64–67 HRC as-quenched. Knifemakers usually run it at 58–61 HRC for a balance of edge retention and toughness. Q: Is 52100 a good knife steel? A: Yes — it forges well, has very fine grain, takes a razor edge and holds it well, and is tougher than 1095 at equal hardness thanks to its Cr carbides and hardenability. It is not stainless: blades need oil or a patina. Q: How do you heat-treat 52100? A: Austenitize 830–860 °C (soak 20–30 min), oil quench, optional cold treatment at −70 °C, temper 150–180 °C (bearings) or 200–260 °C (knives) for 2 h, twice. Spheroidize at 780–800 °C with slow cooling before machining or if the steel has been forged. Q: Why is 52100 not stainless with 1.5 % chromium? A: Practically all the chromium is bound in (Fe,Cr)₃C carbides, leaving almost none in the matrix to form a passive film; stainless behaviour needs ≥ 10.5 % dissolved Cr. 440C (17 % Cr) is the stainless bearing steel. Q: What is the difference between 52100 and SUJ3 / 100CrMnSi6-4? A: SUJ3 (1.3520, GCr15SiMn) adds ~1.1 % Mn and 0.6 % Si to raise hardenability for bearing rings with wall thickness above 20–30 mm; otherwise the same steel and heat treatment. --- ## 8620 [G86200] — Nickel-chromium-molybdenum case-hardening steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/8620/ System: AISI / SAE | Family: Case-hardening steel | Standard: ASTM A29 | Verified against: ASTM A29/A29M-20 (SAE J404 chemistry) Aliases: AISI 8620, SAE 8620, 8620 steel, 8620 alloy steel, 8620 case hardening steel, G86200, 8620H, 21NiCrMo2, 1.6523, SNCM220, 805M20, EN362, 20CrNiMo AISI 8620 is the American standard case-hardening alloy steel: 0.20 % carbon with 0.55 % nickel, 0.5 % chromium and 0.2 % molybdenum, UNS G86200. The triple alloying is 'lean' — no single element above 0.7 % — but together they give enough hardenability for a 25 mm gear to develop a 58–62 HRC carburized case over a tough 30–35 HRC core, plus the nickel toughness that lets gear teeth take shock without spalling. It is the default steel for automotive and truck transmission gears, differential ring and pinion gears, camshafts, piston pins, splined shafts, kingpins, chain sprockets and, in the through-hardened condition, for medium-strength bolts and pins. 8620 is normally bought as 8620H (hardenability-guaranteed band) for gears, machined in the annealed or normalized state, then carburized at 900–930 °C, quenched in oil and tempered at 150–200 °C. Core properties depend strongly on section size — the table gives typical values at 25 mm. EN 20NiCrMo2-2 (1.6523, ex 21NiCrMo2), JIS SNCM220, GB 20CrNiMo and BS 805M20/EN362 are the same steel; European gear practice more often uses 16MnCr5 or 18CrNiMo7-6, which are functional substitutes. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.18 – 0.23; Mn 0.7 – 0.9; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.04; Si 0.15 – 0.35; Ni 0.4 – 0.7; Cr 0.4 – 0.6; Mo 0.15 – 0.25 SAE J404 / ASTM A29 (G86200). 8620H (H86200) hardenability band: J1.5 = 41–48 HRC, J9 ≈ 24–36 HRC. Compare EN 21NiCrMo2 (1.6523): C 0.17–0.23, Ni 0.40–0.70, Cr 0.35–0.70, Mo 0.15–0.25 — the same steel; 20NiCrMo2-2 (1.6523) in EN 10084 is the current name. Mechanical properties: - Annealed (860 °C, furnace cool) — typical: yield ≈ 385 MPa; tensile ≈ 540 MPa; elongation 31 %; hardness ≈ 149 HB - Normalized (915 °C, air) — typical: yield ≈ 360 MPa; tensile ≈ 635 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness ≈ 183 HB - Cold drawn — typical: yield ≈ 550 MPa; tensile ≈ 690 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 200 HB - Carburized 925 °C, direct oil quench, temper 150 °C — core, 25 mm — typical: yield ≈ 690–800 MPa; tensile ≈ 900–1050 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness ≈ 280–320 HB (core) - Carburized, single reheat quench (845 °C), temper 150 °C — core — typical: yield ≈ 640 MPa; tensile ≈ 850 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness ≈ 260 HB (core) - Carburized — surface (0.8–1.0 % C case): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 58–62 HRC (case), depth 0.5–2.0 mm - Through-hardened (oil, 845 °C), tempered 200 °C — typical, ≤ 15 mm: yield ≈ 900 MPa; tensile ≈ 1100 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness ≈ 40 HRC Typical values (ASM); AISI grades carry no property minimums. Core hardness after carburizing depends on section: ≈ 40 HRC at 12 mm, 30–35 HRC at 25 mm, 25 HRC at 50 mm. Charpy (core) ≈ 50–80 J. Impact: 60 J at 20 °C (typical, carburized core) Equivalents: - 805M20 (EN362) (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 805M20: C 0.17–0.23, Ni 0.35–0.75, Cr 0.35–0.65, Mo 0.15–0.25. - 20NiCrMo2-2 (EN (European)) — identical: 1.6523 (EN 10084; formerly 21NiCrMo2): C 0.17–0.23, Ni 0.40–0.70, Cr 0.35–0.70, Mo 0.15–0.25. - 20CrNiMo (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 3077 20CrNiMo: C 0.17–0.23, Ni 0.35–0.75, Cr 0.40–0.70, Mo 0.20–0.30. - SNCM220 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4053 SNCM220: C 0.17–0.23, Ni 0.40–0.70, Cr 0.40–0.65, Mo 0.15–0.30. - 8615 / 8617 / 8622 (AISI / SAE) — near: Carbon steps of the 86xx family (0.15, 0.17, 0.22 % C) for lighter or heavier cores. - 20KhGNM / 20KhN2M (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 4543 20KhGNM (C 0.18–0.23, Ni 0.40–0.70, Cr 0.40–0.70, Mo 0.15–0.25) is the closest Russian match. - 4320 / 18CrNiMo7-6 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Higher-Ni grades (1.8 / 1.5 % Ni) for larger, more heavily loaded gears. - 1018 / C15 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Unalloyed case-hardening steels for small, lightly loaded parts. - 16MnCr5 (EN (European)) — functional: European Mn-Cr case-hardening steel with similar hardenability, no Ni — the usual EU substitute in gear practice. Superseded names: - G86200 / H86200 — UNS: 8620H = hardenability-guaranteed version, standard for gears. - 21NiCrMo2 / 20NiCrMo2-2 / 1.6523 — EN 10084 / DIN 17210: European twin. - 805M20 / 805A20 / EN362 — BS 970: EN362 still used in the UK/India. - SNCM220 — JIS G4053: Formerly SNCM21. - 20CrNiMo — GB/T 3077: Chinese twin. Product forms: hot-rolled and cold-finished bar (ASTM A29, A322, A108); forgings and forged gear blanks (A29 / A788); seamless tube (A519), plate (limited); wire and cold-heading stock, pre-machined gear blanks Tolerances: bar: ASTM A29 / A108; forgings: ASTM A788; aerospace: AMS 6274 / 6276 ### 8620 core strength after carburizing Direct oil quench from 925 °C + 150 °C temper, 25 mm section: ≈ 690–800 MPa yield / 900–1050 MPa tensile (100–150 ksi), core ≈ 280–320 HB (30–35 HRC). Single reheat quench: ≈ 640 / 850 MPa. Larger sections give lower core hardness (≈ 25 HRC at 50 mm). ### 8620 surface hardness Carburized case 58–62 HRC (≈ 700–750 HV) at 0.8–1.0 % surface carbon; effective case depth (550 HV) typically 0.5–2.0 mm. Carbonitrided: 60–64 HRC at shallower depth. ### 8620 annealed / normalized properties Annealed ≈ 385 MPa yield / 540 MPa tensile, ≈ 149 HB; normalized ≈ 360 / 635 MPa, 183 HB; cold-drawn ≈ 550 / 690 MPa, 200 HB. ### Heat treatment Anneal 855–885 °C, furnace cool. Normalize 900–925 °C (1650–1700 °F), air. Carburize 900–930 °C (1650–1700 °F); direct quench in oil from 845–870 °C, or reheat-quench from 845 °C for core refinement; temper 150–200 °C (300–400 °F) 1–2 h. Through-harden (if used un-carburized) 845–870 °C oil → ≈ 40 HRC in thin sections. Ac1 ≈ 730 °C, Ac3 ≈ 830 °C, Ms ≈ 395 °C (core). Jominy 8620H: J1.5 = 41–48, J9 = 24–36 HRC. ### Machinability ≈ 65 % of B1112 annealed/normalized — good; machine before carburizing, leaving 0.1–0.3 mm grinding stock on gear flanks. Cold drawn 8620 machines slightly better. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 205 GPa, expansion 11.3 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity 46.6 W/m·K. ### Weldability Fair weldability in the annealed/normalized state (CE ≈ 0.45–0.50): preheat 100–200 °C for sections > 12 mm, low-hydrogen consumables (E7018 / ER70S-6 or ER80S-D2), post-weld stress relief 550–650 °C. Never weld carburized surfaces; mask or machine off the case first. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Turning, hobbing, shaping, broaching and drilling in the annealed or normalized condition are all good; consistent hardness (149–183 HB) gives predictable tool life. Cold heading and cold extrusion are possible after spheroidizing. Hot forging 1200–950 °C then normalize. After carburizing only grinding, honing and lapping; distortion is moderate and predictable with 8620H. Applications: Transmission and differential gears, ring and pinion sets (automotive, truck, off-highway); Camshafts, rocker arms, piston pins, kingpins, universal-joint crosses; Splined shafts, spline couplings, chain sprockets and roller-chain pins; Bearing races and rollers for large sizes (as 8620 or 4320 carburized); Hydraulic pump gears, planetary carriers, drive pinions; Medium-strength fasteners, pins and bushings (through-hardened or carburized); Firearm components (bolt carriers, receivers), tooling blanks Q: What is 8620 steel used for? A: Mainly carburized gears, shafts, pins and cams that need a hard, wear-resistant surface (58–62 HRC) over a tough core — transmission and differential gears, camshafts, sprockets, splines. Un-carburized it serves as a medium-strength machining and fastener steel. Q: What is the difference between 8620 and 4140? A: 8620 is a case-hardening steel (0.20 % C): soft, tough core with a carburized hard skin. 4140 is a through-hardening steel (0.40 % C): uniform 28–50 HRC throughout. Use 8620 for gears and wear surfaces needing shock resistance, 4140 for shafts, bolts and parts needing strength through the section. Q: How hard can 8620 get? A: Carburized surface 58–62 HRC (up to 64 HRC carbonitrided); core 30–40 HRC depending on section. Through-hardened without carburizing it reaches only about 40–45 HRC in thin sections. Q: What is 8620H? A: 8620 with a guaranteed Jominy hardenability band (H86200: J1.5 = 41–48 HRC, J9 = 24–36 HRC). Gear manufacturers specify 8620H so the core hardness after carburizing is predictable from heat to heat. Q: What is 8620 equivalent to in EN? A: EN 20NiCrMo2-2 (1.6523, formerly 21NiCrMo2) is identical. European gear shops often substitute 16MnCr5 or 20MnCr5 (Mn-Cr, no Ni) or step up to 18CrNiMo7-6 for heavier gears. Q: Can 8620 be welded? A: Yes in the annealed or normalized condition with 100–200 °C preheat for thicker sections and low-hydrogen filler; stress-relieve afterwards. Do not weld after carburizing. --- ## A106 Grade B [K03006] — Seamless carbon steel pipe for high-temperature service URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/a106-b/ System: ASTM / ASME | Family: Pipe & tube steel | Standard: ASTM A106 | Verified against: ASTM A106/A106M-19a Aliases: ASTM A106, A106 Gr B, A106-B, SA-106 Gr B, SA106B, ASME SA-106 Grade B, A106 GR B, K03006, A106 grade A, A106 grade C, A106 pipe, seamless carbon steel pipe, A53 Gr B ASTM A106 Grade B (ASME SA-106 Gr B) is the seamless carbon steel pipe of refineries, power plants, chemical plants and process piping everywhere ASME B31.1/B31.3 apply: 240 MPa (35 ksi) minimum yield, 415 MPa (60 ksi) tensile, killed steel with a silicon minimum, intended for high-temperature service (ASME allowables run to 538 °C, practical use to about 425 °C). UNS K03006. Grade A is the softer version for bending and cold-forming, Grade C the stronger one (275/485 MPa) for higher pressure. The specification is often confused with A53 Grade B, which has identical strength: the differences are that A106 is seamless only, must be fully killed (Si ≥ 0.10 %), has tighter chemistry with residual limits, and requires hydrostatic and NDE testing suited to pressure work. In practice most seamless pipe from NPS 1/2 to 24 is triple-stencilled A106 B / A53 B / API 5L B because it meets all three. Wall schedules follow ASME B36.10M (Sch 40, 80, 160, XXS…), and the pipe is supplied hot-finished (or cold-drawn in small sizes) with bevelled ends for butt welding. For temperatures below −29 °C, A333 Grade 6 (same strength, Charpy-tested at −45 °C) replaces it; above 425 °C the Cr-Mo grades A335 P11/P22. European P235GH/P265GH (EN 10216-2), JIS STPG370/STPT410, GB 20/20G and GOST 20 are the near matches. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.3 (Grade A: 0.25; Grade B: 0.30; Grade C: 0.35); Mn 0.29 – 1.06 (Grade A: 0.27–0.93; Grade B: 0.29–1.06; Grade C: 0.29–1.06); P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.035; Si ≥ 0.1; Cr ≤ 0.4 (Cr + Cu + Mo + Ni + V ≤ 1.00 (Grade B/C)); Cu ≤ 0.4; Mo ≤ 0.15; Ni ≤ 0.4; V ≤ 0.08 ASTM A106/A106M-19a Table 1. Killed steel (Si ≥ 0.10 %) — the essential difference from A53 (which may be semi-killed). For each 0.01 % C below 0.30, Mn may rise 0.06 % to a maximum of 1.35 % (Grade B/C). Mechanical properties: - Grade A: yield 205 MPa; tensile ≥ 330 MPa; elongation 35 (L) / 25 (T), ≥ 8 mm wall %; hardness — - Grade B (standard): yield 240 MPa; tensile ≥ 415 MPa; elongation 30 (L) / 16.5 (T), ≥ 8 mm wall %; hardness ≈ 130–170 HB (typ.) - Grade C: yield 275 MPa; tensile ≥ 485 MPa; elongation 30 (L) / 16.5 (T) %; hardness — - Grade B — typical mill certificate: yield ≈ 280–340 MPa; tensile ≈ 450–520 MPa; elongation ≈ 35–45 (L) %; hardness ≈ 140–160 HB - Grade B — ASME II-D allowable stress at 20–400 °C: yield S = 118 MPa (17.1 ksi) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Grade B — allowable stress at 425 °C (800 °F): yield S ≈ 91 MPa (13.2 ksi) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — ASTM A106/A106M-19a Table 2; elongation in 50 mm longitudinal (L) and transverse (T), reduced for thinner walls by the A106 formula. Bend and flattening tests are required; hydrostatic test to ASME B31.3 / A106 §17. No Charpy unless S5 ordered (ASME B31.3 requires impact tests below −29 °C). Impact: 18 J at -29 °C (typical, seamless Grade B ≤ 12 mm wall; not required by default) Equivalents: - A53 Gr. B (Type S) (ASTM / ASME) — near: Same 240/415 MPa; A53 may be semi-killed and is intended for general (not high-temperature) service; most seamless pipe is dual-certified A106-B/A53-B. - API 5L Gr. B (ASTM / ASME) — near: Line pipe: yield 241 MPa (35 ksi), tensile 414 MPa (60 ksi); PSL1/PSL2 with different testing; often triple-certified. - A333 Gr. 6 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Same strength as A106-B with guaranteed 18 J (avg 13.5 J) Charpy at −45 °C for low-temperature service; normalized. - P235GH / P265GH (EN (European)) — near: EN 10216-2 seamless pressure tube: P235GH (yield 235, Rm 360–500) is the usual substitute; P265GH (265 / 410–570) matches A106-B tensile. Both guarantee yield to 400–450 °C. - P235TR2 / P265TR2 (EN (European)) — near: EN 10216-1 non-alloy tubes for pressure (room temperature) — the A53-type equivalents. - 20 / 20G (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 8163 grade 20 (fluid) and GB/T 5310 20G (boiler): C 0.17–0.24, yield ≥ 245, Rm ≥ 410 MPa. - 20 / 10 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 8731/8732 Steel 20 seamless tube: yield ≥ 245, Rm ≥ 412 MPa. - STPG370 / STPG410 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3454 STPG370 (Rm ≥ 370, yield ≥ 215) and STPG410 (Rm ≥ 410, yield ≥ 245) — pressure piping to 350 °C; STPT410 (G3456) for high temperature ≈ A106-B. - A335 P11 / P22 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: Cr-Mo seamless pipe for service above ~425 °C where carbon steel graphitizes. - IS 1239 / IS 3589 (IS (India)) — functional: Indian ERW pipe specs; IS 1239 Heavy (yield 195–320) is the water/gas pipe; for seamless pressure pipe India uses A106/SA-106 directly. Superseded names: - K03006 (Gr B), K02501 (Gr A), K03501 (Gr C) — UNS - SA-106 — ASME BPVC Section II Part A: ASME adoption; pipe is dual-marked A106/SA-106 and usually also A53 B and API 5L B (triple stencil). - A53 Grade B — ASTM A53 (Type S): General-service seamless/welded pipe with the same strength; A106 adds killed steel, Si min and high-temperature intent. - API 5L Grade B — API 5L: Line pipe with the same 241/414 MPa; triple-certified pipe is common. - St 35.8 / St 45.8 — DIN 17175 (withdrawn): German boiler tube grades now P235GH/P265GH (EN 10216-2). Product forms: seamless pipe NPS 1/8 to 48 (DN 6–1200), wall schedules per ASME B36.10M (Sch 10–XXS); hot-finished (standard) or cold-drawn (small sizes, closer tolerance); ends: plain, bevelled (30° ±5°), threaded; NOT welded — A106 is seamless only (welded equivalents: A53 Type E/F, A672) Tolerances: dimensions: ASME B36.10M (OD ±1 % or ±0.4 mm small sizes; wall −12.5 %); hydrostatic test and NDE (eddy current/UT) per A106 §17–18; supplementary: S1–S9 (product analysis, transverse tension, flattening, metal structure, Charpy, etc.) ### A106 Grade B yield strength Minimum 240 MPa (35 ksi); typical 280–340 MPa. Grade A: 205 MPa (30 ksi); Grade C: 275 MPa (40 ksi). ### A106 Grade B tensile strength Minimum 415 MPa (60 ksi), no maximum; typical 450–520 MPa. Grade A: ≥ 330 MPa; Grade C: ≥ 485 MPa. ### ASME allowable stress (SA-106 B) 118 MPa (17.1 ksi) from −29 °C to 400 °C; 116 MPa at 425 °C (B31.3 values differ slightly by edition); 85 MPa at 455 °C; creep-governed above ~425 °C; listed to 538 °C (1000 °F). B31.3 exempts from impact testing down to −29 °C for most walls. ### Elongation, hardness, bend Elongation ≥ 30 % longitudinal / 16.5 % transverse (Grade B, wall ≥ 8 mm; reduced for thinner walls). Hardness not specified; typical 130–170 HB (NACE ≤ 22 HRC easily met). Bend test 180° around 12 × wall (Grade B) without cracking; flattening test per §14. ### Dimensions and pressure rating OD per ASME B36.10M (NPS 1/8–48); wall tolerance −12.5 %. Working pressure per B31.3: P = 2·S·E·t/(D − 2·Y·t) with S = 118 MPa, E = 1.0 (seamless) — e.g. NPS 4 Sch 40 (114.3 × 6.02 mm, t_min 5.27) ≈ 8.7 MPa (1260 psi) at 400 °C before corrosion allowance. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa (29 × 10⁶ psi) at 20 °C, 186 GPa at 400 °C; expansion 11.7 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), 13.9 (20–400 °C); conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K. ### Heat treatment Supplied hot-finished (as-rolled) or, for cold-drawn pipe, normalized or stress-relieved (A106 §6: cold-drawn pipe must be heat-treated at ≥ 650 °C). Normalize 870–930 °C if specified. PWHT 595–650 °C required by B31.1/B31.3 above 19 mm wall (P-No. 1) or for specific services. ### Weldability Excellent weldability (CE ≈ 0.35–0.45): GTAW root (ER70S-2/-6) with SMAW/FCAW fill (E7018 / E71T-1), or full SMAW with E6010 root in pipelines; procedures per ASME IX / B31.3. Preheat 10 °C minimum, 80–95 °C for wall > 25 mm or C > 0.30; PWHT 595–650 °C above 19 mm wall (P-No. 1 Group 1) per B31.3 Table 331.1.1. Bevel 37.5° per B16.25; back-purge not required for carbon steel. Weld to stainless with ER309L; to Cr-Mo with the lower-alloy filler. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Threading (NPT per B1.20.1) and grooving (Victaulic) are routine on Sch 40/80; machinability ≈ 65–70 % of B1112. Cold bending: minimum radius 5 D (Grade A) to 6 D (Grade B) without heat; hot bending 900–1050 °C followed by normalizing when required; induction bending common. Flaring and swaging in the annealed state. Cut by saw, abrasive, plasma or oxy-fuel; grind heat-affected edges before welding. Applications: Refinery and petrochemical process piping (ASME B31.3) to ~425 °C; Power-plant steam and feedwater piping (ASME B31.1), boiler external piping; Steam headers, condensate and hot-oil systems, heat-transfer fluid loops; Pressure-vessel nozzles, manways and long-weld-neck fittings machined from pipe; Hydraulic and pneumatic lines at high pressure (Sch 160 / XXS); Fire-water and utility piping in plants (often A53-B); Structural columns and mechanical tubing where seamless pipe is specified Q: What is the difference between A106 Grade B and A53 Grade B? A: Same strength (240 / 415 MPa). A106 is seamless only, fully killed with Si ≥ 0.10 %, has tighter chemistry and residual limits, and is intended for high-temperature pressure service; A53 may be seamless (Type S) or welded (Types E/F), may be semi-killed, and is for general service. Most seamless pipe is dual-certified A106-B/A53-B, so buying A106-B covers both. Q: What is the maximum temperature for A106 Grade B? A: ASME lists allowable stresses to 538 °C (1000 °F), but long-term use is limited to about 425 °C (800 °F) because carbon steel graphitizes and loses creep strength above that; Cr-Mo pipe (A335 P11/P22) takes over. Q: Can A106 Grade B be used at low temperature? A: ASME B31.3 exempts it from impact testing to −29 °C (−20 °F) for most wall thicknesses. Below that, use A333 Grade 6 (same strength, Charpy-tested at −45 °C) or order A106 with supplementary S5 impact testing. Q: What is the European equivalent of A106 Grade B? A: EN 10216-2 P235GH (yield 235, Rm 360–500 MPa) is the usual substitute; P265GH (265 / 410–570 MPa) matches the tensile more closely. Both are seamless pressure tubes with guaranteed elevated-temperature yield. Cross-use in ASME systems requires the pipe to be also certified to SA-106 or accepted by the owner. Q: What are A106 Grades A, B and C? A: Grade A: 205 MPa yield / 330 MPa tensile, C ≤ 0.25 % — for bending and cold forming. Grade B: 240 / 415 MPa, C ≤ 0.30 % — the standard. Grade C: 275 / 485 MPa, C ≤ 0.35 % — for higher pressure, less weldable. Q: Does A106 pipe need PWHT after welding? A: Per ASME B31.3, P-No. 1 carbon steel needs PWHT at 595–650 °C when the wall exceeds 19 mm (3/4 in), or regardless of thickness for certain services (caustic, amine, wet H₂S, lethal). Below that, no PWHT. --- ## A36 [K02600] — Carbon structural steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/a36/ System: ASTM / ASME | Family: Structural steel | Standard: ASTM A36 | Verified against: ASTM A36/A36M-19 Aliases: ASTM A36, A36 steel, ASTM A36 steel, A36 plate, A36 mild steel, SA-36, ASME SA36, K02600, A36 structural steel, A36 carbon steel, grade 36 ASTM A36 is the default structural carbon steel of North America: 250 MPa (36 ksi) minimum yield and 400–550 MPa (58–80 ksi) tensile for plate, shapes and bar, UNS K02600. Introduced in 1960 to replace A7, it defines what American engineers mean by 'mild steel' — cheap, ductile (20 % elongation in 200 mm), easily welded, bent and machined, and available from every service center as plate, angle, channel, flat and round. Chemistry is deliberately loose (carbon up to 0.25–0.29 % depending on thickness, no carbon-equivalent limit) because the specification guarantees mechanical properties rather than composition. Since the late 1990s W-shapes (wide-flange beams) are almost exclusively rolled to A992 (345 MPa), and A572 Grade 50 has taken over much of the plate market where weight matters, so A36 today lives in plate up to 25 mm, angles, channels, bars, base plates, stiffeners and general fabrication. Bridge work uses A709 Grade 36, which adds Charpy zones; pressure vessels use A516, not A36. The European counterpart is S235JR (weaker) or S275JR (stronger); JIS SS400, GB Q235B, GOST St3sp and IS 2062 E250 are the near or identical matches listed below. Note that A36 is not a bar grade like 1018: it specifies strength, 1018 specifies chemistry. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.25 (plate ≤ 20 mm: 0.25; 20–40 mm: 0.25; 40–65 mm: 0.26; 65–100 mm: 0.27; > 100 mm: 0.29. Shapes: 0.26; bar: 0.26–0.29 by size); Mn ≤ 1.2 (plate > 20 mm: 0.80–1.20; ≤ 20 mm and shapes: not specified (typ. 0.60–0.90); bar: 0.60–0.90 above 20 mm); P ≤ 0.03; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 0.4 (plate > 40 mm: 0.15–0.40; ≤ 40 mm: 0.40 max; shapes: 0.40 max); Cu ≥ 0.2 (when copper steel is specified (atmospheric corrosion resistance)) ASTM A36/A36M-19 Table 2; limits vary with product and thickness (values shown are the most common). A36 is a 'loose' specification: no CE limit, no grain-size or impact requirement unless supplementary requirements are ordered. Mechanical properties: - Plate, shapes, bar ≤ 200 mm (8 in): yield 250 MPa; tensile 400–550 MPa; elongation 20 (L0 = 200 mm) / 23 (L0 = 50 mm) %; hardness ≈ 119–159 HB (typ.) - Plate > 200 mm (8 in): yield 220 MPa; tensile 400–550 MPa; elongation 20 / 23 %; hardness — - Shapes > 634 kg/m (426 lb/ft) — heavy: yield 250 MPa; tensile ≥ 400 (no max) MPa; elongation 19 / 22 %; hardness — - Typical mill certificate (plate 6–25 mm): yield ≈ 280–340 MPa; tensile ≈ 450–500 MPa; elongation ≈ 28–34 %; hardness ≈ 130–150 HB ASTM A36/A36M-19 Table 3; yield is a minimum (no maximum), tensile a range; elongation in 200 mm (8 in) or 50 mm (2 in). Yield-to-tensile ratio typically 0.65–0.75. Charpy not required — order supplementary S5 (Charpy) or use A709 for impact-critical work. Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (typical only; not a standard requirement) Equivalents: - IS 2062 E250 A (IS (India)) — identical: IS 2062 E250 (Fe 410): yield 250 MPa, Rm 410 MPa min, C ≤ 0.23 — the Indian A36. - A283 Gr. C / D (ASTM / ASME) — near: Lower-strength plate (205 / 230 MPa yield) for tanks and non-critical structures; Grade D is near A36. - A1011 CS / SS Gr 36 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Hot-rolled sheet/strip < 6 mm; SS Grade 36 has the same 250 MPa yield in sheet form. - 43A / S275 (BS (superseded British)) — near: BS 4360 43A (withdrawn; 275 MPa yield) was the historical UK match; today S275JR. - St37-2 (DIN (superseded German)) — near: Yield 250 MPa, Rm 400–550 MPa — slightly stronger; the usual US substitute on St37 drawings. - S235JR (EN (European)) — near: Yield 235 MPa (≤ 16 mm), Rm 360–510 MPa, 27 J at +20 °C guaranteed; slightly weaker than A36 but with impact toughness. S275JR (275 MPa) exceeds A36 on yield. - Q235B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 700 Q235B: yield 235 MPa, Rm 370–500 MPa, 27 J at +20 °C. Q255/Q275 are stronger. - St3sp (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 380 St3sp: yield 245 MPa (≤ 20 mm), Rm 370–480 MPa. - SS400 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3101 SS400: yield 245 MPa (≤ 16 mm), Rm 400–510 MPa — the closest Asian match; no chemistry beyond P/S limits. - 1018 / 1020 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Bar grades with defined chemistry and no guaranteed yield — what buyers receive for 'A36 round bar' is often 1018/1020 hot-rolled. - 1018 (AISI / SAE) — functional: Structural plate/shape with guaranteed 250 MPa yield — the alternative for welded structures; 1018 is a bar product with no guaranteed properties. - A572 Gr. 50 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: HSLA 345 MPa yield — the upgrade for weight-critical shapes; A992 for W-shapes. - A516 Grade 70 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: Structural plate without pressure-vessel quality (grain size, testing, chemistry control) — not accepted for ASME pressure parts except by special provisions. - A572 Grade 50 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: 250 MPa carbon steel — the grade A572-50 replaces when weight matters. - S275JR (EN (European)) — functional: A36 yield 250 MPa is below 275 MPa; A36 is not a drop-in replacement where the design used fy = 275. Superseded names: - A7 — ASTM A7 (withdrawn 1967): The predecessor structural steel (33 ksi / 230 MPa yield); A36 replaced it in 1960. - K02600 — UNS - SA-36 — ASME BPVC Section II: ASME adoption for non-pressure and limited pressure use (e.g. structural attachments, some vessels to 340 °C). - Grade 36 — AASHTO M270 / ASTM A709: A709 Grade 36 is the bridge version (with Charpy zones). - CSA G40.21 300W — Canada: Canadian equivalent (300 MPa yield, slightly stronger). Product forms: plate (all thicknesses; yield drops to 220 MPa above 200 mm); shapes: W, S, M, C, L, HP sections (A36 largely replaced by A992 for W-shapes since ~2000); bar: flats, rounds, squares (hot-rolled merchant bar); sheet piling is A328; hollow sections are A500, not A36 Tolerances: plate: ASTM A6/A6M (thickness, flatness, camber); shapes and bar: ASTM A6/A6M; surface: A6 (mill scale as-rolled unless pickled/blasted) ### A36 yield strength Minimum 250 MPa (36 ksi) for plate ≤ 200 mm, shapes and bar; 220 MPa (32 ksi) for plate over 200 mm. Typical mill values 280–340 MPa (40–49 ksi); no maximum is specified. ### A36 tensile strength 400–550 MPa (58–80 ksi); typical 450–500 MPa. Heavy shapes (> 634 kg/m) have no upper limit. ### A36 elongation ≥ 20 % in 200 mm (8 in) or ≥ 23 % in 50 mm (2 in); typical 28–34 % in 50 mm. ### A36 hardness Not specified; typical 119–159 HB (≈ 67–85 HRB) as rolled. Cannot be usefully hardened (C ≤ 0.25 %); flame-cut edges may reach 250–300 HV locally. ### A36 density and modulus Density 7.85 g/cm³ (0.284 lb/in³), E = 200 GPa (29 × 10⁶ psi), G = 77 GPa, Poisson 0.26–0.30, thermal expansion 11.7 × 10⁻⁶/K (6.5 × 10⁻⁶/°F), conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K. AISC design values: Fy = 36 ksi, Fu = 58 ksi. ### A36 weldability Excellent — CE typically 0.30–0.40; prewelded with E70XX/ER70S-6 without preheat up to about 40 mm (AWS D1.1 Table 3.3: no preheat ≤ 19 mm, 10 °C to 38 mm, 65 °C to 64 mm, 110 °C above). ### Weldability One of the most weldable structural steels: SMAW E7018/E6010, GMAW ER70S-6, FCAW E71T-1, SAW F7A2-EM12K, all matching AWS D1.1 prequalified procedures. Preheat per AWS D1.1 Table 3.3 by thickness (none ≤ 19 mm). No PWHT for structural work; ASME SA-36 vessels may require stress relief per code thickness. Heavy plate (> 50 mm) with carbon near 0.27–0.29 % benefits from 65–110 °C preheat and low-hydrogen electrodes. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 72 % of B1112 (hot-rolled) — gummy like other low-carbon steels; use positive rake and chip breakers. Flame, plasma, laser and waterjet cutting are routine; shearing to 25 mm; punching to ~19 mm. Cold bending: inside radius ≥ 1.5 t transverse per AISC guidance (1 t for thin plate); hot forming 900–1100 °C. Galvanizes well (check Si + 2.5 P for Sandelin effect on bright coatings); paints readily after blast cleaning (SSPC-SP6/SP10). Applications: Building and industrial steelwork: angles, channels, base plates, stiffeners, gussets, connection plates; General fabrication: frames, skids, tanks (non-pressure), hoppers, chutes, guards; Machinery bases, weldments, jigs and fixtures; Bridge components as A709 Grade 36 (with Charpy); Bar stock for brackets, anchor bolts (A307 uses A36-type steel), tie rods; Cold-formed light-gauge components (as A1011 SS36 in sheet); Ship structure secondary members (ABS Grade A is the marine equivalent) Q: What is the yield strength of A36 steel? A: 250 MPa (36 ksi) minimum for plate up to 200 mm thick, shapes and bar; 220 MPa (32 ksi) for plate over 200 mm. Typical mill certificates show 280–340 MPa. Q: What is the difference between A36 and A572 Grade 50? A: Yield: 250 vs 345 MPa (36 vs 50 ksi). A572-50 is an HSLA steel micro-alloyed with Nb/V; it saves about 25–30 % weight in strength-governed members at a small cost premium. A36 is more ductile and slightly easier to form. W-shapes today are A992 (a 50 ksi grade), so A36 is mostly plate, angle, channel and bar. Q: Is A36 the same as 1018? A: No. A36 is an ASTM structural spec guaranteeing 250 MPa yield with loose chemistry; 1018 is an AISI chemistry grade (0.15–0.20 % C) with no guaranteed properties, usually sold cold-drawn at ≈ 370 MPa yield. Hot-rolled 1018 and A36 behave similarly, but they are ordered and certified differently. Q: What is the European equivalent of A36? A: S235JR (EN 10025-2) is the usual cross-reference — slightly weaker (235 MPa yield) but with guaranteed 27 J impact at +20 °C. Where the design needs A36's 250 MPa, S275JR is the safe substitute. Q: Can A36 be heat treated or hardened? A: No practical hardening — carbon is too low (≤ 0.25–0.29 %). It can be normalized (900–930 °C) to refine grain after heavy hot work, and stress-relieved at 600–650 °C, but it is used as-rolled. Q: Is A36 magnetic? A: Yes — like all plain carbon steels it is ferromagnetic. Q: What is the hardness of A36? A: About 119–159 HB (67–85 HRB) as rolled; ASTM A36 does not specify hardness. --- ## A516 Grade 70 [K02700] — Carbon steel plate for pressure vessels, moderate and lower temperature URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/a516-70/ System: ASTM / ASME | Family: Pressure vessel steel | Standard: ASTM A516 | Verified against: ASTM A516/A516M-17 Aliases: ASTM A516, A516 Gr 70, A516-70, SA-516 Gr 70, SA516-70, ASME SA-516 Grade 70, A516 GR70, K02700, A516 grade 60, A516 grade 65, A516 grade 55, pressure vessel plate, boiler plate ASTM A516 Grade 70 (ASME SA-516-70) is the plate that most of the world's carbon-steel pressure vessels are made from: a killed, fine-grain carbon-manganese steel with 260 MPa (38 ksi) minimum yield and 485–620 MPa (70–90 ksi) tensile, UNS K02700. A516 covers Grades 55, 60, 65 and 70 (numbers = minimum tensile in ksi); Grade 70 is the default because its ASME allowable stress of 138 MPa (20 ksi) gives the thinnest wall for the money. The title says 'moderate and lower temperature service': fine-grain aluminium-killed practice and normalizing (mandatory above 40 mm, optional but usual below) give the toughness that lets normalized Grade 70 certify Charpy values at −45 °C and below — hence its use in LPG bullets and spheres, air receivers, refinery drums, heat-exchanger shells and channels, storage vessels and cold-climate equipment. A515 is the coarse-grain sister for higher temperature; A537 the normalized upgrade for 345 MPa; A285 the low-pressure economy grade. Sour and hydrogen service is handled by ordering HIC-resistant A516-70 (S ≤ 0.002 %, Ca-treated, NACE TM0284 tested) — a large share of refinery orders. European P295GH/P265GH, Chinese Q345R/Q245R and JIS SB450/SPV315 are the near matches; none is identical, so cross-supplied plate needs code appraisal. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.27 (Grade 70: ≤ 12.5 mm 0.27; 12.5–50 mm 0.28; 50–100 mm 0.30; 100–200 mm 0.31. Grade 60: 0.21–0.25; Grade 65: 0.24–0.29; Grade 55: 0.18–0.26); Mn 0.85 – 1.2 (Grade 70 plate > 12.5 mm: 0.85–1.20 (heat), 0.79–1.30 (product); ≤ 12.5 mm: 0.60–0.90); P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.025 (HIC-resistant orders: S ≤ 0.002–0.005, Ca treated); Si 0.15 – 0.4 ASTM A516/A516M-17 Table 1 (heat analysis). Residuals per A20 (Cu ≤ 0.40, Ni ≤ 0.40, Cr ≤ 0.30, Mo ≤ 0.12, V ≤ 0.03, Nb ≤ 0.02 when not specified). Killed, fine-grain practice (Al) is mandatory — grain size 5 or finer. Mechanical properties: - Grade 70 — all thicknesses (as-rolled ≤ 40 mm; normalized > 40 mm): yield 260 MPa; tensile 485–620 MPa; elongation 17 (L0 200 mm) / 21 (50 mm) %; hardness ≈ 140–180 HB (typ.) - Grade 65: yield 240 MPa; tensile 450–585 MPa; elongation 19 / 23 %; hardness — - Grade 60: yield 220 MPa; tensile 415–550 MPa; elongation 21 / 25 %; hardness — - Grade 55: yield 205 MPa; tensile 380–515 MPa; elongation 23 / 27 %; hardness — - Grade 70 — typical mill certificate, normalized 25 mm: yield ≈ 300–340 MPa; tensile ≈ 520–560 MPa; elongation ≈ 28–32 (50 mm) %; hardness ≈ 150–165 HB - Grade 70 — ASME II-D allowable stress at 20–340 °C: yield S = 138 MPa (20 ksi) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Grade 70 — allowable stress at 425 °C (800 °F): yield S ≈ 100 MPa (14.5 ksi) MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — ASTM A516/A516M-17 Table 2; elongation in 200 mm or 50 mm. Yield is a minimum, tensile a range. Charpy is not mandatory in A516 but is required by ASME VIII (UCS-66) below the exemption curve — order S5 with test temperature; normalized Grade 70 typically gives 27 J at −45 °C or lower. Impact: 27 J at -45 °C (typical, normalized ≤ 50 mm; not a default requirement) Equivalents: - A516 Gr. 60 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Same spec, lower strength (220 MPa / 415–550 MPa); chosen for better toughness and formability. - A537 Cl. 1 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Normalized C-Mn-Si plate, yield 345 MPa — the upgrade when A516-70 is not strong enough. - P295GH (EN (European)) — near: EN 10028-2 P295GH (1.0481, ex 17Mn4): yield 295 MPa, Rm 460–580 MPa, guaranteed yield to 400 °C — strength closest to A516-70; chemistry C ≤ 0.08–0.20 lower. - P265GH (EN (European)) — near: Yield 265 MPa, Rm 410–530 MPa — the EN grade most often substituted for A516-60/65; slightly weaker than Grade 70. - P355GH / P355NH (EN (European)) — near: 355 MPa grades exceed A516-70 yield; used when a European mill supplies a Grade 70 design. - Q345R (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 713 Q345R: yield 345 MPa, Rm 510–640 MPa, 31 J at 0 °C — the Chinese pressure plate normally offered for A516-70 (stronger); Q245R ≈ A516-60. - 16GS / 17GS / 20K (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5520 boiler plates: 16GS (yield 265–295, Rm 460–490), 17GS (345 / 490), 20K (245 / 410). - IS 2002 Gr. 2 / Gr. 3 (IS (India)) — near: IS 2002 grade 2 (yield 240, Rm 410–530) and 3 (yield 290, Rm 490–610). - SB450 / SPV315 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3103 SB450 boiler plate (yield 245, Rm 450–590) and G3115 SPV315 (yield 315, Rm 490–610) bracket A516-70. - A36 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: Structural plate without pressure-vessel quality (grain size, testing, chemistry control) — not accepted for ASME pressure parts except by special provisions. Superseded names: - K02700 (Gr 70), K02403 (Gr 60), K02800 (Gr 65), K01800 (Gr 55) — UNS - SA-516 — ASME BPVC Section II Part A: ASME adoption — identical to A516 with ASME editorial changes; the form used on vessel drawings. - A515 — ASTM A515: Sister spec for intermediate/higher temperature (coarse-grain Si-killed); A516 replaced it for most work. - A285 Gr. C — ASTM A285: Lower-strength, lower-quality vessel plate for low-pressure tanks. - BS 1501-224 Gr 490 — BS 1501 (withdrawn): British counterpart. Product forms: plate (only) — as-rolled ≤ 40 mm, normalized > 40 mm (or when specified); heads, shells and nozzles cut from plate; clad plate base (A263/A264/A265); HIC-resistant and NACE-tested variants (supplementary S-requirements, low S/P, Ca treatment) Tolerances: plate: ASTM A20/A20M (thickness, flatness, UT per A435/A578 when ordered); surface: A20; edges per A20 ### A516 Grade 70 yield strength Minimum 260 MPa (38 ksi) for all thicknesses; typical normalized plate 300–340 MPa. Grade 65: 240 MPa; Grade 60: 220 MPa; Grade 55: 205 MPa. ### A516 Grade 70 tensile strength 485–620 MPa (70–90 ksi); typical 520–560 MPa. Grade 65: 450–585; Grade 60: 415–550; Grade 55: 380–515 MPa. ### ASME allowable stress SA-516-70: 138 MPa (20.0 ksi) from −29 to 340 °C, 131 MPa at 370 °C, 118 MPa at 400 °C, ≈ 100 MPa at 425 °C; maximum code temperature 538 °C (1000 °F) with reduced allowables (creep range above ~400 °C). Not for prolonged use above 425 °C (graphitization). ### Elongation and hardness ≥ 17 % in 200 mm / ≥ 21 % in 50 mm (typical 28–32 %). Hardness not specified; typical 140–180 HB. NACE MR0175 (≤ 22 HRC / 237 HB) is met by base metal; weld HAZ must be controlled by PWHT. ### Impact toughness Not mandatory, but ASME VIII UCS-66 exempts normalized A516 (curve D) to lower MDMTs than as-rolled (curve B); normalized Grade 70 typically gives ≥ 27 J at −45 °C for ≤ 50 mm. Order supplementary S5 with the required temperature and energy (e.g. 20 J at −46 °C for LPG). ### Heat treatment Normalize 870–930 °C (1600–1700 °F), air cool — mandatory > 40 mm, and above 25 mm when Charpy is required. Stress relief / PWHT 595–650 °C (1100–1200 °F), 1 h per 25 mm — required by ASME VIII above 38 mm (32 mm without preheat) and for lethal, sour and caustic service regardless of thickness. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa, expansion 11.7 × 10⁻⁶/K (6.5 × 10⁻⁶/°F), conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K. ### Weldability Very good weldability (CE ≈ 0.40–0.45 for Grade 70; supplementary S-requirements can cap it). ASME IX-qualified procedures with E7018 / ER70S-6 / F7A2-EM12K; preheat 10 °C ≤ 25 mm, 80 °C to 38 mm, 95–120 °C above (ASME VIII UCS-56 / typical fabricator practice). PWHT 595–650 °C required by code above 38 mm and for wet H₂S, amine, caustic and lethal service. Low-hydrogen practice mandatory for HIC-resistant material; limit HAZ hardness to 248 HV for sour service. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 65–70 % of B1112 — drilling and boring of nozzles, flanges and tubesheets are routine. Cold forming of heads and shells: strain ≤ 5 % without post-forming heat treatment (ASME UCS-79), otherwise normalize; hot forming 870–1100 °C followed by normalizing when required. Flame cutting standard; grind cut edges and check for laminations (A435/A578 UT for critical plate). Applications: Pressure vessels, separators, reactors and drums (ASME VIII Div. 1 and 2); LPG and ammonia storage spheres, bullets and road tankers (normalized, Charpy-tested); Heat-exchanger shells, channels, tubesheets and covers (TEMA); Boiler drums and headers at moderate temperature, air receivers; Refinery and gas-plant equipment in sour service (HIC-resistant A516-70); Storage tanks (API 650 Group III/IV) and low-temperature tanks; Clad-plate base for stainless or nickel-alloy lined vessels Q: What is the difference between A516 Grade 60 and Grade 70? A: Strength: Grade 60 has 220 MPa yield / 415–550 MPa tensile (60 ksi), Grade 70 has 260 MPa / 485–620 MPa (70 ksi). Grade 70 gives a thinner wall (ASME allowable 138 vs 118 MPa); Grade 60 has slightly more carbon headroom for toughness and is preferred by some for very low temperature or heavy forming. Most vessels use Grade 70. Q: What is the difference between A516 and SA-516? A: None in substance. SA-516 is the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code adoption of ASTM A516 (Section II Part A); vessel drawings cite SA-516 because ASME requires ASME-adopted specifications. Mills certify plate to both. Q: Is A516 Grade 70 normalized? A: Mandatory for plate over 40 mm (1.5 in); optional but almost universal below that when Charpy testing is specified, because normalizing moves the plate to ASME UCS-66 curve D and allows lower design temperatures. Order 'normalized' explicitly for LPG and cold service. Q: What is the European equivalent of A516 Grade 70? A: No exact match. P295GH (EN 10028-2, 295 MPa yield) is closest in strength; P265GH is often supplied for Grade 60/65 designs; P355GH or P355NH exceed it. For PED equipment the substitution needs a particular material appraisal; for ASME vessels the plate must be SA-516 or an accepted equivalent. Q: What is the maximum temperature for A516 Grade 70? A: ASME lists allowables to 538 °C (1000 °F), but carbon steel is generally limited to about 425 °C (800 °F) for long-term service because of graphitization and creep; above that use A204 (C-½Mo) or A387 (Cr-Mo) grades. Q: What is HIC-resistant A516-70? A: A516 Grade 70 melted with very low sulphur (≤ 0.002 %), calcium treatment for inclusion shape control, low P and often low Mn, and tested to NACE TM0284 for hydrogen-induced cracking. It is specified for wet H₂S (sour) service in refineries and gas plants per NACE MR0175/ISO 15156 and MR0103. --- ## A572 Grade 50 [K02303] — High-strength low-alloy (HSLA) columbium-vanadium structural steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/a572-50/ System: ASTM / ASME | Family: Structural steel | Standard: ASTM A572 | Verified against: ASTM A572/A572M-21 Aliases: ASTM A572, A572 Gr 50, A572-50, ASTM A572 Grade 50, A572 GR50, grade 50 steel, 50 ksi steel, A572 steel, K02303, A572 grade 42, A572 grade 60, A572 grade 65 ASTM A572 is the American high-strength low-alloy (HSLA) structural steel: carbon-manganese steel micro-alloyed with niobium (columbium) and/or vanadium so that fine grain and precipitation strengthening lift the yield from A36's 250 MPa to 290, 345, 380, 415 or 450 MPa (Grades 42, 50, 55, 60, 65) without hurting weldability. Grade 50 — 345 MPa (50 ksi) yield, 450 MPa (65 ksi) tensile — is by far the most used and is what engineers mean by '50 ksi steel' or 'Grade 50'. UNS K02303. Because the alloying is measured in hundredths of a percent, A572-50 costs only a few percent more than A36 while saving 25–30 % weight in strength-governed members; it is the standard for plate girders, columns, crane rails and runways, transmission towers, heavy equipment, truck frames and trailer chassis. W-shapes are rolled to the closely related A992 (which adds a yield cap for seismic design) and are dual-certified A992/A572-50; bridges use A709 Grade 50, which adds Charpy zones. A572 itself has no impact requirement unless supplementary S5 is ordered. European S355J2 (non-alloy) and S355M/N (fine-grain HSLA) are the practical substitutes; JIS SM490, GB Q355B, GOST 09G2S and IS 2062 E350 are the Asian near matches. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.23 (Grade 50 plate/shapes; Grade 42: 0.21; Grades 60/65: 0.26); Mn ≤ 1.35 (Grade 50: 1.35 (1.65 for Grades 60/65); shapes may go to 1.60 with C ≤ 0.21); P ≤ 0.03; S ≤ 0.03; Si ≤ 0.4 (plate > 40 mm: 0.15–0.40); Nb 0.005 – 0.05 (Type 1 (Nb); Type 2 (V 0.01–0.15); Type 3 (Nb + V); Type 5 (N ≤ 0.015 with V)); V 0.01 – 0.15 (Type 2 / Type 3); Cu ≥ 0.2 (when copper steel is specified) ASTM A572/A572M-21 Tables 1 and 2. Micro-alloy 'Type' (1–5) is at the producer's option unless specified. Grade 50 shapes over 634 kg/m and plate over 40 mm: Mn ≤ 1.35, Si 0.15–0.40. Supplementary S90/S91 for CE limits, S5 for Charpy. Mechanical properties: - Grade 42 (290 MPa) — plate ≤ 150 mm, all shapes: yield 290 MPa; tensile ≥ 415 MPa; elongation 20 (L0 200 mm) / 24 (50 mm) %; hardness — - Grade 50 (345 MPa) — plate ≤ 100 mm, all shapes: yield 345 MPa; tensile ≥ 450 MPa; elongation 18 / 21 %; hardness ≈ 135–185 HB (typ.) - Grade 55 (380 MPa) — plate ≤ 50 mm, shapes: yield 380 MPa; tensile ≥ 485 MPa; elongation 17 / 20 %; hardness — - Grade 60 (415 MPa) — plate ≤ 32 mm, shapes ≤ 634 kg/m: yield 415 MPa; tensile ≥ 520 MPa; elongation 16 / 18 %; hardness — - Grade 65 (450 MPa) — plate ≤ 32 mm, shapes ≤ 634 kg/m: yield 450 MPa; tensile ≥ 550 MPa; elongation 15 / 17 %; hardness — - Grade 50 — typical mill certificate (plate 10–25 mm): yield ≈ 370–420 MPa; tensile ≈ 500–550 MPa; elongation ≈ 25–30 (50 mm) %; hardness ≈ 150–170 HB ASTM A572/A572M-21 Table 3; yield minimum only (no maximum; A992 adds a 450 MPa cap and Fy/Fu ≤ 0.85 for seismic design). Elongation in 200 mm or 50 mm. No Charpy unless S5 ordered; bridge plate uses A709-50 with Charpy zones. Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (typical only; not required by A572) Equivalents: - A992 (ASTM / ASME) — identical: Same 345 MPa yield for W-shapes with added yield cap and Fy/Fu limit; shapes are dual-certified. - A709 Gr. 50 (ASTM / ASME) — identical: A572-50 chemistry and strength plus Charpy zone requirements for bridges. - A588 / A709-50W (ASTM / ASME) — near: Weathering HSLA with 345 MPa yield and Cu-Cr-Ni for unpainted service. - S355JR / S355J2 (EN (European)) — near: Yield 355 MPa (≤ 16 mm), Rm 470–630 MPa, guaranteed Charpy (+20 / −20 °C); non-alloy rather than HSLA chemistry. S355J2 is the standard European substitute for A572-50 plate. - S355M / S355N (EN (European)) — near: EN 10025-4 / -3 thermomechanical or normalized fine-grain HSLA — the closest metallurgical match (Nb/V micro-alloyed, 355 MPa). - Q355B / Q345B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 1591 Q355B: yield 355 MPa, Rm 470–630 MPa, 34 J at +20 °C (formerly Q345B: 345 MPa). - 09G2S / S345 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 19281 09G2S (C345): yield 325–345 MPa; GOST 27772 S345 structural class. - IS 2062 E350 (IS (India)) — near: Yield 350 MPa, Rm 490 MPa min (quality A/BR/B0/C by impact). - SM490A / SM490YB (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3106 SM490A: yield 325 MPa (≤ 16 mm), Rm 490–610 MPa; SM490YB: yield 365 MPa, 27 J at 0 °C. - A36 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: 250 MPa carbon steel — the grade A572-50 replaces when weight matters. - S355MC (EN (European)) — functional: Same yield class (345 MPa) as plate/sections, but not thermomechanically rolled and without the guaranteed bend radii. Superseded names: - K02303 (Gr 50), K02703 (Gr 42), K02003 (Gr 60/65) — UNS - A441 — ASTM A441 (withdrawn 1989): Predecessor Mn-V HSLA (50 ksi) replaced by A572. - A709 Grade 50 — ASTM A709 / AASHTO M270: Bridge version with Charpy zones; 50W is the weathering variant (A588 chemistry). - A992 — ASTM A992: W-shape grade (50–65 ksi yield, Fy/Fu ≤ 0.85); most W-shapes are dual-certified A992/A572-50. - CSA G40.21 350W — Canada: Canadian 350 MPa structural equivalent. Product forms: plate up to 100 mm (Grade 50), 150 mm (Grade 42); shapes: W, S, M, C, L, HP (W-shapes usually dual-certified A992/A572-50); bar and merchant sections; sheet piling (as A572-50 or A690), bridge plate (as A709-50) Tolerances: plate, shapes, bar: ASTM A6/A6M; surface: A6 (mill scale); blast-cleaned to SSPC on request ### A572 Grade 50 yield strength Minimum 345 MPa (50 ksi) for plate up to 100 mm and all shapes; typical 370–420 MPa. Other grades: 42 → 290 MPa, 55 → 380 MPa, 60 → 415 MPa, 65 → 450 MPa. ### A572 Grade 50 tensile strength Minimum 450 MPa (65 ksi), no maximum (A992 caps W-shapes at 450–620 MPa); typical 500–550 MPa. Grade 42: ≥ 415; 55: ≥ 485; 60: ≥ 520; 65: ≥ 550 MPa. ### A572 elongation and hardness Grade 50: ≥ 18 % in 200 mm / ≥ 21 % in 50 mm (typical 25–30 %). Hardness not specified; typical 135–185 HB. ### Thickness limits Grade 42: plate to 150 mm; Grade 50: plate to 100 mm; Grade 55: 50 mm; Grades 60/65: 32 mm and shapes ≤ 634 kg/m. Yield does not step down with thickness inside these limits (unlike EN 10025). ### Weldability Good: CE typically 0.35–0.45 (S90/S91 supplementary requirements cap CE for critical work). AWS D1.1 prequalified with E70XX/ER70S-6 (matching) — preheat per Table 3.3 category B: none ≤ 19 mm, 10 °C to 38 mm, 65 °C to 64 mm, 110 °C above; low-hydrogen consumables mandatory. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 200 GPa (29 × 10⁶ psi), expansion 11.7 × 10⁻⁶/K, conductivity ≈ 47 W/m·K. AISC design: Fy = 50 ksi, Fu = 65 ksi. ### Weldability Readily weldable by SMAW (E7018), GMAW (ER70S-6), FCAW (E71T-1) and SAW (F7A2) under AWS D1.1 prequalified procedures; matching-strength 70 ksi consumables suffice for Grade 50 (80 ksi for Grades 60/65). Preheat by thickness per AWS D1.1 Table 3.3 (category B); low-hydrogen practice required. No PWHT for structural work. For seismic connections use A992 shapes with demand-critical weld consumables (Charpy-rated). ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 65–70 % of B1112 (slightly harder than A36). Flame, plasma, laser and waterjet cutting routine; shearing to ~20 mm; punching to 16 mm. Cold bending: inside radius ≥ 1.5–2 t transverse (AISC/producer guidance), 2.5 t for Grades 60/65; hot forming 900–1100 °C followed by air cooling (do not quench). Galvanizes and paints as A36. Applications: Plate girders, columns and trusses in buildings and industrial structures; W-shapes (as A992/A572-50), HP piles, channels and angles for heavy framing; Crane runway girders, crane booms and lifting-equipment structures; Transmission and telecom towers, wind-tower internals, substation structures; Truck frames, trailer chassis, dump bodies, heavy-equipment weldments; Bridge girders (as A709-50 / 50W), sign structures, culverts; Pressure-free tanks, bins and hoppers where thinner walls save weight Q: What is the difference between A572 Grade 50 and A36? A: Yield 345 vs 250 MPa (50 vs 36 ksi) and tensile ≥ 450 vs 400–550 MPa. A572-50 is micro-alloyed HSLA steel; it lets members be 25–30 % lighter for a few percent more per tonne. A36 is more ductile and remains common for plate, bar, angle and channel; A572-50 (or A992) dominates beams, columns and girders. Q: What is the difference between A572 Grade 50 and A992? A: A992 is written specifically for rolled W-shapes: same 345 MPa (50 ksi) minimum yield but with a 450 MPa (65 ksi) yield cap, Fy/Fu ≤ 0.85 and a carbon-equivalent limit for predictable seismic behaviour. Most W-shapes are dual-certified A992/A572-50; plate cannot be A992. Q: What is the European equivalent of A572 Grade 50? A: S355J2 (EN 10025-2) for general plate and sections — 355 MPa yield with guaranteed −20 °C impact — or S355M/S355N (EN 10025-4/-3) for a true fine-grain HSLA match. Both are graded 'near' because chemistry and thickness rules differ. Q: Does A572 have an impact (Charpy) requirement? A: Not by default. Order supplementary requirement S5 with the temperature and energy needed, or specify A709 Grade 50 (bridges) which includes Charpy zones 1–3. Q: What are the A572 grades? A: Grade 42 (290 MPa / 42 ksi), Grade 50 (345 MPa / 50 ksi), Grade 55 (380 MPa / 55 ksi), Grade 60 (415 MPa / 60 ksi) and Grade 65 (450 MPa / 65 ksi). Grade 50 is the standard; 60/65 are limited to 32 mm plate and lighter shapes. Q: Is A572 Grade 50 weldable without preheat? A: Yes up to 19 mm under AWS D1.1 (category B) with low-hydrogen consumables; 10 °C preheat to 38 mm, 65 °C to 64 mm, 110 °C above 64 mm. --- ## C10 (1.0301) — Unalloyed low-carbon case-hardening steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/c10/ System: EN (European) | Family: Case-hardening steel | Standard: EN 10084 | Verified against: EN 10084:2008 Aliases: C10E, 1.1121, C10R, 1.1207, Ck10, C 10, 1.0301, C8, C12, Ck 10, C10 steel C10 is the lowest-carbon case-hardening steel in EN 10084: 0.07–0.13 % carbon, 0.3–0.6 % manganese, Werkstoff number 1.0301 (base) or 1.1121 for C10E, the old Ck10. Its very soft core (≈ 110–140 HB normalized) and outstanding cold formability make it above all a cold-heading and deep-drawing steel — screws, rivets, clevis pins, small bushes and drawn cups — that can afterwards be carburized to a 55–60 HRC skin where wear resistance is needed. Because hardenability is minimal, the case is thin and only small parts are treated; for anything larger or more highly loaded, C15E or 16MnCr5 take over. Un-carburized C10 is also a general low-carbon bar and tube steel comparable to AISI 1010. A note on names: searches for 'C8 steel' and 'C12 steel' almost always mean the cold-heading wire grades C8C and C12C of EN 10263-2, or simply a 0.08–0.12 % C steel — there is no separate C8 or C12 grade in EN 10084. C10/C10E is the grade to order. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.07 – 0.13; Si ≤ 0.4; Mn 0.3 – 0.6; P ≤ 0.045 (C10E (1.1121): P ≤ 0.035, S ≤ 0.035; C10R (1.1207): S 0.020–0.040); S ≤ 0.045; Cr ≤ 0.4 (Cr + Mo + Ni ≤ 0.63 (C10E/C10R)); Mo ≤ 0.1; Ni ≤ 0.4 EN 10084:2008 Table 3. There is no EN grade 'C8' or 'C12': those names belong to older DIN/ISO usage (C8C, C12C cold-heading grades of EN 10263-2 with C 0.06–0.10 / 0.10–0.15) — C10 covers the same territory. Mechanical properties: - Core after carburize, harden & temper, 11 mm ref. bar (C10E): yield ≥ 295 MPa; tensile 490–690 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness — - Core, 30 mm ref. bar: yield ≥ 255 MPa; tensile 440–590 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - Surface after carburizing: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 55–60 HRC - +N normalized (typical): yield ≈ 240–300 MPa; tensile ≈ 400–480 MPa; elongation 30 %; hardness ≈ 110–140 HB - +A annealed (delivery): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≤ 131 HB - Cold-drawn +C (typical, ≤ 16 mm): yield ≥ 390 MPa; tensile 500–650 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≈ 160–200 HB Core values per EN 10084 Annex F (informative). Normalized and cold-drawn values are typical, not standardized. Equivalents: - 1010 (AISI / SAE) — identical: AISI/SAE 1010 (G10100): C 0.08–0.13, Mn 0.30–0.60 — same window. - 045M10 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 045M10: C 0.07–0.13, Mn 0.30–0.60. - 10 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 699 grade 10 (10#): C 0.07–0.13, Mn 0.35–0.65. - 10 / 10kp (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 1050 Steel 10: C 0.07–0.14, Mn 0.35–0.65. - S10C / S09CK (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4051 S10C: C 0.08–0.13, Mn 0.30–0.60; S09CK is the case-hardening quality. - 1008 (AISI / SAE) — near: C ≤ 0.10, Mn 0.30–0.50: covers the lower half of C10; the usual US cold-heading/sheet grade. - C8C / C10C (EN (European)) — near: EN 10263-2 cold-heading wire grades (C 0.06–0.10 / 0.08–0.13) — what 'C8' usually refers to. - C15 (EN (European)) — near: Next carbon step (0.12–0.18 %) with slightly stronger core. Superseded names: - Ck10 — DIN 17210 (withdrawn): = C10E (1.1121). - C10 (1.0301) — DIN 17210: Base quality. - 045M10 / 040A10 — BS 970 - XC10 — NF A 35-551 Product forms: bar (hot-rolled, bright); wire rod and cold-heading wire (dominant form); strip and sheet (as DC01-type or C10S); seamless tube (EN 10305-1 E155 / C10) Tolerances: bright bar: EN 10278; wire rod: EN 10108 / EN 10263 (cold-heading) ### C10 hardness Delivery (+A) ≤ 131 HB; normalized ≈ 110–140 HB; cold-drawn 160–200 HB; carburized surface 55–60 HRC (shallow case 0.2–0.6 mm); core 10–20 HRC. ### C10 yield and tensile strength Normalized: yield ≈ 240–300 MPa, tensile ≈ 400–480 MPa, elongation ≈ 30 %. Cold-drawn: yield ≥ 390 MPa, tensile 500–650 MPa. Carburized core (11 mm ref.): 490–690 MPa. ### Heat treatment Carburize 880–980 °C; quench in water from 880–920 °C (small parts) or oil; temper 150–200 °C. Normalize 900–940 °C. Spheroidize (+AC) 680–710 °C for cold heading. Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Ac3 ≈ 875 °C. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, conductivity ≈ 52 W/m·K, expansion 12.2 × 10⁻⁶/K. ### Weldability Excellent weldability (CEV ≈ 0.15 %): all processes, no preheat, ideal for resistance welding of headed parts and tube. Do not weld carburized surfaces. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability is poor-to-fair when annealed (gummy, built-up edge) — index ≈ 55–60 %; cold-drawn bar machines better. C10R with controlled sulphur is used for automatic lathes. Cold heading, extrusion, drawing and bending are excellent — the reason it exists. Hot forging 1200–900 °C. Applications: Cold-headed screws, rivets, nails and small fasteners (property classes 4.6–5.8); Clevis pins, spring pins, small bushes and rollers (carburized); Deep-drawn cups, caps and housings; Bright-drawn shafting for low-stress parts; Welded tube and fittings, bicycle and furniture tube (E155/E195 lineage); Chain side plates and links Q: What is C8 steel or C12 steel? A: There is no C8 or C12 in EN 10084. 'C8' usually means C8C (EN 10263-2 cold-heading wire, C 0.06–0.10) or an 0.08 % carbon commercial steel; 'C12' is C12C or an 0.10–0.15 % C steel. For bar and case-hardening parts, C10E covers the C8 range and C15E the C12 range. Q: Is C10 the same as 1010? A: Yes. AISI/SAE 1010 has C 0.08–0.13 and Mn 0.30–0.60 — the same window as C10. Case-hardening quality C10E corresponds to 1010 with tighter P/S. Q: What is C10 used for? A: Mainly cold-headed fasteners and small pressed or drawn parts, and small carburized parts such as pins, rollers and bushes. It is also a general low-carbon bar and tube steel. Q: What is the difference between C10 and C15? A: Carbon: 0.07–0.13 vs 0.12–0.18 %. C15 gives a slightly stronger core after carburizing and is used for somewhat larger or more loaded parts; C10 forms more easily. --- ## C15 (1.0401) — Unalloyed case-hardening steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/c15/ System: EN (European) | Family: Case-hardening steel | Standard: EN 10084 | Verified against: EN 10084:2008 Aliases: C15E, 1.1141, C15R, 1.1140, Ck15, C 15, 1.0401, C15 steel, Ck 15 C15 is the simplest case-hardening steel: 0.12–0.18 % carbon, no alloying, Werkstoff number 1.0401 for the base quality and 1.1141 for C15E (the old Ck15, with lower phosphorus and fine-grain practice) — both in EN 10084. Carburizing puts 0.7–0.9 % carbon into the surface, which quenches to 55–62 HRC over a soft, tough core of about 500–600 MPa. Hardenability is very low, so the hard case is thin and the part must be small: pins, bushes, small gears, rollers, levers and cold-headed fasteners. C15 also serves outside case hardening as a general low-carbon engineering bar — the European version of AISI 1015/1018 — for machined parts, welded fittings and cold-drawn shafting where a bright, dimensionally accurate bar is needed and strength is not critical. Cold drawing raises its yield to around 450 MPa. AISI 1015, JIS S15C and GB/GOST 15 are identical in composition; 1018 is the near match most US warehouses supply. For larger case-hardened parts the step up is 16MnCr5. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.12 – 0.18; Si ≤ 0.4; Mn 0.3 – 0.6; P ≤ 0.045 (C15E (1.1141): P ≤ 0.035; C15R (1.1140): S 0.020–0.040); S ≤ 0.045; Cr ≤ 0.4 (C15E/C15R: Cr + Mo + Ni ≤ 0.63); Mo ≤ 0.1; Ni ≤ 0.4 EN 10084:2008 Table 3 (C15E/C15R) and EN 10083-2 for C15 as a general-use grade. C10E (1.1121, ex Ck10) is the 0.07–0.13 % C sibling; C16E (1.1148) the 0.12–0.18 % fine-grain variant. Mechanical properties: - Core after carburize, harden & temper, 11 mm ref. bar (C15E): yield ≥ 355 MPa; tensile 590–780 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness — - Core, 30 mm ref. bar: yield ≥ 295 MPa; tensile 490–640 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness — - Surface after carburizing: yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness 55–62 HRC - +N normalized (typical bar): yield ≥ 260 (typ. 280–320) MPa; tensile ≥ 430 (typ. 450–520) MPa; elongation 27 %; hardness ≈ 130–160 HB - +A / +AC annealed (delivery): yield — MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness ≤ 143 HB - Cold-drawn +C (typical, ≤ 16 mm): yield ≥ 450 MPa; tensile 600–750 MPa; elongation 8 %; hardness ≈ 180–220 HB Core values from EN 10084 Annex F (informative, blank-hardened reference bars). Normalized and cold-drawn values are typical supplier data; EN 10084 specifies only chemistry and delivery hardness. Equivalents: - 1015 (AISI / SAE) — identical: AISI/SAE 1015 (G10150): C 0.13–0.18, Mn 0.30–0.60 — same window as C15. 1016/1018 have higher Mn (0.60–0.90) for slightly better hardenability. - 080M15 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 970 080M15: C 0.13–0.18, Mn 0.70–1.00 (Mn higher). - 15 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 699 grade 15 (15#): C 0.12–0.18, Mn 0.35–0.65. - 15 / 15kp (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 1050 Steel 15: C 0.12–0.19, Mn 0.35–0.65. - S15C / S15CK (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4051 S15C: C 0.13–0.18, Mn 0.30–0.60; S15CK is the case-hardening quality (P/S ≤ 0.025). - 1018 (AISI / SAE) — near: C 0.15–0.20, Mn 0.60–0.90; the US stock grade most often supplied against a C15 request. - C10E (EN (European)) — near: 1.1121 (ex Ck10): C 0.07–0.13 — softer core, better cold-heading. - C10 (EN (European)) — near: Next carbon step (0.12–0.18 %) with slightly stronger core. - 16MnCr5 (EN (European)) — functional: Alloyed case-hardening steel for larger sections and higher core strength. - S235JR (EN (European)) — functional: Structural steel of similar carbon; not a case-hardening quality (no hardenability or cleanliness control). Superseded names: - Ck15 — DIN 17210 (withdrawn): = C15E (1.1141). The common German workshop name. - C15 (1.0401) — DIN 17210 / DIN 17200: Base quality, unchanged number. - Cm15 — DIN 17210: = C15R (controlled S). - 080M15 / 080A15 — BS 970 - XC15 / XC18 — NF A 35-551 Product forms: round, square and hexagon bar (hot-rolled, bright); wire rod and cold-heading wire; forgings; seamless tube (EN 10305 as E155/C15); strip (EN 10132-2 as C15S) Tolerances: hot-rolled bar: EN 10060; bright bar: EN 10278; wire: EN 10218 ### C15 core and surface hardness Carburized case 55–62 HRC at 0.3–1.0 mm case depth; core ≈ 15–25 HRC (590–780 MPa in an 11 mm bar, 490–640 MPa at 30 mm). Delivery hardness (+A) ≤ 143 HB. ### C15 yield and tensile strength (uncarburized) Normalized: yield ≈ 280–320 MPa, tensile 450–520 MPa, elongation ≈ 27 %. Cold-drawn (+C) small bar: yield ≥ 450 MPa, tensile 600–750 MPa, elongation ≈ 8 %. ### Heat treatment Carburize 880–980 °C (pack, gas or salt); direct quench in water (small parts) or oil from 850–880 °C; core-refine 880–920 °C; temper 150–200 °C. Normalize 880–920 °C. Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Ac3 ≈ 860 °C. ### Hardenability Very low (no Jominy band specified). Case hardness falls off below the surface rapidly; not suitable for parts over ~20 mm needing a deep case — use 16MnCr5 or 20MnCr5. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K, expansion 11.9 × 10⁻⁶/K. ### Weldability Excellent weldability in the uncarburized state (CEV ≈ 0.20 %): all arc and resistance processes without preheat. Carburized surfaces should not be welded (cracking); mask or machine off the case first. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 65–70 % (gummy in the annealed state; better after cold drawing or normalizing). C15R with controlled sulphur is preferred for automatic lathes. Cold heading, cold extrusion and bending are excellent (this is a classic cold-heading grade as C15E/C10E). Hot forging 1150–900 °C. Applications: Small case-hardened parts: pins, bushes, rollers, cam followers, small gears and sprockets; Cold-headed screws, rivets and studs (often as C10E/C15E); Bright-drawn shafting and machined general-purpose parts (as 1.0401); Levers, links, spacers and washers; Welded fittings and low-stress tube parts; Chain components (roller chain bushes and pins after carburizing) Q: What is the difference between C15 and C15E? A: C15E (1.1141, ex Ck15) is the case-hardening quality: P ≤ 0.035 %, fine-grain (Al-treated) practice, guaranteed hardenability response. C15 (1.0401) is the base quality with P/S ≤ 0.045 % for general engineering use. Q: Is C15 the same as 1018? A: Close but not identical: 1018 has C 0.15–0.20 and Mn 0.60–0.90, slightly richer than C15 (C 0.12–0.18, Mn 0.30–0.60). AISI 1015 is the exact match. 1018 is what most US suppliers deliver against a C15 order and it works in practice. Q: How hard can C15 get? A: Only through carburizing: 55–62 HRC on the surface with a shallow case. Without carburizing it cannot be usefully hardened (as-quenched ≈ 35–40 HRC in very thin sections). Q: What is C15 equivalent to in JIS and GB? A: JIS S15C / S15CK and GB/T 699 grade 15 — identical carbon and manganese windows. --- ## C45 (1.0503) — Medium-carbon steel for quenching and tempering URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/c45/ System: EN (European) | Family: Carbon steel | Standard: EN 10083-2 | Verified against: EN 10083-2:2006 Aliases: C45E, 1.1191, C45R, 1.1201, Ck45, C 45, 1.0503, C45+N, C45+QT C45 is the medium-carbon steel everybody has in the rack: 0.42–0.50 % carbon, no deliberate alloying, Werkstoff number 1.0503, specified in EN 10083-2 for quenching and tempering. Supplied normalized it gives 305–340 MPa yield and ~600 MPa tensile; quenched in water and tempered it reaches 490 MPa yield and 700–850 MPa tensile in sections up to 16 mm, and it can be induction- or flame-hardened to 55–58 HRC on the surface. The catch is hardenability: with no Cr or Mo, C45 through-hardens only in thin sections (roughly 15–20 mm in water). Above that the core stays pearlitic and designers move to 42CrMo4. That trade-off — cheap, machinable, surface-hardenable, but shallow — defines where C45 is used: shafts, pins, gears with induction-hardened teeth, keys, bolts and machine parts of moderate size. C45E (1.1191, the old Ck45) is the same chemistry with lower phosphorus and a guaranteed impact value; C45R (1.1201) adds controlled sulphur for machining. Internationally C45 is identical to AISI 1045, JIS S45C and GB/GOST 45. Chemical composition (mass %): C 0.42 – 0.5; Si ≤ 0.4; Mn 0.5 – 0.8; P ≤ 0.045 (C45E (1.1191): P ≤ 0.030, S ≤ 0.035; C45R (1.1201): S 0.020–0.040 for machinability); S ≤ 0.045; Cr ≤ 0.4 (Cr + Mo + Ni ≤ 0.63 %); Mo ≤ 0.1; Ni ≤ 0.4 EN 10083-2:2006 Table 3. C45 is the base quality; C45E is the fine-grain, low-P version (former Ck45); C45R has controlled sulphur. Mechanical properties: - +N normalized, ≤ 16 mm: yield 340 MPa; tensile ≥ 620 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness ≤ 207 HB (+A) - +N normalized, 16–100 mm: yield 305 MPa; tensile ≥ 580 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - +N normalized, 100–250 mm: yield 275 MPa; tensile ≥ 560 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - +QT quenched & tempered, ≤ 16 mm: yield 490 MPa; tensile 700–850 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness ≈ 210–250 HB - +QT, 16–40 mm: yield 430 MPa; tensile 650–800 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - +QT, 40–100 mm: yield 370 MPa; tensile 630–780 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness — EN 10083-2 Tables 5 and 6. Q&T values apply to the ruling section given; C45 has low hardenability, so through-hardening is only achieved below ~20 mm. Impact: 25 J at 20 °C (+QT, ≤ 16 mm, longitudinal, C45E only) Equivalents: - 1045 (AISI / SAE) — identical: AISI/SAE 1045 (UNS G10450): C 0.43–0.50, Mn 0.60–0.90 — same carbon window; C45 additionally caps Cr/Mo/Ni. Interchangeable in practice. - 45 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — identical: GOST 1050 Steel 45: C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.50–0.80, Si 0.17–0.37. - S45C (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G4051 S45C: C 0.42–0.48, Mn 0.60–0.90; matches C45 within rounding. - 080M46 (BS (superseded British)) — near: BS 970 080M46: C 0.42–0.50, Mn 0.60–1.00 — slightly wider Mn. - C45E (EN (European)) — near: Same grade with P ≤ 0.030 and guaranteed impact; order C45E when toughness or fine grain matters. - 42CrMo4 (EN (European)) — functional: Alloyed alternative with far higher hardenability for the same part geometry above 25 mm. Superseded names: - Ck45 — DIN 17200 (withdrawn 1987): Ck45 = today's C45E (1.1191). Still the most-used name in German-speaking workshops. - C45 (1.0503) — DIN 17200: Base quality, number unchanged. - 080M46 — BS 970 (withdrawn) - XC45 / XC48 — NF A 35-552 - C45 / C46 — UNI 7845 Product forms: round, square and flat bar (hot-rolled, peeled, cold-drawn); plate and wide flat; forgings; seamless tube (EN 10297); wire rod Tolerances: hot-rolled round bar: EN 10060; bright bar: EN 10278 (h9–h11); plate: EN 10029 ### C45 yield strength Normalized (+N): ≥ 340 MPa ≤ 16 mm, ≥ 305 MPa 16–100 mm. Quenched and tempered (+QT): ≥ 490 MPa ≤ 16 mm, 430 MPa 16–40 mm, 370 MPa 40–100 mm. ### C45 tensile strength +N: ≥ 620 MPa (≤ 16 mm) / ≥ 580 MPa (16–100 mm). +QT: 700–850 MPa (≤ 16 mm), 650–800 MPa (16–40 mm), 630–780 MPa (40–100 mm). ### C45 hardness Soft-annealed (+A) max 207 HB; normalized ≈ 170–210 HB; Q&T ≈ 210–250 HB (core, ≤ 16 mm). Surface hardening by induction or flame reaches 55–58 HRC; through-hardened thin sections quenched in water reach 58–60 HRC before tempering. ### Heat treatment temperatures Normalize 840–880 °C air; soft anneal 650–700 °C; harden 820–860 °C water (or oil for thin, simple shapes); temper 550–660 °C for Q&T, 150–200 °C after surface hardening. Ac1 ≈ 725 °C, Ac3 ≈ 785 °C, Ms ≈ 340 °C. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, thermal conductivity ≈ 45 W/m·K, expansion 11.5 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C). ### Weldability Weldability is limited: with CEV ≈ 0.55–0.65 % C45 hardens in the heat-affected zone and cracks without precautions. Preheat 200–300 °C, use low-hydrogen basic electrodes, and temper or stress-relieve at 550–650 °C after welding. Where possible weld in the normalized (not Q&T) condition and heat-treat afterwards. Avoid welding surface-hardened areas. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability index about 55–60 % (annealed/normalized) relative to 1212; C45R with 0.02–0.04 % S improves chip breaking. Machine before hardening wherever possible; Q&T at 250 HB is still machinable with carbide. Cold forming is limited to gentle bends in the annealed state; hot forming 1100–850 °C followed by normalizing. Induction and flame hardening are the main surface treatments; nitriding is possible but shallow. Applications: Shafts, axles and spindles up to ~60 mm diameter; Gears and sprockets with induction-hardened teeth; Pins, bolts (property class 8.8 after Q&T), studs and keys; Hydraulic cylinder rods (chrome-plated C45E); Machine components, couplings, rollers, rams; Hand tools, hammers and agricultural wear parts (flame-hardened) Q: Is C45 the same as 1045? A: Yes. C45 (EN 10083-2) and AISI/SAE 1045 have the same carbon window (0.42–0.50 %) and near-identical Mn; mills routinely dual-certify. C45E is the cleaner version (P ≤ 0.030 %, guaranteed impact). Q: What is the difference between C45 and C45E? A: C45E (1.1191, formerly Ck45) has P ≤ 0.030 % and S ≤ 0.035 %, fine-grain practice and a guaranteed 25 J impact in the Q&T condition. C45 (1.0503) allows P and S up to 0.045 % and has no impact requirement. Q: How hard can C45 get? A: Surface: 55–58 HRC after induction or flame hardening. Through-hardened: 58–60 HRC as-quenched in thin sections (≤ 15–20 mm water quench), falling quickly in thicker bars because hardenability is low. Typical Q&T core hardness is 210–250 HB. Q: Can C45 be welded? A: Only with preheat (200–300 °C), low-hydrogen consumables and post-weld tempering. For welded assemblies designers usually choose S355J2 for the structure and C45 only for the machined part, joined mechanically. Q: What is C45 equivalent to in China and Japan? A: GB/T 699 grade 45 (45#) and JIS G4051 S45C are both identical in composition. --- ## DC01 (1.0330) — Cold-rolled low-carbon steel for cold forming URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/dc01/ System: EN (European) | Family: Cold-rolled & coated sheet | Standard: EN 10130 | Verified against: EN 10130:2006 Aliases: DC01+ZE, DC 01, St12, St 12, 1.0330, DC01 A, DC01 B, CR1, St2 DC01 is the commercial-quality cold-rolled steel sheet of EN 10130 — the flat, smooth, 0.4–3 mm material that becomes cabinets, panels, brackets, drums and light enclosures. The name decodes as D (flat product for cold forming), C (cold-rolled), 01 (the lowest forming class); the Werkstoff number is 1.0330 and the pre-1991 name St12 is still in daily use. Chemistry is minimal — carbon ≤ 0.12 %, Mn ≤ 0.60 % — and the standard guarantees only a yield window of 140–280 MPa, a tensile range of 270–410 MPa and 28 % elongation. There is no guaranteed r-value or n-value, so DC01 suits bending, roll forming, mild stretching and shallow pressings; deep drawing moves the buyer to DC03, DC04 or DC06. Surface quality A or B, finish b/g/m/r and the option of an electro-galvanized skin (DC01+ZE) are all ordered under EN 10130 / EN 10152 designations. JIS SPCC, BS CR1 and IS 513 CR1 are the same class; the American A1008 CS Type B is the nearest by intent but has no mechanical guarantees. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.12; Mn ≤ 0.6; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.045 EN 10130:2006 Table 2, ladle analysis. Si and Al not limited. Al-killed or rimmed practice at the mill's option; Al-killed is standard in Europe today. Mechanical properties: - 0.35 ≤ t < 0.70 mm: yield 140–280 MPa; tensile 270–410 MPa; elongation 28 %; hardness ≈ 60–90 HRB (typ.) - 0.70 ≤ t ≤ 3.0 mm: yield 140–280 MPa; tensile 270–410 MPa; elongation 28 %; hardness — - Skin-passed, first 8 days after rolling: yield ≤ 280 (yield-point elongation may return after) MPa; tensile 270–410 MPa; elongation 28 %; hardness — EN 10130 Table 3: transverse test pieces, L0 = 80 mm. The yield range is wide because DC01 is not guaranteed for deep drawing; a yield-point elongation (stretcher strain) may reappear with time. For guaranteed r and n values order DC04–DC06. Equivalents: - CR1 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449-1 CR1 (commercial quality). - DC01 (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 5213 adopted the EN name DC01 (formerly Q195/Q215 cold-rolled, or 08Al under GB 710). - IS 513 CR1 (IS (India)) — identical: IS 513 grade CR1 (formerly O): commercial quality cold-rolled. - SPCC (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G3141 SPCC: C ≤ 0.15, Mn ≤ 0.60, P ≤ 0.100, S ≤ 0.035; Rm ≥ 270 MPa, A ≥ 28–37 % by thickness. Same commercial cold-rolled class. - CS Type B (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A1008 Commercial Steel Type B: C ≤ 0.02–0.15, Mn ≤ 0.60; no guaranteed mechanicals — the US commercial-quality counterpart. - DC03 (EN (European)) — near: Next grade up (yield 140–240, A ≥ 34 %) for moderate drawing. - 08kp / 08ps (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 9045 / 16523 08kp (rimmed) and 08ps (semi-killed): C ≤ 0.10, Mn 0.25–0.50 — Russian commercial cold-rolled sheet. - DC04 (EN (European)) — functional: Deep-drawing grade (A ≥ 38 %, r90 ≥ 1.6) — order when DC01 splits. - S235JR (EN (European)) — functional: Hot-rolled structural steel of similar chemistry; not a cold-rolled forming grade and not interchangeable in surface or gauge. - DX51D (EN (European)) — functional: The uncoated cold-rolled base; DX51D is roughly DC01 substrate plus zinc. Superseded names: - St12 — DIN 1623-1 (withdrawn 1991): Still the everyday German/Turkish name for DC01. - St2 — DIN 1623 (older) - Fe P01 — EN 10130:1991: Renamed DC01 in the 1999 edition. - CR1 — BS 1449-1: British designation; CR4 = DC04. - C — NF A 36-401: Tôle C. Product forms: cold-rolled coil and sheet 0.35–3.0 mm; cut lengths and slit strip; electro-galvanized as DC01+ZE (EN 10152); narrow strip (EN 10139 as DC01 C290–C590) Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10131 (normal or special tolerances); surface quality A (minor defects allowed) or B (better face defect-free); surface finish b (bright), g (semi-matt), m (matt), r (rough) ### DC01 yield strength 140–280 MPa (20–41 ksi) transverse. The upper limit only applies for eight days after skin-passing; ageing can raise it and bring back stretcher-strain marks. ### DC01 tensile strength 270–410 MPa (39–59 ksi). Typical certificates show 300–340 MPa. ### DC01 elongation ≥ 28 % (A80, transverse) for t ≥ 0.7 mm; for 0.35–0.70 mm the minimum is reduced by 2 points. ### DC01 hardness Not specified by EN 10130. Typical 60–90 HRB (≈ 100–150 HV) as delivered; increases substantially after cold forming. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa. Thickness range 0.35–3.0 mm (EN 10130), widths to 2000 mm, coil weights to 30 t. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by resistance spot and seam welding, MAG, TIG and laser thanks to very low carbon. Spot-weld current ranges are the widest of any sheet steel. Electro-galvanized DC01+ZE needs slightly higher current and electrode dressing. No preheat, no PWHT. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Sheared, punched, laser- and plasma-cut without issues; edge burr is small. Bending: 0 t inside radius is routinely achieved in 1–2 mm across the rolling direction. Roll forming excellent. Stretch forming and deep drawing are limited (no guaranteed r/n; earing and stretcher strains possible) — use DC04+ for draws. Painting, powder coating and e-coating: standard, after degreasing/phosphating; the surface finish letter (b/g/m) is chosen for paint adhesion. Applications: Electrical cabinets, enclosures, switchgear panels; Domestic appliance housings and shelves; Office furniture, lockers, shelving; Automotive non-visible brackets and reinforcements; Steel drums, pails and cans (with DC01 tinplate variants); Lighting fixtures, ventilation ducting, HVAC components; Roll-formed profiles and drywall track (as DC01 or DX51D) Q: What is the difference between DC01 and S235JR? A: DC01 is a cold-rolled forming sheet (EN 10130) sold by surface and gauge with a yield window of 140–280 MPa; S235JR is a hot-rolled structural steel (EN 10025-2) with a guaranteed minimum yield of 235 MPa and impact toughness. Chemistry overlaps, but they are ordered, priced and used differently: DC01 for pressed parts and enclosures, S235JR for load-bearing structure. Q: Is DC01 the same as St12? A: Yes. St12 (DIN 1623) became Fe P01 (EN 10130:1991) and then DC01 (EN 10130:1999). Same steel, same use. Q: Can DC01 be deep drawn? A: Only shallow draws. DC01 has no guaranteed r-value and may show stretcher strains. For drawn parts specify DC03 (moderate), DC04 (deep) or DC05/DC06 (extra deep). Q: What is DC01+ZE? A: DC01 with an electrolytic zinc coating per EN 10152, e.g. DC01+ZE25/25 = 2.5 µm zinc on each face. It gives a paint-ready, lightly protected surface for indoor parts; hot-dip galvanized DX51D+Z is used for heavier corrosion protection. Q: What is the JIS equivalent of DC01? A: SPCC (JIS G3141) — commercial-quality cold-rolled sheet. SPCD corresponds to DC03 and SPCE to DC04. --- ## DD11 (1.0332) — Hot-rolled low-carbon steel for cold forming URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/dd11/ System: EN (European) | Family: Cold-rolled & coated sheet | Standard: EN 10111 | Verified against: EN 10111:2008 Aliases: DD 11, StW22, St W 22, 1.0332, FeP11, HR1, DD11 steel DD11 is the hot-rolled counterpart of DC01: a low-carbon sheet and coil steel specified in EN 10111 for cold forming, Werkstoff number 1.0332, formerly StW22. Where DC01 covers 0.4–3 mm cold-rolled, DD11 covers roughly 1.5–12 mm hot-rolled — the thickness band of wheel rims, agricultural panels, automotive chassis brackets, pressed pipe fittings, drums and gas cylinders. EN 10111 guarantees a yield window of 170–360 MPa, tensile ≤ 440 MPa and 23–28 % elongation depending on thickness, with carbon ≤ 0.12 % and Mn ≤ 0.60 %. The wide yield range and absence of r/n values mark DD11 as a bending and general pressing grade; DD12, DD13 and DD14 are the drawing, deep-drawing and extra-deep-drawing steps. Most DD11 is sold pickled and oiled (DD11+P) for a scale-free surface. Buyers often confuse DD11 with S235JR because the chemistry overlaps: the difference is what is guaranteed. S235JR promises a minimum yield and impact toughness for structures; DD11 promises a yield window and ductility for forming. JIS SPHC, BS HR1 and IS 1079 D are the same class; ASTM A1011 CS Type B is the nearest US grade. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.12; Mn ≤ 0.6; P ≤ 0.045; S ≤ 0.045 EN 10111:2008 Table 2, ladle analysis. DD12–DD14 progressively tighten C (0.10, 0.08, 0.08), Mn (0.45, 0.35, 0.35), P and S. Typical DD11 coil: C 0.04–0.08, Mn 0.20–0.40, Al-killed. Mechanical properties: - t < 2 mm (transverse): yield 170–360 MPa; tensile ≤ 440 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness ≈ 55–85 HRB (typ.) - 2 ≤ t < 3 mm: yield 170–360 MPa; tensile ≤ 440 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - 3 ≤ t < 5 mm: yield 170–360 MPa; tensile ≤ 440 MPa; elongation 27 %; hardness — - 5 ≤ t ≤ 11 mm: yield 170–360 MPa; tensile ≤ 440 MPa; elongation 28 %; hardness — - DD12 (for comparison): yield 170–340 MPa; tensile ≤ 420 MPa; elongation 25–30 %; hardness — - DD13: yield 170–330 MPa; tensile ≤ 400 MPa; elongation 28–33 %; hardness — - DD14: yield 170–310 MPa; tensile ≤ 380 MPa; elongation 31–36 %; hardness — EN 10111 Table 3; A80 for t < 3 mm, A (L0 = 5.65√S0) for t ≥ 3 mm. Yield upper limit for DD11 applies only within one month of manufacture (ageing). No r/n guarantee for DD11. Equivalents: - HR1 (BS (superseded British)) — identical: BS 1449-1 HR1 (commercial hot-rolled). - IS 1079 D (IS (India)) — identical: IS 1079 grade D (drawing) / O (ordinary); D is the DD11 match. - SPHC (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G3131 SPHC: C ≤ 0.15, Mn ≤ 0.60, Rm ≥ 270 MPa, A ≥ 27–31 % by thickness. Commercial hot-rolled forming sheet — SPHD ≈ DD12, SPHE ≈ DD13. - CS Type B (A1011) (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A1011 Commercial Steel Type B hot-rolled: C ≤ 0.02–0.15, Mn ≤ 0.60, no guaranteed mechanicals. DS (Drawing Steel) Type B corresponds to DD12/DD13. - DD12 (EN (European)) — near: Drawing quality with tighter chemistry and higher elongation. - Q195 / SPHC (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 5213 hot-rolled uses DD11-type names in newer editions; older specs use Q195 (yield ≥ 195 MPa) or 08Al. - 08kp / 08ps hot-rolled (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 16523 group KhP (cold-forming quality) on 08kp/08ps base. - St37-2 (DIN (superseded German)) — functional: Hot-rolled forming sheet often bought 'as St37' in Turkey/Middle East — but it has no guaranteed minimum yield. - DD13 (EN (European)) — functional: Deep-drawing quality (A ≥ 28–33 %) for demanding pressings. - S235JR (EN (European)) — functional: Structural steel of similar chemistry with guaranteed 235 MPa yield and impact; DD11 has no minimum yield guarantee for structural design. Superseded names: - StW22 — DIN 1614-1 (withdrawn): Still the common German/Turkish shop name; StW23 = DD12, StW24 = DD13. - FeP11 — EN 10111:1991: Renamed DD11 in 1998. - HR1 / HR2 — BS 1449-1: HR1 is the nearer match. - 1C — NF A 36-301 Product forms: hot-rolled coil and sheet 1.5–12 mm (typically 1.5–6 mm); pickled and oiled (DD11+P or 'P&O'); slit strip, cut lengths; narrow strip (EN 10111 applies to width ≥ 600 mm; narrow strip to EN 10139) Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10051 (normal or special); surface: as-rolled (mill scale) or pickled; surface quality per EN 10163-2 (class A/B, subclass 1–3) for plate-type products ### DD11 yield strength 170–360 MPa (25–52 ksi) transverse; the upper limit is only guaranteed for one month after rolling. Typical coil: 220–300 MPa. ### DD11 tensile strength ≤ 440 MPa (64 ksi max, no minimum); typical 320–400 MPa. ### DD11 elongation ≥ 23 % below 2 mm rising to ≥ 28 % at 5–11 mm (A80 below 3 mm, A above). ### DD11 hardness Not specified; typically 55–85 HRB (≈ 100–150 HV) as rolled. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa. Thickness 1.5–12 mm (mill-dependent; EN 10111 covers up to 11 mm for the elongation table), width 600–2000 mm. ### Weldability Excellent weldability by all arc and resistance processes without preheat (CEV ≈ 0.15–0.25). Pickled DD11+P welds cleaner than scaled material. Use E38/G38 consumables; no PWHT. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Bending to 0.5–1 t inside radius transverse to rolling direction is normal; punching, shearing, laser and plasma cutting are routine (pickled surface improves laser consistency). Moderate stretch forming and shallow drawing are fine; for deep draws in hot-rolled gauge use DD13 or DD14. Machinability of the low-carbon matrix is good but gummy (index ≈ 70 %). Hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication: good, but check Si + 2.5 P ≤ 0.09 % (Sandelin range) if a bright coating is required. Applications: Wheel rims and disc blanks (as DD11–DD13); Automotive chassis brackets, cross-members, seat frames; Pressed pipe fittings, flanges and end caps; Gas cylinders (as DD11/DD12 or P245NB for pressure); Agricultural implements, guards and panels; Steel drums, containers and heavy enclosures; Cold-formed profiles and general sheet-metal fabrication 2–6 mm Q: What is the difference between DD11 and S235JR? A: Both are low-carbon hot-rolled steels, but DD11 (EN 10111) is a forming grade with a yield window of 170–360 MPa and no impact guarantee, while S235JR (EN 10025-2) is a structural grade with a guaranteed 235 MPa minimum yield and 27 J at +20 °C. Use S235JR for load-bearing design; DD11 for pressed and bent parts. Q: Is DD11 the same as StW22? A: Yes. StW22 (DIN 1614) became FeP11 (EN 10111:1991) and then DD11 (EN 10111:1998). Same steel and use. Q: What is DD11+P? A: DD11 supplied pickled (mill scale removed in acid) and lightly oiled — the usual condition for laser cutting, welding and painting without descaling. Q: What is the JIS equivalent of DD11? A: SPHC (JIS G3131) is the commercial hot-rolled forming sheet equivalent to DD11; SPHD ≈ DD12 and SPHE ≈ DD13. Q: Can DD11 be galvanized? A: Yes, both by continuous hot-dip (then it is designated DX51D/DX52D with a hot-rolled substrate) and by batch galvanizing after fabrication. Ask the mill for Si and P control if a smooth, bright zinc layer matters. --- ## DX51D (1.0226) — Hot-dip coated low-carbon steel for bending and profiling URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/dx51d/ System: EN (European) | Family: Cold-rolled & coated sheet | Standard: EN 10346 | Verified against: EN 10346:2015 Aliases: DX51D+Z, DX51D+Z275, DX51D+ZF, DX51D+AZ, DX51D+ZM, DX 51 D, St02Z, St 02 Z, 1.0226, FeP02G, DX51DZ DX51D is the everyday hot-dip galvanized steel sheet: a low-carbon cold-rolled (or hot-rolled) substrate continuously coated with zinc, specified in EN 10346 for bending and profiling. Werkstoff number 1.0226; the old DIN name St02Z is still what many buyers ask for. The designation means D (flat product for cold forming), X (rolling condition not specified — may be hot- or cold-rolled), 51 (bending quality), D (hot-dip coated), plus the coating code: +Z275 is 275 g/m² of zinc over both faces (about 20 µm per side), the European default; Z100 to Z600 exist, and +ZF (galvannealed), +AZ (55 % Al-Zn), +ZA, +ZM (zinc-magnesium, ~2× the corrosion life of Z at the same mass) are alternatives. Mechanically, EN 10346 promises only tensile 270–500 MPa and 22 % elongation — no yield minimum. That is deliberate: DX51D is for roll forming, bending and simple pressing (ducting, profiles, trapezoidal roofing, drywall track). For drawing, the ladder runs DX52D → DX53D → DX54D → DX56D; for load-bearing profiles the structural grades S220GD–S550GD guarantee yield. JIS SGCC, GB DX51D+Z and IS 277 are the same class; ASTM A653 CS Type B G90 is the nearest American equivalent. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.18; Si ≤ 0.5; Mn ≤ 1.2; P ≤ 0.12; S ≤ 0.045; Ti ≤ 0.3 EN 10346:2015 Table 1 (DX51D). The limits are wide because DX51D is defined by formability class, not chemistry; typical coil has C 0.04–0.08, Mn 0.20–0.40. Mechanical properties: - DX51D+Z, all thicknesses (transverse): yield — (no minimum; typ. 200–320) MPa; tensile 270–500 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 55–85 HRB (typ.) - DX52D+Z (for comparison): yield 140–300 MPa; tensile 270–420 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness — - DX53D+Z: yield 140–260 MPa; tensile 270–380 MPa; elongation 30 %; hardness — - DX54D+Z: yield 120–220 MPa; tensile 260–350 MPa; elongation 36 %; hardness — - DX56D+Z: yield 120–180 MPa; tensile 260–350 MPa; elongation 39 %; hardness — EN 10346 Table 4; A80, transverse. DX51D has no guaranteed yield or r/n values — it is a bending and profiling grade. Ductility ladder: DX51D (bending) → DX52D (drawing) → DX53D (deep drawing) → DX54D (special deep) → DX56D (extra deep) → DX57D (super deep). Equivalents: - DX51D+Z (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 2518 adopted the EN designation DX51D+Z. - IS 277 Grade O (IS (India)) — identical: IS 277 galvanized sheet, ordinary (O) grade. - SGCC (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G3302 SGCC: commercial galvanized, Rm ≥ 270 MPa, no yield minimum; coating Z12–Z60 (g/m² one side ×10). Z27 ≈ Z275. - CS Type B (A653) (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A653 Commercial Steel Type B, coating G90 (≈ Z275): the US commercial galvanized sheet; no guaranteed mechanicals, C ≤ 0.15. - DX52D (EN (European)) — near: Next formability class with guaranteed yield 140–300 MPa — order when DX51D cracks in drawing. - 08kp / 08ps galvanized (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 14918 galvanized sheet on 08kp/08ps base, group KhP (cold forming). - S250GD (EN (European)) — functional: Structural galvanized grade with guaranteed 250 MPa yield (EN 10346 Table 5) for load-bearing profiles. - DC01 (EN (European)) — functional: The uncoated cold-rolled base; DX51D is roughly DC01 substrate plus zinc. Superseded names: - St02Z — DIN 17162 (withdrawn): Still the common Turkish/German shop name; St02Z ≈ DX51D+Z. - FeP02G / FeP02GZ — EN 10142:1990: Renamed DX51D in EN 10142:2000, moved to EN 10346 in 2009. - Z1 / Z2 — BS 2989: British commercial galvanized qualities. Product forms: hot-dip galvanized coil and sheet 0.30–3.0 mm (+Z); galvannealed (+ZF), zinc-aluminium (+ZA), aluminium-zinc (+AZ), zinc-magnesium (+ZM) variants; slit strip, cut lengths, pre-painted (EN 10169) base Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10143; coating mass: triple-spot test, e.g. Z275 = 275 g/m² both faces total (≈ 20 µm per face); surface: A (normal), B (improved), C (best, for painting); finish: N (normal spangle), M (minimized spangle) ### DX51D yield strength No guaranteed minimum. Typical coil measures 200–320 MPa; if the design needs a yield value, order DX52D (140–300 MPa) or a structural S250GD/S280GD. ### DX51D tensile strength 270–500 MPa (39–73 ksi) transverse. ### DX51D elongation ≥ 22 % (A80, transverse); reduced by 2 points below 0.7 mm. ### Zinc coating and corrosion life Z275 ≈ 20 µm/face gives roughly 20–40 years in rural C2, 10–20 years in urban C3 and 3–8 years in coastal C4 atmospheres (ISO 9223 categories, EN ISO 14713-1 guidance). Z140 ≈ 10 µm/face; Z600 ≈ 42 µm/face. ZM120 ≈ Z275 in corrosion life at less than half the coating mass. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³ (steel), E = 210 GPa; thickness 0.30–3.0 mm (thicker on request), width to 1800 mm. Coating mass is measured by the triple-spot test in g/m² total for both faces. ### Weldability Resistance spot welding is standard with 10–20 % higher current, electrode dressing and shorter electrode life than uncoated sheet. MAG/laser welding is possible with zinc fume extraction; ZF (galvannealed) welds more easily than Z. Welded areas lose zinc and need zinc-rich paint. Avoid welding ZM without checking fume data. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Roll forming, bending (0.5–1 t radius), punching, shearing, slitting and laser cutting all routine; the zinc coating survives bending without flaking (test per EN 10346 T-bend). Deep drawing is limited (no r-value) — use DX53D+. Cut edges are protected by zinc's sacrificial action up to ~2 mm. Painting: pre-treat (phosphate or chromate-free conversion) or use pre-painted DX51D+Z per EN 10169. Applications: Roofing and cladding sheets (trapezoidal, corrugated), pre-painted or bare; Drywall studs and track, ceiling profiles, light steel framing (S grades for load-bearing); HVAC ducting, ventilation and air-handling units; Electrical enclosures, cable trays, junction boxes; Appliance panels, washing-machine cabinets (as DX52D–DX54D for drawn parts); Automotive underbody parts (DX53D–DX56D+ZF); Fencing, guardrails (often post-galvanized instead), shelving, silos Q: What does DX51D+Z275 mean? A: DX51D = flat cold-forming product, rolling condition not specified, bending quality, hot-dip coated; +Z275 = zinc coating of 275 g/m² total on both faces (≈ 20 µm each side). Additional letters give surface quality (A/B/C), spangle (N/M) and surface treatment (C chromated, O oiled, P phosphated). Q: What is the yield strength of DX51D? A: EN 10346 does not guarantee one. Measured values are usually 200–320 MPa. If the design needs a minimum, order DX52D (140–300 MPa yield) or the structural grade S250GD (≥ 250 MPa). Q: DX51D or DX52D — which for pressing? A: DX51D is for bending and roll forming; DX52D is the first drawing grade with a guaranteed yield window and 26 % elongation. For deep-drawn parts go to DX53D or DX54D. Q: Is DX51D the same as St02Z or SGCC? A: Yes. St02Z was the DIN 17162 name, FeP02G the 1990 EN name, and DX51D the current EN 10346 name. JIS SGCC is the Japanese commercial galvanized equivalent. Q: How long does Z275 galvanizing last? A: Depends on the atmosphere: 20–40 years in rural areas, 10–20 in urban/industrial, 3–8 near the coast. Zinc-magnesium (ZM) coatings double that life at equal mass; pre-painting extends it further. --- ## P265GH (1.0425) — Non-alloy steel for pressure purposes with elevated-temperature properties URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/p265gh/ System: EN (European) | Family: Pressure vessel steel | Standard: EN 10028-2 | Verified against: EN 10028-2:2017 Aliases: P 265 GH, HII, H II, 1.0425, P265GH+N, Fe410-1KW, P265GH steel P265GH is the standard carbon-steel plate for boilers, pressure vessels and heat exchangers in Europe: P for pressure, 265 for the minimum yield in MPa, G for 'other characteristics' and H for guaranteed high-temperature properties. Werkstoff number 1.0425; the pre-1992 name HII (DIN 17155) is still in wide use, especially in Turkey, Germany and the Gulf. What separates it from a structural steel of the same strength is the guarantee package: yield strength tabulated from 50 to 400 °C, Charpy 27 J at −20 °C transverse, sulphur held to 0.010 %, full killing with aluminium, normalized microstructure, and mandatory testing per plate under the Pressure Equipment Directive (EN 10028-2 with EN 10204 3.1/3.2 certification). Tensile is 410–530 MPa, elongation 23 %. The usual US counterpart is ASTM/ASME A516 Grade 60 (yield 220 MPa) — a 'near' match because yield is lower and elevated-temperature values are handled differently in ASME. JIS SB410, GB Q245R and IS 2002 Grade 2 are closer. For service above ~450 °C the next step is 16Mo3. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2; Si ≤ 0.4; Mn 0.8 – 1.4; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.01 (very low sulphur for through-thickness ductility in vessels); Al ≥ 0.02 (total Al; fully killed); N ≤ 0.012; Cr ≤ 0.3; Cu ≤ 0.3; Mo ≤ 0.08; Nb ≤ 0.02; Ni ≤ 0.3; Ti ≤ 0.03; V ≤ 0.02 EN 10028-2:2017 Table 1; Cr + Cu + Mo + Ni ≤ 0.70 %. CEV max 0.40 % (≤ 60 mm), 0.42 % (60–100 mm). Normalized delivery (+N) is mandatory for plate > 16 mm. Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm, +N: yield 265 MPa; tensile 410–530 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness ≈ 120–160 HB (typ.) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 255 MPa; tensile 410–530 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 60 mm: yield 245 MPa; tensile 410–530 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness — - > 60 ≤ 100 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 400–520 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 200 MPa; tensile 390–510 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 100 °C (≤ 60 mm): yield 226 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 200 °C: yield 205 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 300 °C: yield 173 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 400 °C: yield 145 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — EN 10028-2 Tables 2–4; transverse test pieces for plate. Elevated-temperature yield values decrease slightly for thickness > 60 mm. Creep data (EN 10028-2 Annex) allow use to about 480 °C for time-dependent design. Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (transverse; ≥ 40 J longitudinal at −20 °C; ≥ 31 J transverse at 0 °C and ≥ 34 J at +20 °C) Equivalents: - Q245R (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 713 Q245R: yield 245 MPa, Rm 400–520 MPa, 31 J at 0 °C; C ≤ 0.20, Mn 0.50–1.10 — the Chinese boiler and pressure-vessel plate matching P265GH/HII. - IS 2002 Gr. 2 (IS (India)) — identical: IS 2002 Grade 2 pressure-vessel plate: yield 240 MPa, Rm 410–530 MPa. - SB410 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G3103 SB410 boiler plate: yield ≥ 225 MPa, Rm 410–550 MPa, C ≤ 0.24; SPV235 (G3115) is the pressure-vessel equivalent. - A516 Gr. 60 (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A516 Grade 60 (SA-516-60): yield 220 MPa (32 ksi), Rm 415–550 MPa; C ≤ 0.21–0.27 by thickness, no elevated-temperature yield table (ASME Section II-D gives allowables). Closest US boiler-plate grade. - A516 Gr. 65 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 240 MPa, Rm 450–585 MPa — slightly stronger than P265GH. - A516 Grade 70 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 265 MPa, Rm 410–530 MPa — the EN grade most often substituted for A516-60/65; slightly weaker than Grade 70. - P235GH (EN (European)) — near: 1.0345 (ex HI): yield 235 MPa, Rm 360–480 MPa — the lower class; common for tubes. - P295GH (EN (European)) — near: 1.0481 (ex 17Mn4): yield 295 MPa, Rm 460–580 MPa. - 16K / 20K (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5520 16K (yield 245, Rm 400–490) and 20K (yield 245, Rm 410–520): Russian boiler plates. - A285 Gr. C (ASTM / ASME) — functional: Yield 205 MPa, Rm 380–515 MPa; lower-quality pressure plate for low-pressure vessels. - 16Mo3 (EN (European)) — functional: Mo-alloyed step for service above 400–450 °C. - S275JR (EN (European)) — functional: Structural steel of similar strength without elevated-temperature or pressure-equipment certification (no PED compliance). Superseded names: - HII — DIN 17155 (withdrawn 1992): The classic German boiler-plate grade; still the ordering name in much of Europe and the Middle East. - Fe410-1KW / Fe410-2KW — EN 10028-2:1992 / ISO 9328 - P265GH (1.0425) — EN 10028-2:1992: Name and number unchanged since 1992. - 161 Gr 400 / 164 Gr 400 — BS 1501 (withdrawn): Grade 400 (≈ 410 MPa tensile) is the match. - A42CP / A42AP — NF A 36-205 Product forms: plate (EN 10028-2, dominant); strip and sheet (EN 10028-2); seamless tube for pressure (EN 10216-2); welded tube (EN 10217-2); forgings (EN 10222-2 as P280GH); fittings (EN 10253-2) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029 (class A/B thickness, flatness N); strip: EN 10051; tube: EN 10216-2 / EN ISO 1127 ### P265GH yield strength 265 MPa (38.4 ksi) ≤ 16 mm, 255 MPa to 40 mm, 245 MPa to 60 mm, 215 MPa to 100 mm, 200 MPa to 150 mm. Elevated temperature (≤ 60 mm): 226 MPa at 100 °C, 205 at 200 °C, 173 at 300 °C, 145 MPa at 400 °C. ### P265GH tensile strength 410–530 MPa (59–77 ksi) up to 60 mm; 400–520 MPa to 100 mm; 390–510 MPa to 150 mm. ### P265GH hardness Not specified in EN 10028-2; normalized plate is typically 120–160 HB. NACE MR0175 sour service: ≤ 22 HRC is comfortably met. ### Impact toughness Transverse 27 J at −20 °C, 31 J at 0 °C, 34 J at +20 °C; longitudinal 40 / 47 / 55 J. ### Maximum service temperature Design tables to 400 °C (time-independent); creep rupture data allow time-dependent design to about 480 °C. Above that use 16Mo3 or 13CrMo4-5. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 212 GPa at 20 °C (200 GPa at 300 °C), expansion 12.0 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C) to 13.5 (20–400 °C), conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K. ### Weldability Very good weldability (CEV ≤ 0.40 %): all arc processes, E42/G42 or E46 consumables with low hydrogen for pressure work. Preheat normally unnecessary below 30 mm; EN 1011-2 governs thicker joints. PWHT (stress relief 550–600 °C) is required by EN 13445 / AD 2000 above certain thicknesses (typically > 35 mm) or for specific services (H₂S, caustic). Welding procedures must be qualified per EN ISO 15614-1 for PED equipment. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machines like a mild structural steel (index ≈ 70 %). Cold forming: dished ends and shells are cold-formed within EN 13445 strain limits (typically ≤ 5 % without post-forming normalizing); hot forming 900–1050 °C followed by re-normalizing 890–950 °C. Flame cutting is routine; grind cut edges for vessels in cyclic service. Applications: Steam boilers, boiler drums and headers (low-pressure and firetube boilers); Pressure vessels, air receivers, LPG storage vessels (with impact requirements); Heat-exchanger shells, tubesheets (thin), channels; Hot-water storage tanks and district-heating equipment; Seamless pressure tubes (EN 10216-2 P265GH) for boilers and superheaters up to 400 °C; Autoclaves, sterilizers and process vessels in food and chemical plants Q: Is P265GH the same as HII? A: Yes. HII (DIN 17155) became P265GH (EN 10028-2) in 1992 with harmonized limits; material certified to EN 10028-2 P265GH fulfils an old HII requirement. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of P265GH? A: ASTM/ASME A516 Grade 60 is the usual substitute (yield 220 MPa, Rm 415–550 MPa); Grade 65 is closer in strength. Neither has the EN elevated-temperature yield table, and for PED-marked equipment a European Approval for Materials or particular material appraisal is needed. Q: What is the maximum temperature for P265GH? A: 400 °C for design using the tabulated yield values, up to about 480 °C where creep-rupture data are applied. For higher temperatures switch to 16Mo3 (≈ 530 °C) or 13CrMo4-5 (≈ 570 °C). Q: P265GH or S275JR — what is the difference? A: Similar room-temperature strength, but P265GH is a pressure-equipment steel: certified per plate under EN 10028-2, with guaranteed yield at elevated temperature, low sulphur, −20 °C impact and normalized structure. S275JR is a structural steel and cannot be used for PED-scope pressure parts without specific appraisal. Q: Does P265GH need PWHT? A: Not for weldability, but the vessel code decides: EN 13445 and AD 2000 require stress-relief above threshold thicknesses (around 35 mm for carbon steel) and for services such as wet H₂S or caustic. --- ## P355NH (1.0565) — Weldable fine-grain normalized steel for pressure purposes, elevated temperature URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/p355nh/ System: EN (European) | Family: Pressure vessel steel | Standard: EN 10028-3 | Verified against: EN 10028-3:2017 Aliases: P 355 NH, P355N, 1.0562, P355NL1, 1.0566, P355NL2, 1.1106, WStE355, TStE355, 1.0565, P355NH steel P355NH is the 355 MPa class of EN 10028-3, the European standard for normalized, weldable fine-grain steels for pressure purposes. Grain refinement with aluminium, niobium and vanadium (Nb + Ti + V ≤ 0.12 %) gives the toughness that plain C-Mn steel cannot reach at this strength: 27 J at −20 °C transverse for the NH and N variants, −40 °C for NL1 and −50 °C for NL2. The H suffix adds a guaranteed yield table up to 400 °C (210 MPa at 400 °C). Werkstoff number 1.0565; the DIN 17102 name WStE355 is still common. It is the standard plate for LPG spheres and bullets, air receivers, pressure vessels in refineries and chemical plants, and — as P355NL1/NL2 — for ammonia, propane and other refrigerated-gas storage. Because carbon stays ≤ 0.20 % and CEV ≤ 0.43 %, welding is straightforward for a 355 MPa steel. The ASME counterparts are A516-70 (lower yield, 260 MPa) and A537 Class 1 (345 MPa, normalized) — both 'near'; JIS SPV355 is identical in intent. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2; Si ≤ 0.5; Mn 1.1 – 1.7; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.01; Al ≥ 0.02 (total; fine-grain treatment); N ≤ 0.02; Cr ≤ 0.3; Cu ≤ 0.3; Mo ≤ 0.08; Nb ≤ 0.05; Ni ≤ 0.5; Ti ≤ 0.03; V ≤ 0.1 (Nb + Ti + V ≤ 0.12) EN 10028-3:2017 Table 1; Cr + Cu + Mo ≤ 0.45. CEV max 0.43 % (≤ 60 mm), 0.45 % (60–100 mm). P355N (1.0562) same chemistry without elevated-temperature yield; P355NL1 (1.0566): P/S 0.025/0.010, impact −40 °C; P355NL2 (1.1106): Ni ≤ 0.50, impact −50 °C. Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm, +N: yield 355 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 150–190 HB (typ.) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 345 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 60 mm: yield 335 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 60 ≤ 100 mm: yield 315 MPa; tensile 480–620 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 295 MPa; tensile 470–610 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 100 °C (≤ 60 mm): yield 314 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 200 °C: yield 284 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 300 °C: yield 250 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - Rp0.2 at 400 °C: yield 210 MPa; tensile — MPa; elongation — %; hardness — EN 10028-3 Tables 2–4; transverse for plate. Impact (transverse): NH/N ≥ 27 J at −20 °C, ≥ 40 J at 0 °C, ≥ 55 J at +20 °C; NL1 ≥ 27 J at −40 °C; NL2 ≥ 27 J at −50 °C. Longitudinal values are ~15 J higher. Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (transverse (P355NH / P355N); NL1 −40 °C, NL2 −50 °C) Equivalents: - IS 2041 R355 (IS (India)) — identical: IS 2041 (pressure-vessel plate) grade R355. - SPV355 (JIS (Japan)) — identical: JIS G3115 SPV355: yield 355 MPa, Rm 520–640 MPa; SPV355N (normalized). - A516 Gr. 70 (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM/ASME A516-70: yield 260 MPa, Rm 485–620 MPa, C ≤ 0.27–0.31 — the common US vessel plate, but lower yield and no micro-alloy fine-grain guarantee. Order normalized with Charpy (S5) for a closer match. - A537 Cl. 1 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Normalized C-Mn-Si vessel plate: yield 345 MPa (≤ 65 mm), Rm 485–620 MPa — the nearest US equivalent by yield and condition. - A737 Gr. B (ASTM / ASME) — near: Nb micro-alloyed vessel plate, yield 345 MPa, Rm 485–620 MPa. - P355GH (EN (European)) — near: 1.0473 (ex 19Mn6): EN 10028-2 non-fine-grain grade with the same strength; higher C (0.22), CEV 0.45. - S355N (EN (European)) — near: EN 10025-3 structural fine-grain twin without pressure-equipment certification. - Q345R / 16MnDR (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 713 Q345R: yield 345 MPa, Rm 510–640 MPa, impact 0 °C; 16MnDR (GB/T 3531) for −40 °C ≈ P355NL1. - 09G2S (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 5520 09G2S vessel plate: yield 305–345 MPa, Rm 460–490 MPa. - P355QH (EN (European)) — functional: EN 10028-6 quenched & tempered version for thick sections. Superseded names: - WStE355 — DIN 17102 (withdrawn 1996): W = warmfest (elevated temperature) → P355NH. - StE355 — DIN 17102: → P355N (1.0562). - TStE355 — DIN 17102: T = tieftemperatur → P355NL1 (−40 °C). - EStE355 — DIN 17102: → P355NL2 (−50 °C). - Fe E 355 KG / KW / KT — EN 10028-3:1992 (ISO 9328) - BS 1501-225-490B / LT — BS 1501 (withdrawn) Product forms: plate (EN 10028-3); seamless tube (EN 10216-3 P355NH); welded tube (EN 10217-3); forgings (EN 10222-4 P355QH); fittings (EN 10253-2) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; tube: EN 10216-3 / EN ISO 1127 ### P355NH yield strength 355 MPa (51.5 ksi) ≤ 16 mm, 345 MPa to 40 mm, 335 MPa to 60 mm, 315 MPa to 100 mm, 295 MPa to 150 mm. Elevated temperature (≤ 60 mm): 314 MPa at 100 °C, 284 at 200 °C, 250 at 300 °C, 210 MPa at 400 °C. ### P355NH tensile strength 490–630 MPa (71–91 ksi) to 60 mm, 480–620 MPa to 100 mm, 470–610 MPa to 150 mm. ### P355NH impact toughness Transverse 27 J at −20 °C, 40 J at 0 °C, 55 J at +20 °C; P355NL1 27 J at −40 °C; P355NL2 27 J at −50 °C (and 40 J at −20 °C). ### P355NH hardness Not specified; normalized plate ≈ 150–190 HB. HAZ hardness after welding ≤ 350 HV with proper procedure; NACE MR0175 ≤ 22 HRC is met in the base metal. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 212 GPa (20 °C), expansion 12.2 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), conductivity ≈ 45 W/m·K. ### Heat treatment Delivery +N (normalized 890–950 °C or normalizing rolled). PWHT / stress relief 550–600 °C; do not exceed 620 °C (loss of Nb/V precipitation strengthening). Hot forming requires re-normalizing. ### Weldability Good weldability (CEV ≤ 0.43 %): E46/G46 low-hydrogen consumables; preheat per EN 1011-2 above ~25 mm (typically 75–125 °C). PWHT at 550–600 °C where the vessel code requires it (EN 13445 thickness thresholds, or H₂S/caustic service). Limit heat input to ~3.5 kJ/mm to keep HAZ toughness; for NL1/NL2 qualify procedures with impact tests at the design temperature. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability ≈ 60 % (similar to S355). Cold forming of heads and shells within EN 13445 limits (≤ 5 % strain without re-normalizing); hot forming 1050–900 °C then normalize 890–950 °C. Flame cutting with 100 °C preheat above 30 mm. Applications: LPG storage spheres, bullets and road tankers; Air receivers and compressed-gas vessels; Refinery and chemical process vessels, columns, separators; Refrigerated gas storage (ammonia, propane, ethylene at −50 °C as P355NL2); Heat-exchanger shells and channels; Seamless pressure tubes for boilers and pipelines (EN 10216-3); Hydraulic accumulators and high-pressure cylinders (as P355NH or P355QH) Q: What is the difference between P355N, P355NH, P355NL1 and P355NL2? A: Same chemistry and strength. N = normalized, impact 27 J at −20 °C; NH adds guaranteed yield up to 400 °C; NL1 guarantees 27 J at −40 °C; NL2 guarantees 27 J at −50 °C (with Ni ≤ 0.50 %). Choose by service temperature range. Q: Is P355NH the same as WStE355? A: Yes. WStE355 (DIN 17102) became P355NH (1.0565) in EN 10028-3:1992. StE355 → P355N, TStE355 → P355NL1, EStE355 → P355NL2. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of P355NH? A: ASTM/ASME A537 Class 1 (normalized, 345 MPa yield) is the closest; A516 Grade 70 is commonly substituted but has only 260 MPa yield, so wall thickness must be re-checked. Q: What is the yield strength of P355NH at 400 °C? A: 210 MPa (≤ 60 mm). At 100/200/300 °C: 314/284/250 MPa. Q: Can P355NH be used below −20 °C? A: Not on its own guarantee. Order P355NL1 (−40 °C) or P355NL2 (−50 °C); for −100 °C and below, nickel steels (EN 10028-4) are required. --- ## S195T (1.0026) — Non-alloy steel for welded and threaded tubes (water, gas, sprinkler, GI pipe) URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s195t/ System: EN (European) | Family: Pipe & tube steel | Standard: EN 10255 | Verified against: EN 10255:2004+A1:2007 Aliases: S 195 T, 1.0026, St33-2, St 33, S195, BS 1387 steel, EN 10255 M, EN 10255 H, medium series pipe, heavy series pipe, Class B pipe, Class C pipe S195T is the only steel grade in EN 10255, the European standard for water, gas and sprinkler pipe that is screwed or welded — the pipe the trade calls GI pipe, black pipe, gas pipe or, by its old British name, BS 1387 Class B and C. The designation reads S (structural steel), 195 (minimum yield in MPa), T (tube). Werkstoff number 1.0026. Its strength is modest on purpose: the pipe is defined by its wall series — light (L), medium (M, old Class B) and heavy (H, old Class C) — and by a 50 bar leak test on every length, not by the steel. Most S195T tube is high-frequency welded from S235JR-quality strip, hot-dip galvanized to EN 10240 A1 (≥ 55 µm zinc inside and out) and threaded BSPT to EN 10226-1 with a socket per bar. Sizes run DN 6 (⅛") to DN 150 (6"), 6 m long. Medium series is the potable-water and fire-sprinkler standard; heavy series adds wall for pressure and deeper threads. ASTM A53 Grade A/B, GOST 3262 ВГП, JIS SGP and GB/T 3091 are the equivalents in their markets; where the tube is a structural member rather than a line, EN 10219 S235JRH is the right specification. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2; Mn ≤ 1.4; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.03 Ladle analysis, EN 10255:2004 Table 1. Si is not limited; the steel is normally semi- or fully killed. Only one grade is specified in the standard — the series (L/M/H) defines the wall, not the steel. Mechanical properties: - All series, all sizes: yield 195 MPa; tensile 320–520 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≈ 100–130 HB (typ.) - ASTM A53 Grade A (for comparison): yield 205 MPa; tensile 330 min MPa; elongation — %; hardness — - ASTM A53 Grade B: yield 240 MPa; tensile 415 min MPa; elongation — %; hardness — EN 10255 Table 3: ReH ≥ 195 MPa, Rm 320–520 MPa, A ≥ 20 % (L0 = 5.65√S0). Leak-tightness test on every tube: hydrostatic at 50 bar (or eddy-current). Threadable series (M, H) must accept EN 10226-1 taper threads; flattening test to 2/3 D for welded tube. Equivalents: - A53 Grade A (Type E/F) (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A53 Grade A: 205 MPa yield, 330 MPa tensile, welded or seamless, black or galvanized — the US water/gas pipe; Grade B (240/415) is stronger and usually what is stocked. - S235JR (EN (European)) — near: The strip from which most S195T tube is actually made; S235JR coil certified to EN 10255 requirements. - Q195 / Q235 (GB/T 3091) (GB/T (China)) — near: Chinese welded pipe for low-pressure liquid delivery on Q195–Q235 steel. - Ст2сп / Ст3сп (GOST 3262) (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 3262 water-gas pipe (ВГП, обыкновенная/усиленная) on Ст2–Ст3 steel: the CIS equivalent of medium/heavy series. - SGP (JIS G3452) (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3452 carbon steel pipe for ordinary piping, Rm ≥ 290 MPa; galvanized SGP-W. - S235JRH (EN (European)) — functional: Structural hollow-section grade (EN 10219) with 235 MPa yield — the alternative when the pipe is a column or frame member, not a pressure line. - P235TR1 (EN (European)) — functional: EN 10217-1 pressure-purpose welded tube with specified elevated-temperature use; choose when the line is above 50 bar or a pressure code applies. Superseded names: - St33-2 / St 33 — DIN 17100 / DIN 1626: German general steel used for DIN 2440/2441 gas pipe (mittelschwer / schwer). - BS 1387 steel (Class A/B/C) — BS 1387:1985 (withdrawn): Class A = light, B = medium, C = heavy; the names survive in every GI-pipe market (Gulf, India, Africa). - Fe 330 — UNI 8863: Italian threadable tube steel. Product forms: welded (HFI/ERW) tube DN 6–150 (½"–6"), light (L, L1, L2), medium (M) and heavy (H) series; seamless tube in the same series (rare); black, varnished or hot-dip galvanized per EN 10240 (A1–B3); plain, bevelled or threaded ends (EN 10226-1) with socket Tolerances: outside diameter: EN 10255 Table 2 (e.g. 33.7 +0.4/−0.5 mm for DN 25); wall thickness: medium/heavy −10 % (no plus tolerance stated; mass ±7.5 %); length: 4–8 m random, 6 m usual; exact length ±25 mm ### S195T yield strength ≥ 195 MPa (28 ksi). Actual tube made from S235JR strip usually tests 240–300 MPa. ### S195T tensile strength 320–520 MPa (46–75 ksi). ### S195T elongation ≥ 20 % (L0 = 5.65√S0). ### Working pressure The standard guarantees a 50 bar hydrostatic test; typical working pressures used by installers are 16 bar (medium) and 25 bar (heavy) for cold water, subject to the joint and code. Threads are cut after galvanizing. ### Wall series (examples) DN 15 (½", 21.3 mm): L 2.0 · M 2.6 · H 3.2 mm. DN 25 (1", 33.7 mm): L 2.6 · M 3.2 · H 4.0 mm. DN 50 (2", 60.3 mm): L 2.9 · M 3.6 · H 4.5 mm. DN 100 (4", 114.3 mm): M 4.5 · H 5.4 mm. Galvanized mass adds about 3–4 %. ### Weldability Readily weldable (C ≤ 0.20, no preheat); bevelled ends 30° for butt welds. Galvanized tube must be ground back 20–30 mm from the joint, welded with fume extraction and repaired with zinc-rich paint — or joined by threads or grooved couplings to keep the coating intact. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Threading BSPT/NPT, grooving (roll-groove for fire systems), cutting, drilling and bending (cold, radius ≥ 3 D with mandrel for medium series) are routine. Heavy series is preferred for deep threads and repeated re-threading. Applications: Potable-water and irrigation lines (medium series, galvanized); Fire-sprinkler and hydrant mains (grooved or threaded, red-painted); Gas and compressed-air lines at low pressure; Scaffold tube 48.3 × 3.2 (also EN 39), fence posts, handrail; Greenhouse, canopy and light structural frames (or S235JRH); Electrical conduit and cable protection; Street-light and sign posts Q: What is S195T? A: The steel grade of EN 10255 tubes for water, gas and sprinkler lines: 195 MPa minimum yield, 320–520 MPa tensile, 20 % elongation, delivered in light, medium or heavy wall series, black or galvanized, threadable. Q: Is S195T the same as BS 1387 Class B / Class C? A: Effectively yes. BS 1387 was withdrawn in favour of EN 10255; Class B corresponds to the medium series and Class C to the heavy series, with the same outside diameters and walls. "Class B GI pipe" in the Gulf or India means EN 10255 M galvanized. Q: What is the difference between medium and heavy series? A: Wall thickness only: e.g. 1" pipe is 3.2 mm (medium) vs 4.0 mm (heavy). Heavy gives more pressure margin, deeper threads and longer corrosion life; the steel is the same S195T. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of EN 10255 pipe? A: ASTM A53 Grade A (205 MPa) is the direct equivalent; Grade B (240 MPa, 415 MPa tensile) is what most mills stock and dual-certify with EN 10255 where dimensions coincide (Schedule 40 walls are slightly different from medium series). Q: Can EN 10255 pipe be used for structures? A: For handrail, fences and light frames yes; for designed structural members specify EN 10219 S235JRH or S355J2H (cold-formed hollow sections), which guarantee structural properties and tolerances rather than a leak test. --- ## S235JR (1.0038) — Non-alloy hot-rolled structural steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s235jr/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10025-2 | Verified against: EN 10025-2:2019 Aliases: S235JR+AR, S235JR+N, S 235 JR, St37-2, Fe360B, 1.0038 S235JR is the entry grade of EN 10025-2, the European standard for hot-rolled non-alloy structural steels. The designation encodes everything a buyer needs: S = structural, 235 = minimum yield strength in MPa for thicknesses up to 16 mm, J = 27 J Charpy energy, R = tested at room temperature (+20 °C). Its Werkstoff number is 1.0038. It is a low-carbon (≤ 0.17 %) steel supplied as-rolled (+AR) or normalized/normalizing-rolled (+N). Because the carbon equivalent is capped at 0.35 %, it welds without preheat in all common thicknesses, which is why S235JR is the default material for secondary steelwork, general fabrication, light frames and any part where stiffness rather than strength governs the design. S235JR replaced DIN St37-2 and BS 4360 40B in 1994; the old names survive on legacy drawings, so this page lists them alongside the ASTM, JIS, GB and GOST cross-references. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.17 (≤ 40 mm nominal thickness; 0.20 % above 40 mm (product analysis +0.03)); Mn ≤ 1.4; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.035; N ≤ 0.012 (may be exceeded if Al ≥ 0.020 % or other N-binding elements are present); Cu ≤ 0.55 Ladle analysis per EN 10025-2:2019 Table 2. Si is not limited for S235JR; CEV maximum 0.35 % up to 30 mm, 0.38 % up to 150 mm. Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm: yield 235 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness ≈ 100–140 HB (typical) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 225 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 63 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness — - > 63 ≤ 80 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - > 80 ≤ 100 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 195 MPa; tensile 350–500 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 150 ≤ 200 mm: yield 185 MPa; tensile 340–490 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — Rm range applies to 3–100 mm; elongation for L0 = 5.65√S0, longitudinal; transverse values are 2 points lower for flat products. Hardness is not specified by the standard — the HB figure is typical for as-rolled material. Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (longitudinal, ≥ 10 mm thick) Equivalents: - St37-2 (DIN (superseded German)) — identical: Direct successor (1.0038). S235JR guarantees 27 J at +20 °C which St37-2 did not; ordering S235JR always satisfies an St37-2 requirement. - S235JRH (EN (European)) — identical: Same steel as flat/long product to EN 10025-2; the H suffix only marks the hollow-section delivery standard. - A36 (ASTM / ASME) — near: A36 yield 250 MPa (36 ksi) and Rm 400–550 MPa are slightly higher; no impact requirement. Widely accepted as the US counterpart. - A283 Gr. C (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 205 MPa, Rm 380–515 MPa; plate only, no Charpy requirement. - S235J0 (EN (European)) — near: Same chemistry limits with P/S 0.030 %; impact 27 J at 0 °C instead of +20 °C. - S195T (EN (European)) — near: The strip from which most S195T tube is actually made; S235JR coil certified to EN 10255 requirements. - Q235B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 700 Q235B: yield 235 MPa, Rm 370–500 MPa, 27 J at +20 °C — the closest Chinese match; C max 0.20 %. - St3sp (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 380 St3sp (killed): yield 245 MPa ≤ 20 mm, Rm 370–480 MPa; impact tested at +20 °C. - IS 2062 E250 BR (IS (India)) — near: Yield 250 MPa, Rm 410 MPa min; BR = impact tested at room temperature. - SS400 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3101 SS400: yield 245 MPa (≤16 mm), Rm 400–510 MPa; no chemistry limits beyond P and S, no impact test. - S275JR (EN (European)) — functional: Next strength class (275 MPa); substitutes upward for strength but is not identical. - C15 (EN (European)) — functional: Structural steel of similar carbon; not a case-hardening quality (no hardenability or cleanliness control). - DC01 (EN (European)) — functional: Hot-rolled structural steel of similar chemistry; not a cold-rolled forming grade and not interchangeable in surface or gauge. - DD11 (EN (European)) — functional: Structural steel of similar chemistry with guaranteed 235 MPa yield and impact; DD11 has no minimum yield guarantee for structural design. - S250GD (EN (European)) — functional: Uncoated hot-rolled structural steel of similar strength for members that will be post-galvanized. Superseded names: - St37-2 — DIN 17100 (withdrawn 1994): Most common legacy name; still on many drawings and in Turkish, Polish and Middle-East specifications. - Fe360B — EN 10025:1990 / UNI 7070: Renamed S235JR in EN 10025:1993. - 40A / 40B — BS 4360 (withdrawn 1994): 40B is the closer match (impact at +20 °C). - E24-2 — NF A 35-501 (withdrawn): French designation. - S235JRG2 — EN 10025:1993: Fully killed variant; merged into S235JR (1.0038) in EN 10025-2:2004. Product forms: hot-rolled plate and wide flat; hot-rolled coil and sheet; sections (IPE, HEA/HEB, UPN, angles); merchant bar and flat bar; welded hollow sections (as S235JRH, EN 10219) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; hot-rolled coil/sheet: EN 10051; sections: EN 10034 (I/H), EN 10279 (channels), EN 10056-2 (angles); flat bar: EN 10058 ### S235JR yield strength The minimum yield strength (ReH) of S235JR is 235 MPa (34.1 ksi) for thicknesses up to 16 mm, dropping stepwise to 215 MPa at 40–100 mm and 185 MPa at 150–200 mm. Design codes (EN 1993-1-1) use fy = 235 MPa for t ≤ 40 mm and 215 MPa for 40–80 mm. ### S235JR tensile strength Tensile strength (Rm) is 360–510 MPa (52–74 ksi) for 3–100 mm. Mill certificates for coil typically show 400–440 MPa. ### S235JR hardness EN 10025-2 does not specify hardness. As-rolled S235JR measures roughly 100–140 HB (≈ 110–150 HV), which is why it is easily drilled, sheared and punched. ### Density, modulus and thermal properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, Young's modulus 210 GPa, shear modulus 81 GPa, Poisson's ratio 0.30, coefficient of thermal expansion 12 × 10⁻⁶/K (20–100 °C), thermal conductivity ≈ 50 W/m·K. These are the EN 1993-1-1 design values common to all structural carbon steels. ### Carbon equivalent (CEV) Maximum CEV is 0.35 % for t ≤ 30 mm, 0.35 % for 30–40 mm, 0.38 % for 40–150 mm and 0.40 % for 150–250 mm (EN 10025-2 Table 4). ### Weldability S235JR is fully weldable by all arc processes (MMA, MAG, SAW, TIG) without preheat up to about 40 mm thickness thanks to its low CEV (≤ 0.35 %). Use E42 / G42 class consumables (EN ISO 2560 / 14341). For thick sections or high restraint, follow EN 1011-2 for preheat and interpass control; hydrogen-controlled electrodes are recommended above 25 mm. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability is good in the as-rolled condition (index ≈ 70 % relative to 1212 free-cutting steel). Cold forming: minimum inside bend radius per EN 10025-2 Table 7 is 1.0 t for t ≤ 2.5 mm up to 2.0 t for 8–16 mm (transverse); most mills achieve 1 t on coil. Hot forming 900–1100 °C. Normalizing 890–930 °C is possible but rarely needed. S235JR is not intended for hardening; case-hardening is not applicable because of the low carbon content. Applications: General steel construction: purlins, bracing, secondary beams, platforms and stairs; Welded frames, machine bases and guards; Storage racks and shelving profiles; Hollow sections for fences, handrails and light structures (as S235JRH); Base plates, cleats and gusset plates; Pre-painted and hot-dip galvanized steelwork (good galvanizing response when Si is controlled) Q: What does S235JR mean? A: S = structural steel, 235 = minimum yield strength in MPa (up to 16 mm), J = 27 J Charpy impact energy, R = tested at room temperature (+20 °C). The full designation may carry a delivery condition, e.g. S235JR+AR (as rolled) or S235JR+N (normalized). Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S235JR? A: ASTM A36 is the usual substitute: 250 MPa yield and 400–550 MPa tensile, slightly stronger and without a Charpy requirement. For plate, A283 Grade C is also used. Neither is identical, so the match is graded 'near'. Q: Is S235JR the same as St37? A: Practically yes. St37-2 (DIN 17100) was replaced by S235JR in 1994. St37-2 had no guaranteed impact value while S235JR guarantees 27 J at +20 °C, so S235JR always satisfies an St37-2 requirement, but not strictly the other way round. Q: Can S235JR be hardened? A: No. With ≤ 0.17 % carbon it does not respond to quench hardening and it is not a case-hardening grade. Choose C45 or 42CrMo4 for hardened parts. Q: What is the difference between S235JR and S235J2? A: Same strength; the impact test temperature differs: +20 °C for JR, 0 °C for J0, −20 °C for J2. S235J2 also has lower P and S limits (0.025 %) and is always fully killed. --- ## S235JRH (1.0039) — Non-alloy structural steel for cold-formed (EN 10219) and hot-finished (EN 10210) hollow sections URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s235jrh/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10219 | Verified against: EN 10219-1:2019 Aliases: S 235 JRH, 1.0039, S235JRH (EN 10219), S235JRH (EN 10210), St37-2 hollow section, RSt37-2 Hohlprofil, Fe360BH, S235JR hollow section, MS square tube, box section grade S235JRH is what a box section, MS square tube or CHS made in Europe is certified to: the general structural steel S235JR delivered as a hollow section, H for hollow, under EN 10219 (cold-formed, welded) or EN 10210 (hot-finished). Werkstoff number 1.0039. Yield 235 MPa, tensile 360–510 MPa, 27 J at room temperature — the same numbers as the flat product, with the hollow-section standards adding the geometry, tolerances and sectional properties a designer needs. Cold-formed EN 10219 sections are made on a tube mill from S235JR-quality strip, high-frequency welded, then sized square or rectangular; the corners work-harden, which is why EN 10219 quotes 24 % elongation against 26 % for the hot-finished EN 10210 product and assigns buckling curve c instead of a. For fences, furniture, canopies, racking, greenhouse and light building frames S235JRH is the default; for columns, trusses, cranes and anything designed to 355 MPa or needing −20 °C toughness, S355J2H is specified. ASTM A500 Grade B, JIS STKR400 and GB Q235B are the market equivalents; all are slightly stronger on paper because of how their yield is measured on the formed section. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.17; Mn ≤ 1.4; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.04; N ≤ 0.009 (not applicable if Al ≥ 0.020) Ladle analysis, EN 10219-1:2019 Table B.1 (same as S235JR of EN 10025-2). CEV max 0.35 %. Deoxidation: at manufacturer's discretion (FN for JR). Mechanical properties: - EN 10219 cold-formed, t ≤ 16 mm: yield 235 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness ≈ 100–140 HB (typ.) - EN 10210 hot-finished, t ≤ 16 mm: yield 235 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness — - EN 10210 hot-finished, > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 225 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness — - S275J0H / J2H (for comparison): yield 275 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 20 (10219) / 22 (10210) %; hardness — - S355J2H / K2H: yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 (10219) / 22 (10210) %; hardness — EN 10219-1:2019 Table B.3 and EN 10210-1:2006 Table A.3; A longitudinal, L0 = 5.65√S0. Cold forming raises the yield in the corners; EN 1993-1-3 / EN 1993-1-1 give the design values (fy = 235 MPa) and the cold-formed sections are assigned buckling curve c (hot-finished: a). Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (longitudinal) Equivalents: - S235JR (EN (European)) — identical: Same steel as flat/long product to EN 10025-2; the H suffix only marks the hollow-section delivery standard. - A500 Grade B (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A500 Grade B cold-formed welded HSS: 290 MPa yield (round) / 317 MPa (shaped), 400 MPa tensile — the US box-section grade, slightly stronger than S235JRH; Grade C (345 MPa) ≈ S355J2H. - Q235B (GB/T 6728) (GB/T (China)) — near: Chinese cold-formed hollow sections on Q235B: 235 MPa yield, 370–500 MPa tensile, 27 J at +20 °C. - Ст3сп/пс (GOST 30245 / 8639) (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: CIS square and rectangular tube on Ст3 steel, 245 MPa yield class. - STKR400 / STK400 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3466 (rectangular) / G3444 (circular) structural tube: yield ≥ 245 MPa, tensile ≥ 400 MPa. - S355J2H (EN (European)) — functional: The high-strength hollow-section grade for primary members and EN 1090 EXC2/3 components. - S195T (EN (European)) — functional: EN 10255 pipe steel for water/gas lines — not a structural grade; use S235JRH when the tube is a member. Superseded names: - RSt37-2 (Hohlprofil) — DIN 17100 / DIN 59411: German cold-formed hollow sections in RSt37-2. - Fe360BH — EN 10219:1997 (draft names) / EN 10025:1990 - 43C hollow — BS 6363 / BS 4360: British cold-formed hollow sections. Product forms: cold-formed welded square, rectangular and circular hollow sections (EN 10219): SHS 20×20–400×400, RHS to 500×300, CHS to 508 mm, wall 1.5–16 mm; hot-finished hollow sections (EN 10210) in the same grade, wall to 40 mm; lengths 6–18 m Tolerances: EN 10219-2: outside dimension ±1 % (min ±0.5 mm), wall ±10 %, squareness 90° ±1°, straightness 0.2 % of length, corner radius 1.6–3.0 t depending on wall; EN 10210-2 (hot-finished): corner radius ≤ 3 t, mass ±6 %; sectional properties tabulated in Part 2 of each standard ### S235JRH yield strength ≥ 235 MPa (34 ksi) up to 16 mm wall; 225 MPa for 16–40 mm (hot-finished). Corner regions of cold-formed sections test 280–350 MPa. ### S235JRH tensile strength 360–510 MPa (52–74 ksi). ### S235JRH elongation ≥ 24 % cold-formed (EN 10219) / ≥ 26 % hot-finished (EN 10210), longitudinal. ### Impact toughness 27 J at +20 °C (JR). No J0/J2 variant exists for S235 hollow sections — step to S275J0H or S355J2H for cold climates. ### Design values (EN 1993) fy = 235 MPa, fu = 360 MPa; buckling curve c (cold-formed) or a (hot-finished) for flexural buckling; cross-section class depends on b/t — e.g. 100×100×4 is class 1 in S235. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, G = 81 GPa; mass per metre and section properties per EN 10219-2 tables (e.g. SHS 40×40×2: 2.31 kg/m; 100×100×4: 11.9 kg/m). ### Weldability Excellent weldability (CEV ≤ 0.35): MAG, MMA, TIG and submerged-arc without preheat at any wall thickness in the range. Cold-formed corners may be welded in S235JRH without restriction (EN 1993-1-8 limits on welding in cold-formed zones apply from r/t ratios that S235 sections normally satisfy). Galvanized sections: remove zinc 20–30 mm from the joint, ventilate. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Sawing, drilling, punching, laser tube cutting (holes, slots, mitres to DXF), bending on section benders (radius ≥ 5–8 × section depth) and swaging are routine. Cold forming of the finished section (further bending) is allowed within EN 1993-1-3 limits; hot bending changes properties and is not permitted without re-certification. Applications: Square and rectangular hollow sections for fences, gates, handrail and furniture; Canopy, greenhouse, shed and light building frames; Racking, mezzanines and platforms; Machine frames, conveyor structures; Scaffold and formwork components (also S195T / EN 39); Sign posts, lighting columns, guardrail posts; Secondary members in EN 1090 EXC1/EXC2 structures Q: What does the H in S235JRH mean? A: Hollow section: the same S235JR steel delivered as a structural hollow section under EN 10219 (cold-formed welded) or EN 10210 (hot-finished), which add the dimensional tolerances and sectional properties. Q: Is S235JRH the same as S235JR? A: Same chemistry and strength. S235JRH is the designation printed on the certificate of a hollow section; S235JR on plate, strip, bar and sections. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S235JRH? A: ASTM A500 Grade B (290–317 MPa yield, 400 MPa tensile) is the nearest cold-formed HSS grade; JIS STKR400 and GB Q235B are the Asian equivalents. Q: S235JRH or S355J2H — which should I specify? A: S235JRH for fences, furniture, racking, light frames and non-critical members; S355J2H when the design uses 355 MPa yield, for primary members, cranes, cold climates (27 J at −20 °C) and EN 1090 EXC2/3 components. Q: EN 10219 or EN 10210 hollow sections? A: EN 10219 = cold-formed welded (tighter corners, buckling curve c, cheaper, the usual choice); EN 10210 = hot-finished (larger corner radii, stress-relieved, buckling curve a, better for fatigue and dynamic loads). Both use the same grade names. Q: Can S235JRH hollow sections be galvanized? A: Yes — pre-galvanized strip (Z275) for light sections, or hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication to EN ISO 1461 for structural members; vent holes are required for closed sections. --- ## S250GD (1.0242) — Hot-dip coated structural steel, guaranteed 250 MPa yield URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s250gd/ System: EN (European) | Family: Cold-rolled & coated sheet | Standard: EN 10346 | Verified against: EN 10346:2015 Aliases: S250GD+Z, S250GD+Z275, S250GD+ZM, S250GD+AZ, S 250 GD, 1.0242, FeE250G, StE250-2Z, S250GD+ZF S250GD is the first of the structural hot-dip galvanized grades in EN 10346 — the ones ordered when a roll-formed profile has to carry load and the engineer needs a yield value to design to. The designation reads S (structural steel), 250 (minimum yield in MPa), G (hot-dip coated), D (for cold forming); the coating code follows, usually +Z275 (275 g/m² zinc both faces) or, increasingly, +ZM zinc-magnesium at ZM90–ZM120 for the same corrosion life at half the mass. Werkstoff number 1.0242. Against the forming grade DX51D, S250GD trades some ductility (19 % vs 22 % elongation) for a guaranteed 250 MPa yield and 330 MPa tensile — enough for purlins, girts, light-gauge framing, composite floor deck and cable trays designed to EN 1993-1-3. The ladder continues S280GD (the usual purlin grade), S320GD, S350GD (deck and long-span profiles), up to S550GD full-hard for roofing sheets that only need stiffness. ASTM A653 SS Grade 37 and JIS SGC340 are the nearest equivalents; Chinese and Indian standards use the EN name or the yield number directly. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2; Si ≤ 0.6; Mn ≤ 1.7; P ≤ 0.1; S ≤ 0.045 EN 10346:2015 Table 2 (S220GD to S350GD share these limits). Strength comes from carbon/manganese and cold work, not micro-alloying; typical coil C 0.05–0.10, Mn 0.30–0.60. Mechanical properties: - S250GD, all thicknesses (longitudinal): yield 250 MPa; tensile 330 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness ≈ 65–80 HRB (typ.) - S220GD (for comparison): yield 220 MPa; tensile 300 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - S280GD: yield 280 MPa; tensile 360 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness — - S320GD: yield 320 MPa; tensile 390 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness — - S350GD: yield 350 MPa; tensile 420 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - S390GD: yield 390 MPa; tensile 460 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - S450GD: yield 450 MPa; tensile 510 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness — - S550GD: yield 550 MPa; tensile 560 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — EN 10346 Table 5: minimum yield ReH (or Rp0.2), minimum tensile Rm, minimum A80 longitudinal. Values apply to the base steel; for thickness < 0.7 mm elongation minus 2 points. S550GD has no elongation requirement (full-hard). Equivalents: - S250GD+Z (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 2518 adopts the EN designation (also listed as 250 by yield). - IS 277 Grade 250 (IS (India)) — identical: Indian galvanized sheet with 250 MPa yield. - SS Grade 37 (A653) (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A653 Structural Steel Grade 37 [255]: 255 MPa yield, 360 MPa tensile — the closest US structural galvanized grade; SS Grade 33 [230] sits just below. - S280GD (EN (European)) — near: Next class up (280 MPa); the common purlin grade when S250GD is not stocked. - SGC340 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3302 SGC340: yield ≥ 245 MPa, tensile ≥ 340 MPa, A ≥ 20 % — Japanese structural galvanized. - S350GD (EN (European)) — functional: Same chemistry family, 350 MPa yield; used where span tables require it. - DX51D (EN (European)) — functional: Same substrate family without a guaranteed yield — for bending and profiling that is not load-bearing. - S235JR (EN (European)) — functional: Uncoated hot-rolled structural steel of similar strength for members that will be post-galvanized. Superseded names: - FeE250G — EN 10147:1992: Structural galvanized designation before the S…GD names (EN 10147:2000). - StE250-2Z — DIN 17162 (withdrawn): German structural galvanized grade; ≈ S250GD+Z. - Z25 / Z28 — BS 2989: British structural galvanized qualities by yield in kgf/mm². Product forms: hot-dip galvanized coil and sheet 0.40–4.0 mm (+Z, +ZM, +AZ, +ZA, +ZF); slit strip for purlin, deck and profile lines; pre-painted (EN 10169) on S250GD base Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10143; coating mass per EN 10346 (Z275 = 275 g/m² both faces, ≈ 20 µm per face); surface quality A or B; finish N or M ### S250GD yield strength ≥ 250 MPa (36 ksi), longitudinal, ReH or Rp0.2. Typical measured values 270–320 MPa. ### S250GD tensile strength ≥ 330 MPa (48 ksi). No upper limit is specified; typical 350–400 MPa. ### S250GD elongation ≥ 19 % (A80, longitudinal); 17 % below 0.7 mm. ### Design values EN 1993-1-3 uses fyb = 250 MPa and fu = 330 MPa for cold-formed members in S250GD; the cold-forming strength increase (fya) may be used for fully effective sections. E = 210 GPa, density 7.85 g/cm³. ### Coating and corrosion life Z275 ≈ 20 µm/face: roughly 20–40 years in rural C2 air, 10–20 in urban C3, 3–8 near the coast (EN ISO 14713-1 guidance). ZM120 gives about twice the life of Z275 at equal mass and is the trend for solar mounting and agricultural framing. ### Weldability Spot welding and MAG welding as for DX51D+Z: zinc fume extraction, 10–20 % higher current for spot welds, zinc-rich repair paint on heat-affected areas. Structural connections in light-gauge framing are usually self-drilling screws, blind rivets or bolts rather than welds, to keep the coating intact. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Roll forming, punching and slitting are routine; minimum inside bend radius about 1 t (transverse) — the coating passes the EN 10346 T-bend test without flaking. Not a drawing grade (no r-value). Cut edges are protected sacrificially by the zinc up to about 2 mm thickness. Applications: C and Z purlins, girts and eaves beams (S250GD–S350GD); Light-gauge steel framing studs and tracks for load-bearing walls; Composite floor deck and roof deck (usually S280GD–S350GD); Cable trays, ladders and support channels; Solar-panel mounting rails and ground-mount frames (+ZM preferred); Guardrail, agricultural and greenhouse structures; Racking uprights and beams (higher grades for heavy racks) Q: What is the difference between DX51D and S250GD? A: DX51D is a forming grade with no guaranteed yield (tensile 270–500 MPa, 22 % elongation); S250GD is a structural grade with a guaranteed 250 MPa yield and 330 MPa tensile at 19 % elongation. Order S250GD when the profile is load-bearing and designed to EN 1993-1-3. Q: What does S250GD+Z275 mean? A: Structural (S) steel with 250 MPa minimum yield, hot-dip coated (G) for cold forming (D), zinc coating of 275 g/m² total on both faces (+Z275, about 20 µm per side). Q: Is S250GD the same as SS Grade 37 or SGC340? A: Near-equivalent: ASTM A653 SS Grade 37 [255] has 255 MPa yield and 360 MPa tensile; JIS G3302 SGC340 has 245 MPa yield and 340 MPa tensile. All three serve the same purlin and framing applications. Q: Which grade for purlins — S250GD, S280GD or S350GD? A: S280GD is the most common purlin grade in Europe; S250GD is used for light spans and where stock dictates; S350GD where the span table needs it or for deck. Higher yield means smaller sections but slightly less ductility. Q: Can S250GD be supplied pre-painted? A: Yes — pre-painted (PPGI) profiles to EN 10169 are usually on S250GD–S320GD substrate for purlins that stay visible, and on DX51D for non-structural cladding. --- ## S275JR (1.0044) — Non-alloy hot-rolled structural steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s275jr/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10025-2 | Verified against: EN 10025-2:2019 Aliases: S275JR+AR, S 275 JR, St44-2, Fe430B, 1.0044 S275JR sits between S235JR and S355 in the EN 10025-2 family: a non-alloy structural steel with 275 MPa minimum yield up to 16 mm and a tensile range of 410–560 MPa, impact tested to 27 J at +20 °C. Its Werkstoff number is 1.0044. In practice S275JR is the British and Irish default for hot-rolled sections (the successor to BS 4360 43A/43B), while continental Europe tends to jump from S235 directly to S355. Buyers see it most in universal beams and columns, angles, flats and hollow sections. Carbon is allowed up to 0.21 % and CEV up to 0.40 %, so preheat is still unnecessary in ordinary thicknesses. When a drawing says St44-2 or Fe430B, S275JR is the grade to order; when it says A36, check the design — A36 yield is 250 MPa, so S275JR is the safe upward substitute but A36 is not a downward one. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.21 (≤ 40 mm; 0.25 % above 40 mm); Mn ≤ 1.5; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.035; N ≤ 0.012; Cu ≤ 0.55 Ladle analysis, EN 10025-2:2019 Table 2. CEV max 0.40 % up to 30 mm, 0.42 % 40–150 mm. Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm: yield 275 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness ≈ 120–160 HB (typical) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 265 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 63 mm: yield 255 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 63 ≤ 80 mm: yield 245 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - > 80 ≤ 100 mm: yield 235 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 225 MPa; tensile 400–540 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness — Rm range for 3–100 mm; elongation L0 = 5.65√S0, longitudinal. Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (longitudinal) Equivalents: - A572 Gr. 42 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 290 MPa (42 ksi), Rm 415 MPa min — slightly stronger, HSLA chemistry. - Q275B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 700 Q275: yield 275 MPa, Rm 410–540 MPa; B = 27 J at +20 °C. - IS 2062 E275 BR (IS (India)) — near: Yield 275 MPa, Rm 430 MPa min, room-temperature impact. - A36 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: A36 yield 250 MPa is below 275 MPa; A36 is not a drop-in replacement where the design used fy = 275. - S235JR (EN (European)) — functional: Lower class; S275JR can replace S235JR, not vice versa. - S355JR (EN (European)) — functional: Higher class; same delivery conditions. - P265GH (EN (European)) — functional: Structural steel of similar strength without elevated-temperature or pressure-equipment certification (no PED compliance). - S280GD (EN (European)) — functional: Uncoated hot-rolled equivalent by yield for members that will be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. - SS400 (JIS (Japan)) — functional: Yield 245 MPa, below S275; SM400 is closer on impact but also 245 MPa. Superseded names: - St44-2 — DIN 17100 (withdrawn): Legacy German name, still used in Turkey and the Gulf. - Fe430B — EN 10025:1990 - 43A / 43B — BS 4360: 43B matches the +20 °C impact requirement. - E28-2 — NF A 35-501 Product forms: hot-rolled plate; hot-rolled coil and sheet; sections and merchant bar; hollow sections (S275JRH, EN 10210/10219) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; coil/sheet: EN 10051; sections: EN 10034 / EN 10279 ### S275JR yield strength Minimum ReH is 275 MPa (39.9 ksi) ≤ 16 mm, 265 MPa to 40 mm, 255 MPa to 63 mm, 245 MPa to 80 mm and 235 MPa to 100 mm. EN 1993-1-1 design value fy = 275 MPa (t ≤ 40 mm) / 255 MPa (40–80 mm). ### S275JR tensile strength Rm is 410–560 MPa (59–81 ksi); typical certificates show 430–470 MPa. ### S275JR hardness Not specified in the standard; as-rolled material is about 120–160 HB. ### Density and modulus 7.85 g/cm³ and E = 210 GPa — identical to all EN 10025 carbon steels. ### Weldability Weldable by all processes without preheat up to ~30 mm (CEV ≤ 0.40 %). Match with E42 / G42 consumables; for thick, restrained joints use EN 1011-2 to set preheat. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Slightly harder to machine than S235JR but still free-cutting with HSS or carbide. Minimum bend radius (transverse) 1.0 t ≤ 2.5 mm to 2.5 t at 8–16 mm per EN 10025-2 Table 7. Not hardenable. Applications: Hot-rolled sections for buildings (UK/IE practice: UB, UC, PFC); Hollow sections for architectural and light industrial frames; Trailer chassis and agricultural equipment frames; Crane runway secondary members; Galvanized structural steelwork Q: What is S275JR equivalent to in ASTM? A: There is no exact ASTM match. A572 Grade 42 (290 MPa yield) is the nearest by strength; A36 (250 MPa) is weaker and only a functional substitute after a design check. Q: Is S275JR the same as St44-2? A: S275JR replaced St44-2 (DIN 17100) in 1994 with an added 27 J impact guarantee at +20 °C. For ordering purposes they are treated as the same grade. Q: What is the difference between S275JR and S355JR? A: Yield strength: 275 vs 355 MPa. S355JR also allows more carbon (0.24 %) and has a higher CEV limit (0.45 %), so it needs more welding care in thick sections. Q: Where is S275JR used instead of S235JR? A: Wherever the design is strength-governed rather than deflection-governed: beams and columns, trailer frames, lifting-equipment secondary members. UK/Irish section stock is mostly S275 or S355, rarely S235. --- ## S280GD (1.0244) — Hot-dip coated structural steel, guaranteed 280 MPa yield — the purlin grade URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s280gd/ System: EN (European) | Family: Cold-rolled & coated sheet | Standard: EN 10346 | Verified against: EN 10346:2015 Aliases: S280GD+Z, S280GD+Z275, S280GD+ZM, S280GD+AZ, S 280 GD, 1.0244, FeE280G, StE280-2Z, S280GD+ZF S280GD is the grade most European purlin and light-gauge framing lines run on: a hot-dip galvanized structural sheet with a guaranteed 280 MPa yield and 360 MPa tensile that still bends and roll-forms cleanly at 18 % elongation. Werkstoff number 1.0244; ordered as S280GD+Z275 for enclosed buildings, +Z350 or +ZM120 where the frame is exposed or in humid climates, and as the substrate under pre-painted purlins. Within EN 10346 it sits between S250GD (light purlins, cable trays) and S320GD/S350GD (deck, long spans, racking). Compared with the forming grade DX51D there is no formability loss that matters for open profiles, but the guaranteed yield lets the designer use EN 1993-1-3 section tables instead of a conservative assumption. ASTM A653 SS Grade 40 and JIS SGC400 are the working equivalents; span tables published by purlin manufacturers in the Gulf and Africa are commonly based on S280GD or S350GD. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2; Si ≤ 0.6; Mn ≤ 1.7; P ≤ 0.1; S ≤ 0.045 EN 10346:2015 Table 2, common to S220GD–S350GD. Mills reach 280 MPa with C 0.06–0.12 and Mn 0.40–0.80 plus temper rolling; no Nb/V in this class. Mechanical properties: - S280GD, all thicknesses (longitudinal): yield 280 MPa; tensile 360 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness ≈ 70–85 HRB (typ.) - S250GD (for comparison): yield 250 MPa; tensile 330 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness — - S320GD: yield 320 MPa; tensile 390 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness — - S350GD: yield 350 MPa; tensile 420 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — EN 10346 Table 5, minimum values, A80 longitudinal; minus 2 points below 0.7 mm. Typical S280GD coil tests 300–340 MPa yield. Equivalents: - S280GD+Z (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 2518 adopts the EN designation. - SS Grade 40 (A653) (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A653 Structural Steel Grade 40 [275]: 275 MPa yield, 380 MPa tensile — the US purlin and deck grade. - S250GD (EN (European)) — near: One class lower; interchangeable for light purlins if the span table allows. - S350GD (EN (European)) — near: One class higher; chosen for deck and long-span purlins. - IS 277 Grade 275 (IS (India)) — near: Indian galvanized sheet, 275 MPa yield. - SGC400 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3302 SGC400: yield ≥ 295 MPa, tensile ≥ 400 MPa, A ≥ 18 %; slightly stronger. - S275JR (EN (European)) — functional: Uncoated hot-rolled equivalent by yield for members that will be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Superseded names: - FeE280G — EN 10147:1992: Pre-2000 designation. - StE280-2Z — DIN 17162 (withdrawn): German structural galvanized grade. - Z28 — BS 2989: British structural galvanized quality, 28 kgf/mm² ≈ 275 MPa. Product forms: hot-dip galvanized coil and sheet 0.50–4.0 mm (+Z, +ZM, +AZ); slit strip for C/Z purlin, sigma and deck lines; pre-painted (EN 10169) base for visible purlins and trays Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10143; coating mass per EN 10346 (Z275 standard for structural use; Z350/Z450 for exposed frames); surface A or B, finish N or M ### S280GD yield strength ≥ 280 MPa (41 ksi), longitudinal. Typical 300–340 MPa. ### S280GD tensile strength ≥ 360 MPa (52 ksi); typical 380–430 MPa. ### S280GD elongation ≥ 18 % (A80, longitudinal); 16 % below 0.7 mm. ### Design values EN 1993-1-3: fyb = 280 MPa, fu = 360 MPa; average yield fya may be increased for cold-forming in fully effective sections. E = 210 GPa. ### Coating and corrosion life Z275 (≈ 20 µm/face) — 10–20 years in urban C3, 20–40 in rural C2; Z450 or ZM140 for coastal or agricultural exposure. Cut edges under 2 mm are protected by the zinc's sacrificial action. ### Weldability Weldable as DX51D+Z with fume extraction and zinc-rich repair; purlin systems normally use bolted cleats, sleeves and self-drilling screws so the coating stays intact. Spot welding needs 10–20 % more current and electrode dressing. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Roll forming, punching (bolt holes on the line), swaging and slitting are routine; inside bend radius ≥ 1 t transverse recommended, EN 10346 T-bend test guaranteed. Not intended for drawing. Applications: C, Z and sigma purlins and girts (the reference grade); Light-gauge steel framing (LSF) studs, tracks and joists; Composite and roof deck (with S350GD); Cable trays, ladders, strut channels; Solar mounting rails and trackers (+ZM); Shelving and light racking; Highway and agricultural fencing posts Q: What is S280GD used for? A: Mainly C/Z purlins, girts, light-gauge framing and deck: any roll-formed galvanized profile that carries load and is designed with a 280 MPa yield to EN 1993-1-3. Q: S280GD or S350GD for purlins? A: S280GD is the standard; S350GD gives about 20 % more moment capacity from the same section and is chosen for long spans, deck and heavy racking. Ductility drops from 18 % to 16 %, which is irrelevant for open profiles. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S280GD? A: ASTM A653 SS Grade 40 [275] — 275 MPa yield, 380 MPa tensile. JIS SGC400 (295 MPa) is slightly stronger. Q: What coating should I specify for purlins? A: Z275 for enclosed buildings in dry inland climates; Z350–Z450 or ZM120–ZM140 for exposed frames, coastal sites and agricultural buildings; pre-painted on S280GD where purlins remain visible. Q: Is S280GD available thicker than 3 mm? A: Yes, to about 4.0 mm from continuous galvanizing lines; heavier purlins (4–6 mm) are usually hot-rolled S275JR/S355JR profiles hot-dip galvanized after forming. --- ## S350GD (1.0529) — Hot-dip coated structural steel, guaranteed 350 MPa yield — deck and long-span profiles URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s350gd/ System: EN (European) | Family: Cold-rolled & coated sheet | Standard: EN 10346 | Verified against: EN 10346:2015 Aliases: S350GD+Z, S350GD+Z275, S350GD+ZM, S350GD+AZ, S 350 GD, 1.0529, FeE350G, StE350-2Z, S350GD+ZF S350GD is the structural galvanized grade for members that are designed to their limit: composite floor deck, long-span roof deck, heavy-duty purlins, pallet-racking uprights, highway guardrail and solar trackers. EN 10346 guarantees 350 MPa yield and 420 MPa tensile at 16 % elongation; Werkstoff number 1.0529. Ordered as S350GD+Z275 (Z350–Z600 or +ZM for exposed frames) and, for deck, usually with a surface quality B and a minimized spangle so the concrete-side embossing is uniform. It is the top of the plain carbon-manganese structural class in EN 10346 — S390GD and above are micro-alloyed — and roughly 20 % stronger than S280GD from the same section, which is why deck manufacturers publish their span tables on S350GD. Ductility is lower (16 %); bend radii on deck ribs and racking hooks are sized accordingly. ASTM A653 SS Grade 50 Class 1 and JIS SGC440 are the equivalents used in North American and Asian deck catalogues. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2; Si ≤ 0.6; Mn ≤ 1.7; P ≤ 0.1; S ≤ 0.045 EN 10346:2015 Table 2 (S220GD–S350GD). Some mills reach 350 MPa with a small Nb or Ti addition within these limits; above S350GD the micro-alloyed classes (S390GD–S450GD) apply. Mechanical properties: - S350GD, all thicknesses (longitudinal): yield 350 MPa; tensile 420 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness ≈ 80–90 HRB (typ.) - S320GD (for comparison): yield 320 MPa; tensile 390 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness — - S390GD: yield 390 MPa; tensile 460 MPa; elongation 16 %; hardness — - S420GD: yield 420 MPa; tensile 480 MPa; elongation 15 %; hardness — - S450GD: yield 450 MPa; tensile 510 MPa; elongation 14 %; hardness — - S550GD: yield 550 MPa; tensile 560 MPa; elongation — %; hardness — EN 10346 Table 5, minimum values, A80 longitudinal; minus 2 points below 0.7 mm. S550GD (full-hard) has no elongation requirement and is for stiffness-only roofing sheet, not for designed members. Equivalents: - S350GD+Z (GB/T (China)) — identical: GB/T 2518 adopts the EN designation (also 350 by yield). - SS Grade 50 (A653) (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A653 Structural Steel Grade 50 [340] Class 1: 340 MPa yield, 450 MPa tensile — the US deck and framing grade. - S280GD (EN (European)) — near: One class lower — the general purlin grade. - S390GD (EN (European)) — near: First micro-alloyed class above S350GD, for heavy racking and structural deck. - IS 277 Grade 340 (IS (India)) — near: Indian galvanized sheet, 340 MPa yield. - SGC440 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3302 SGC440: yield ≥ 335 MPa, tensile ≥ 440 MPa, A ≥ 18 %. - S355JR (EN (European)) — functional: Uncoated hot-rolled equivalent by yield, for profiles hot-dip galvanized after forming. - S250GD (EN (European)) — functional: Same chemistry family, 350 MPa yield; used where span tables require it. Superseded names: - FeE350G — EN 10147:1992: Pre-2000 designation. - StE350-2Z — DIN 17162 (withdrawn): German structural galvanized grade. - Z35 — BS 2989: British structural galvanized quality, 35 kgf/mm² ≈ 345 MPa. Product forms: hot-dip galvanized coil and sheet 0.60–4.0 mm (+Z, +ZM, +AZ); slit strip for deck, purlin and racking lines; pre-painted (EN 10169) base Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10143; coating mass per EN 10346 (Z275 standard; Z350–Z600 or ZM for exposed use); surface A or B, finish N or M ### S350GD yield strength ≥ 350 MPa (51 ksi), longitudinal. Typical 370–420 MPa. ### S350GD tensile strength ≥ 420 MPa (61 ksi); typical 440–500 MPa. ### S350GD elongation ≥ 16 % (A80, longitudinal); 14 % below 0.7 mm. ### Design values EN 1993-1-3: fyb = 350 MPa, fu = 420 MPa. For composite slabs EN 1994-1-1 uses the deck yield as fyp = 350 MPa. E = 210 GPa. ### Coating and corrosion life Z275 ≈ 20 µm/face for interior deck and purlins; Z450–Z600 or ZM140–ZM200 for guardrail, agricultural and coastal frames (EN ISO 14713-1 categories C3–C5). Hot-dip galvanizing after forming (EN ISO 1461, 70–85 µm) is the alternative for heavy exposed members. ### Weldability Shear studs on composite deck are welded through the deck to the beam (EN 1994-1-1, stud welding through galvanized sheet ≤ 1.25 mm total zinc-coated thickness). Other joints are screwed, riveted or bolted; MAG welding needs fume extraction and zinc-rich repair paint. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Roll forming with embossing (deck), punching and slitting are routine; recommended inside bend radius ≥ 1.5 t transverse. The higher yield increases springback — profile tooling is set for S350GD specifically. Not a drawing grade. Applications: Composite floor deck and steel roof deck (the reference grade); Long-span and heavy-duty C/Z/sigma purlins; Pallet-racking uprights and beams; Highway guardrail W-beam and posts (often Z600 or post-galvanized); Solar trackers and ground-mount structures (+ZM); Light-gauge framing joists for longer spans; Silo and tank wall panels (with S390GD–S450GD) Q: What is S350GD used for? A: Composite and roof deck, long-span purlins, racking, guardrail and solar structures — galvanized profiles designed with a 350 MPa yield to EN 1993-1-3 or EN 1994-1-1. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S350GD? A: ASTM A653 SS Grade 50 [340] Class 1 (340 MPa yield, 450 MPa tensile); JIS G3302 SGC440 (335 MPa) is the Japanese counterpart. Q: S350GD vs S355JR — what is the difference? A: Same nominal yield, different product: S350GD is a continuously galvanized thin sheet (0.6–4 mm) for roll forming to EN 10346; S355JR is uncoated hot-rolled plate, strip and sections to EN 10025-2 that would be galvanized after fabrication. Q: Can S350GD be bent as tightly as S280GD? A: Not quite — elongation is 16 % vs 18 % and springback is higher. Use an inside radius of at least 1.5 t and set tooling for the grade; deck ribs and racking hooks are designed around this. Q: Which zinc coating for guardrail in S350GD? A: Most highway specifications call for Z600 continuous coating or, more commonly, hot-dip galvanizing after forming to EN ISO 1461 with 70–85 µm; the sheet grade stays S350GD or S420GD. --- ## S355J2 (1.0577) — Non-alloy hot-rolled structural steel, −20 °C impact URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s355j2/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10025-2 | Verified against: EN 10025-2:2019 Aliases: S355J2+N, S355J2+AR, S355J2G3, St52-3 N, Fe510D, 1.0577, S355J2+M S355J2 is the plate grade engineers actually specify when they write "S355": 355 MPa minimum yield, 470–630 MPa tensile and a Charpy guarantee of 27 J at −20 °C, Werkstoff number 1.0577. The J2 suffix also brings tighter cleanliness (P, S ≤ 0.025 %) and mandatory full killing, so the steel is more uniform than S355JR from the same mill. Most S355J2 plate is delivered normalized or normalizing-rolled (+N), giving a fine ferrite–pearlite structure that keeps toughness in thicknesses up to 250 mm. Crane makers, bridge fabricators and machinery builders standardize on it because it covers most temperate-climate service without moving to the fine-grain S355N/NL family of EN 10025-3. Old drawings call it St52-3 N or Fe510D; in the United States ASTM A572 Grade 50 with Charpy supplement (or A709-50 for bridges) is the practical equivalent, and in China Q355D. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.22 (≤ 30 mm; 0.22 % above 30 mm); Si ≤ 0.55; Mn ≤ 1.6; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.025; Cu ≤ 0.55 Ladle analysis, EN 10025-2:2019 Table 2. Fully killed (FF). No N limit because Al-killed. CEV max 0.45 % (≤ 30 mm) to 0.47 % (40–150 mm). Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm: yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 150–190 HB (typical) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 345 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 63 mm: yield 335 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - > 63 ≤ 80 mm: yield 325 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - > 80 ≤ 100 mm: yield 315 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 295 MPa; tensile 450–600 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness — - > 150 ≤ 200 mm: yield 285 MPa; tensile 450–600 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness — - > 200 ≤ 250 mm: yield 275 MPa; tensile 450–600 MPa; elongation 17 %; hardness — Same strength table as S355JR/J0/K2. Elongation longitudinal, L0 = 5.65√S0. Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (longitudinal) Equivalents: - St52-3 (DIN (superseded German)) — identical: Successor of St52-3 N (1.0577); same yield table, tensile 470–630 MPa, 27 J at −20 °C, cleaner P/S. - S355J2H (EN (European)) — identical: Same steel as plate, strip and sections to EN 10025-2; H marks the hollow-section standard. - A572 Gr. 50 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 345 MPa, Rm 450 MPa min; order with supplementary S5 (Charpy) to approach J2 toughness. - A709 Gr. 50 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Bridge version of A572-50 with Charpy requirement by zone; closest US match for bridge plate. - S355JR (EN (European)) — near: Same strength; JR tested at +20 °C, higher P/S allowed. - S355N (EN (European)) — near: EN 10025-3 normalized fine-grain steel, same strength up to 16 mm, better guaranteed toughness and weldability (Nb/V/Ti grain refinement). - Q355D (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 1591 Q355D: 355 MPa yield, 34 J at −20 °C; quality D is the −20 °C class matching J2. - 09G2S-12 (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: Category 12 = impact at −40 °C; low-alloy 09G2S exceeds S355J2 toughness but yield is 325–345 MPa. - IS 2062 E350 C (IS (India)) — near: Yield 350 MPa, quality C = impact at −20 °C. - SM490B (JIS (Japan)) — near: Yield 325 MPa, Rm 490–610 MPa, 27 J at 0 °C (not −20 °C); SM490YB is closer on yield (365 MPa). - S355J2W (EN (European)) — functional: Same mechanical properties without the weathering alloying — use where the steel is painted or galvanized. - S355MC (EN (European)) — functional: Normalized/as-rolled structural steel of the same yield; heavier chemistry (C ≤ 0.22), larger bend radii, chosen for plate and sections rather than cold-formed parts. Superseded names: - St52-3 N — DIN 17100: Normalized St52-3; the direct predecessor. - Fe510D / Fe510D1 — EN 10025:1990 - S355J2G3 — EN 10025:1993: G3 = normalized delivery; merged into S355J2 in the 2004 edition. - 50D — BS 4360 - E36-4 — NF A 35-501 Product forms: hot-rolled plate (most common, usually +N); hot-rolled coil; sections; bar and flat; hollow sections (S355J2H) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029 class A (thickness), flatness class N; coil/sheet: EN 10051; sections: EN 10034 ### S355J2 yield strength Minimum ReH 355 MPa (51.5 ksi) to 16 mm, 345 MPa to 40 mm, 335 MPa to 63 mm, 325 MPa to 80 mm, 315 MPa to 100 mm, 295 MPa to 150 mm and 275 MPa up to 250 mm. ### S355J2 tensile strength Rm 470–630 MPa (68–91 ksi) to 100 mm, 450–600 MPa from 100 to 250 mm. ### S355J2 hardness Not a standard requirement; normalized plate is typically 150–190 HB. Flame-cut edges can locally reach 250–300 HV and should be ground before cold bending. ### Impact energy 27 J at −20 °C (longitudinal, full-size specimen). Transverse values, if ordered, are typically ≥ 20 J. ### Weldability Good weldability with E46 / G46 consumables. CEV up to 0.45–0.47 %; for t > 25 mm calculate preheat with EN 1011-2 (typically 50–125 °C). Low-hydrogen consumables (≤ 5 ml/100 g) are standard for cranes and bridges. PWHT not usually required; if performed, 550–600 °C. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machines like S355JR (index ≈ 60 %). Cold bending of +N plate: minimum radius 1.5–3 t transverse depending on thickness (EN 10025-2 Table 7). Hot forming 950–1100 °C followed by re-normalizing 880–920 °C to restore J2 toughness. Flame cutting: preheat 100 °C above 30 mm to avoid edge cracking. Applications: Crane girders, booms and structural parts of lifting equipment; Bridge plate girders and orthotropic decks (+N); Machinery frames and earthmoving-equipment structures; Wind-turbine tower shells; Heavy plate for shipbuilding secondary structure and offshore modules; Hollow sections S355J2H for exposed architectural steelwork Q: What does J2 mean in S355J2? A: J = 27 J minimum Charpy V-notch energy, 2 = test temperature −20 °C. Compare JR (+20 °C), J0 (0 °C) and K2 (40 J at −20 °C). Q: Is S355J2 the same as S355J2+N? A: +N is the delivery condition (normalized or normalizing-rolled). S355J2 without a suffix may be supplied +AR, +N or +M at the mill's choice; specify +N when you need guaranteed toughness through thickness. Q: What is the difference between S355J2 and S355N? A: S355N (EN 10025-3) is a normalized fine-grain steel with Nb/V/Ti additions and a guaranteed 40 J at −20 °C (S355NL: 27 J at −50 °C). It is used where toughness matters more than cost. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S355J2? A: ASTM A572 Grade 50 with supplementary requirement S5 (Charpy), or A709 Grade 50 for bridges. Neither is identical — yield is 345 MPa and Charpy values are by agreement. Q: Can S355J2 be used at −30 °C? A: The guarantee is at −20 °C. For −30 °C and below, order S355K2 or S355N/NL (EN 10025-3) or S355ML (EN 10025-4). --- ## S355J2H (1.0576) — Non-alloy structural steel for hollow sections, 355 MPa, −20 °C impact URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s355j2h/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10219 | Verified against: EN 10219-1:2019 Aliases: S 355 J2H, 1.0576, S355J2H (EN 10219), S355J2H (EN 10210), S355J0H, S355K2H, St52-3 hollow section, St52-3 Hohlprofil, Fe510DH, S355 hollow section, S355J2 tube S355J2H is the grade engineers write on the drawing when a hollow section is a primary member: columns, truss chords, crane and stadium structures, offshore and machinery frames. It is S355J2 — 355 MPa yield, 470–630 MPa tensile, 27 J at −20 °C — delivered as a structural hollow section (H) under EN 10219 (cold-formed welded) or EN 10210 (hot-finished). Werkstoff number 1.0576. The −20 °C toughness is what separates it from S355J0H (0 °C) and makes it the default in EN 1090 EXC2/EXC3 components and in cold-climate export markets. Cold-formed EN 10219 sections are roll-formed and HF-welded from S355J2 strip; the corners work-harden, elongation is 20 % (22 % hot-finished) and buckling curve c applies. For fatigue-loaded or dynamically loaded members, EN 10210 hot-finished sections — stress-relieved, larger corner radii, curve a — are preferred, at a premium. Thermomechanical S420MH/S460MH exist in EN 10219 for weight-critical trusses. ASTM A500 Grade C and A1085, JIS STKR490, GB Q355B/D and GOST 09Г2С tube are the market equivalents. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.22; Si ≤ 0.55; Mn ≤ 1.6; P ≤ 0.03; S ≤ 0.03 Ladle analysis, EN 10219-1:2019 Table B.1 (as S355J2 of EN 10025-2). Fully killed (FF); CEV max 0.45 % (≤ 16 mm). S355J0H has the same chemistry with P/S ≤ 0.035; S355K2H requires 40 J at −20 °C. Mechanical properties: - EN 10219 cold-formed, t ≤ 16 mm: yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness ≈ 150–190 HB (typ.) - EN 10210 hot-finished, t ≤ 16 mm: yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - EN 10210 hot-finished, > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 345 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - S275J2H (for comparison): yield 275 MPa; tensile 410–560 MPa; elongation 20 / 22 %; hardness — - S420MH / S460MH (EN 10219, TM): yield 420 / 460 MPa; tensile 500–660 / 530–720 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness — EN 10219-1:2019 Table B.3 and EN 10210-1:2006 Table A.3; A longitudinal, L0 = 5.65√S0. Design per EN 1993-1-1 with fy = 355 MPa; cold-formed sections take buckling curve c, hot-finished curve a. EN 1993-1-8 restricts welding within 5 t of cold-formed corners for r/t < 1.5–3 depending on wall. Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (longitudinal) Equivalents: - S355J2 (EN (European)) — identical: Same steel as plate, strip and sections to EN 10025-2; H marks the hollow-section standard. - A500 Grade C (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A500 Grade C cold-formed welded HSS: 317 MPa (round) / 345 MPa (shaped) yield, 427 MPa tensile — the US structural box-section grade; A1085 (345 MPa, tighter tolerances, 25 J at 4 °C) is closer to EN 10219 S355J2H. - A1085 (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A1085 HSS: 345 MPa yield, 450 MPa tensile, Charpy option, tolerances aligned with EN 10219 — the closest US specification. - S420MH (EN (European)) — near: Thermomechanical high-strength hollow-section grade of EN 10219 for weight-critical trusses. - Q355B / Q355D (GB/T 6728) (GB/T (China)) — near: Chinese cold-formed hollow sections on Q355: 355 MPa yield; D quality has 27 J at −20 °C like J2H. - 09Г2С (GOST 30245) (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: CIS square and rectangular tube on 09Г2С low-alloy steel, 345 MPa yield, −40 °C impact. - STKR490 / STK490 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3466 / G3444 structural tube: yield ≥ 325 MPa, tensile ≥ 490 MPa. - S235JRH (EN (European)) — functional: The general-purpose hollow-section grade for light frames and fences. Superseded names: - St52-3 (Hohlprofil) — DIN 17100 / DIN 59411: German hollow sections in St52-3; direct predecessor. - Fe510DH — EN 10025:1990 / EN 10219:1997 draft - 50D hollow — BS 6363 / BS 4360: British cold-formed hollow sections. - S355J2G3H — EN 10210:1994: Normalized hot-finished variant; merged into S355J2H. Product forms: cold-formed welded square, rectangular and circular hollow sections (EN 10219): SHS 40×40–400×400, RHS to 500×300, CHS to 508 mm, wall 2–16 mm; hot-finished hollow sections (EN 10210), wall to 40 mm (larger sizes to 500×500 / 1 016 mm CHS); lengths 6–18 m Tolerances: EN 10219-2: outside dimension ±1 % (min ±0.5 mm), wall ±10 %, squareness 90° ±1°, straightness 0.2 %, corner radius 1.6–3.0 t; EN 10210-2: corner radius ≤ 3 t, mass ±6 %; sectional properties tabulated in Part 2 ### S355J2H yield strength ≥ 355 MPa (51 ksi) up to 16 mm wall; 345 MPa for 16–40 mm (hot-finished). Cold-formed corners test 400–450 MPa. ### S355J2H tensile strength 470–630 MPa (68–91 ksi). ### S355J2H elongation ≥ 20 % cold-formed (EN 10219) / ≥ 22 % hot-finished (EN 10210), longitudinal. ### Impact toughness 27 J at −20 °C (Charpy V, longitudinal). S355K2H: 40 J at −20 °C. ### Design values (EN 1993) fy = 355 MPa, fu = 470 MPa; buckling curve c (cold-formed) or a (hot-finished); many common sizes (e.g. 150×150×5) are class 2–3 in S355 where they were class 1 in S235 — check b/t limits. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, G = 81 GPa; section properties per EN 10219-2 / EN 10210-2 (e.g. SHS 100×100×4: 11.9 kg/m, Wel = 36.0 cm³; RHS 200×100×6: 26.4 kg/m). ### Weldability Good weldability (CEV ≤ 0.45): preheat rarely needed below 20 mm wall; use consumables of 470 MPa class (G 46 / E 46, or G 42 for under-matching at nodes). EN 1993-1-8 §4.14 limits welding in the cold-formed corner zone unless r/t satisfies the table (e.g. r/t ≥ 3 for t ≤ 12 mm) or the section is hot-finished. Galvanized sections: grind zinc back before welding, provide vent holes for closed members. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Sawing, drilling, laser tube cutting (mitres, slots, notches to DXF), section bending (radius ≥ 6–10 × depth for S355) and end preparation are routine; punching thick walls needs more press force than S235. Hot bending or normalizing after cold forming requires re-testing. Applications: Columns, beams and bracing in steel buildings (EN 1090 EXC2/3); Roof and space trusses, stadium and airport roofs; Crane girders, gantries and machinery frames; Bridges and footbridges (often hot-finished EN 10210); Offshore and marine structures (with impact-tested K2H / fine-grain grades); Truck, trailer and agricultural machine frames; Wind-turbine internals, transmission towers Q: What is the difference between S355J2H and S355J2? A: Same steel; H means it is delivered as a structural hollow section under EN 10219 or EN 10210, which add the geometry, tolerances and sectional properties. The certificate of a box section or CHS reads S355J2H. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S355J2H? A: ASTM A500 Grade C (345 MPa shaped) is the common cold-formed HSS equivalent; ASTM A1085 (345 MPa, tighter tolerances, Charpy option) matches EN 10219 S355J2H more closely. Q: When do I need S355J2H instead of S235JRH? A: When the design uses 355 MPa yield (smaller sections for the same load), for primary members, cranes and dynamic loads, for cold climates (27 J at −20 °C), and for EN 1090 EXC2/EXC3 CE-marked components. Q: Cold-formed (EN 10219) or hot-finished (EN 10210) S355J2H? A: Cold-formed is cheaper, more available and fine for static structures; hot-finished has larger corner radii, no residual stresses, buckling curve a and better fatigue performance — specified for bridges, cranes and offshore work. Q: Can I weld at the corners of cold-formed S355J2H sections? A: Only within EN 1993-1-8 limits: welding in the cold-formed zone (5 t either side of the corner) needs r/t above the tabulated value (e.g. ≥ 3 for t ≤ 12 mm) or the section must be hot-finished or normalized. Most EN 10219 S355J2H sections meet this for t ≤ 12 mm. Q: Is S355J2H suitable for galvanizing? A: Yes — hot-dip galvanizing after fabrication (EN ISO 1461) is standard for outdoor structures; Si and P are within the ranges that give a normal zinc layer, and vent/drain holes are required on closed sections. --- ## S355J2W (1.8965) — Weathering (atmospheric-corrosion-resistant) structural steel, −20 °C impact URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s355j2w/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10025-5 | Verified against: EN 10025-5:2019 Aliases: S355J2W+N, S355J2W+AR, S355J2G2W, S355J2G1W, WTSt52-3, WT St 52-3, 1.8965, Corten B, COR-TEN B, weathering steel, S355J0W, S355K2W S355J2W is the weathering structural steel of EN 10025-5 — the grade Europe buys when the drawing says Corten B (the ArcelorMittal/US Steel trade name) or the old German WTSt52-3. A copper-chromium-nickel addition (Cu 0.25–0.55, Cr 0.40–0.80, Ni ≤ 0.65 %) makes the rust that forms in wet-dry cycles dense and adherent instead of flaky, so an unpainted bridge girder, façade panel, chimney or sculpture stabilises at a 0.1–0.2 mm patina and then corrodes at a tenth of the rate of plain carbon steel. Werkstoff number 1.8965. The mechanical table is that of S355J2: 355 MPa yield, 470–630 MPa tensile, 27 J at −20 °C. The patina needs alternating wet and dry exposure; permanently damp details, chloride-rich coastal air (> 2 km from the sea is the usual limit), and sheltered crevices do not form it and corrode as ordinary steel. Design details therefore avoid water traps, and run-off is managed because early rust stains concrete and glass. Thin façade sheet (1.5–3 mm) is delivered pre-rusted or blasted; plate for bridges is normally +N. ASTM A588 Grade A/B is the direct US equivalent; A242 and A606 Type 4 cover the thin, phosphorus-bearing variants (EN S355J2WP); JIS SMA490 and GB Q355NH are the Asian counterparts. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.16; Si ≤ 0.5; Mn 0.5 – 1.5; P ≤ 0.03; S ≤ 0.03; Cr 0.4 – 0.8; Cu 0.25 – 0.55; Ni ≤ 0.65; Mo ≤ 0.3; Zr ≤ 0.15 Ladle analysis, EN 10025-5:2019 Table 2. Fully killed; N ≤ 0.009 unless Al-bound. Copper and chromium (with nickel) form the dense, adherent oxide layer; the WP variants (S355J0WP/J2WP) instead use P 0.06–0.15 % and are limited to ≤ 12 mm. CEV max 0.52 % (≤ 16 mm). Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm: yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 150–190 HB (typ.) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 345 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 63 mm: yield 335 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - > 63 ≤ 80 mm: yield 325 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - > 80 ≤ 100 mm: yield 315 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 295 MPa; tensile 450–600 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness — EN 10025-5:2019 Table 4 — identical strength table to S355J2 (EN 10025-2). Elongation longitudinal, L0 = 5.65√S0; transverse values 2 points lower. Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (longitudinal) Equivalents: - A588 Grade A / B (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A588: 345 MPa yield, 485 MPa tensile, Cu-Cr-Ni(-V) weathering steel for bridges — the US Corten B; Grade A is Cr-rich, Grade B Ni-rich, both within S355J2W chemistry ranges. - S235J2W (EN (European)) — near: Lower-strength weathering grade (235 MPa) for façades and non-critical members. - Q355NH (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 4171 weathering structural steel, 355 MPa yield; Q355NH (Cu-Cr-Ni) ≈ S355J2W, Q355GNH ≈ WP type. - 10ХНДП / 14ХГНДЦ (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 19281 weathering (Cu-Ni-P and Cu-Cr-Ni) structural steels of 345–355 MPa class. - SMA490BW / CW (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3114 welded structural weathering steel, 355 MPa yield (≤ 16 mm), 490–610 MPa tensile; B = 0 °C, C = −5 °C impact. - A242 Type 1 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: ASTM A242: the original Cu-P weathering steel (345 MPa ≤ 19 mm) — closer to S355J2WP; used for sheet and light sections. - A606 Type 4 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: ASTM A606 Type 4 sheet and strip with enhanced corrosion resistance (345 MPa) — the thin-gauge façade equivalent. - S355J2 (EN (European)) — functional: Same mechanical properties without the weathering alloying — use where the steel is painted or galvanized. Superseded names: - WTSt52-3 — DIN 17100 / SEW 087: German weathering structural steel; direct predecessor. - S355J2G1W / S355J2G2W — EN 10155:1993: G1 = as-rolled, G2 = normalized; merged into S355J2W in EN 10025-5:2004. - Fe510D2K1 — EN 10155:1993 (Fe designation) - WR50B / WR50C — BS 4360: British weathering grades. Product forms: hot-rolled plate 2–150 mm (+AR or +N); hot-rolled coil and sheet 1.5–12 mm (façade and cladding); sections, flats and bar; hollow sections as S355J2WH (EN 10219/10210) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029 class A, flatness N; coil/sheet: EN 10051; sections: EN 10034 / EN 10279 ### S355J2W yield strength ≥ 355 MPa (51 ksi) up to 16 mm, stepping down to 295 MPa at 150 mm — same table as S355J2. ### S355J2W tensile strength 470–630 MPa (68–91 ksi) up to 100 mm; 450–600 MPa above. ### S355J2W elongation ≥ 22 % (longitudinal, ≤ 40 mm); 18 % at 150 mm. ### Impact toughness 27 J at −20 °C (Charpy V, longitudinal). Order S355K2W for 40 J at −20 °C. ### Corrosion rate After patina formation (1–3 years, C2–C3 atmospheres): about 5 µm/year vs 30–50 µm/year for unprotected S355J2; EN 1993-1-1 / EN 1993-2 allow a 1 mm per exposed face corrosion allowance over 100 years in suitable environments. Not for permanently wet, buried, marine (C5) or de-icing-salt-splashed positions without paint. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa, thermal expansion 12 × 10⁻⁶/K — identical to carbon structural steel. ### Weldability Weldable by all arc processes with the same preheat rules as S355J2 (CEV ≤ 0.52; preheat 50–100 °C above ~25 mm combined thickness). For exposed welds use matching weathering consumables (e.g. EN ISO 2560 E 42 4 Z B / AWS E8018-W2, or Cu-Ni-bearing wires) so the weld patinates with the plate; for painted or multi-pass root runs, ordinary S355 consumables are acceptable except the cap. Remove mill scale beside the weld for uniform patina. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Cut by plasma, laser and oxy-fuel as S355; the Cr-Cu content slightly increases tool wear when drilling. Cold bending radius ≥ 2 t (plate) / 1.5 t (sheet); hot forming 850–1 100 °C. Blasting to Sa 2½ before exposure gives an even patina; pre-weathering (accelerated rusting) is offered for façade sheet. Applications: Highway and railway bridges (unpainted girders, cross-beams); Building façades, cladding and screens in pre-weathered sheet; Transmission and lighting towers, masts, guardrail; Chimneys, silos, hoppers, conveyor structures; Shipping containers (thin A606/S355J2WP-type sheet); Sculpture, landscape and garden elements; Rail wagons and truck bodies (with S355J2WP) Q: Is S355J2W the same as Corten B? A: For specification purposes yes: Corten B is a trade name; its chemistry and 345–355 MPa yield fall within ASTM A588 Grade A/B and EN 10025-5 S355J2W. Corten A is the phosphorus type, closer to S355J2WP / A242. Q: How long does weathering steel take to form its patina? A: Typically 1–3 years in a temperate C2–C3 atmosphere with wet-dry cycling; faster with pre-weathering treatment. During that period rust run-off can stain adjacent surfaces. Q: Can S355J2W be used near the sea? A: Not unpainted within about 2 km of the coast or where de-icing salt is splashed: chlorides prevent a stable patina and the steel corrodes like ordinary S355. Paint it or choose stainless there. Q: Does weathering steel need painting? A: No, that is its purpose — but details must drain, avoid crevices and allow drying. Painted weathering steel still benefits: coating life is longer because under-film corrosion is slower. Q: What is the difference between S355J2W and S355J2WP? A: J2W is the Cu-Cr-Ni type for all thicknesses (bridges, plate); J2WP is the Cu-P type (P 0.06–0.15 %) limited to ≤ 12 mm, mainly sheet for façades and containers, with slightly better patina but poorer weldability in thick sections. Q: What welding consumable for S355J2W? A: Matching weathering-grade consumables (AWS E8018-W2 / EN ISO 2560 with Cu-Ni) for exposed cap passes; standard S355 consumables are acceptable for root and fill or where the joint will be painted. --- ## S355JR (1.0045) — Non-alloy hot-rolled structural steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s355jr/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10025-2 | Verified against: EN 10025-2:2019 Aliases: S355JR+AR, S 355 JR, St52-3 U, Fe510B, 1.0045, S355 S355JR is the strength workhorse of European structural steel: 355 MPa minimum yield, 470–630 MPa tensile, 27 J Charpy at +20 °C, Werkstoff number 1.0045. It is still a non-alloy steel — strength comes from up to 0.24 % C and 1.60 % Mn rather than micro-alloying — which is why the carbon equivalent limit rises to 0.45 % and welding thick sections calls for a preheat check. The S355 family (JR, J0, J2, K2) shares one strength table and differs only in impact temperature and cleanliness. JR is the coil and section grade for mild climates; plate for cranes, bridges and offshore is almost always ordered as J2 or K2. If a specification simply says "S355", ask which suffix — the difference decides whether the steel is accepted at −20 °C. S355JR replaced DIN St52-3 U and BS 4360 50B; the US counterpart is ASTM A572 Grade 50, the Chinese Q355B (formerly Q345B). Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.24 (≤ 40 mm; 0.24 % above 40 mm); Si ≤ 0.55; Mn ≤ 1.6; P ≤ 0.035; S ≤ 0.035; N ≤ 0.012; Cu ≤ 0.55 Ladle analysis, EN 10025-2:2019 Table 2. CEV max 0.45 % up to 30 mm, 0.47 % 30–40 mm, 0.47 % 40–150 mm. Mechanical properties: - ≤ 16 mm: yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 140–190 HB (typical) - > 16 ≤ 40 mm: yield 345 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — - > 40 ≤ 63 mm: yield 335 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - > 63 ≤ 80 mm: yield 325 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - > 80 ≤ 100 mm: yield 315 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - > 100 ≤ 150 mm: yield 295 MPa; tensile 450–600 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness — Rm range for 3–100 mm; longitudinal elongation, L0 = 5.65√S0. Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (longitudinal) Equivalents: - A572 Gr. 50 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 345 MPa (50 ksi), Rm 450 MPa min; HSLA with Nb/V, no impact requirement unless supplementary S5 is ordered. - A992 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 345–450 MPa, Rm 450 MPa min; shapes only, with a yield/tensile ratio cap of 0.85. - St52-3 (DIN (superseded German)) — near: Successor of St52-3 U (impact at +20 °C). - S355J2 (EN (European)) — near: Same strength; impact at −20 °C, P/S ≤ 0.025 %, fully killed. - Q355B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 1591 Q355B: yield 355 MPa, Rm 470–630 MPa, 34 J at +20 °C — the direct successor of Q345B and the closest Chinese match. - 09G2S (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 19281 09G2S: yield 325–345 MPa, Rm 470–490 MPa; low-alloy Mn-Si steel, better cold toughness. - IS 2062 E350 BR (IS (India)) — near: Yield 350 MPa, Rm 490 MPa min, room-temperature impact. - SM490A (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3106 SM490A: yield 325 MPa (≤ 16 mm), Rm 490–610 MPa; A = no impact requirement, B = 27 J at 0 °C. - S275JR (EN (European)) — functional: Higher class; same delivery conditions. - S350GD (EN (European)) — functional: Uncoated hot-rolled equivalent by yield, for profiles hot-dip galvanized after forming. Superseded names: - St52-3 U — DIN 17100: St52-3 U (unkilled-tested at +20 °C) ≈ S355JR; St52-3 N ≈ S355J2. - Fe510B — EN 10025:1990 - 50B — BS 4360 - E36-2 — NF A 35-501 Product forms: hot-rolled plate; hot-rolled coil and sheet; sections (IPE, HE, UPN, angles); bar; hollow sections (S355JRH) Tolerances: plate: EN 10029; coil/sheet: EN 10051; sections: EN 10034 / EN 10279 ### S355JR yield strength Minimum ReH 355 MPa (51.5 ksi) ≤ 16 mm, 345 MPa to 40 mm, 335 MPa to 63 mm, 325 MPa to 80 mm, 315 MPa to 100 mm. EN 1993-1-1: fy = 355 MPa (t ≤ 40 mm), 335 MPa (40–80 mm). ### S355JR tensile strength Rm 470–630 MPa (68–91 ksi) for 3–100 mm; typical mill values 510–560 MPa. ### S355JR hardness Not specified; as-rolled S355 measures about 140–190 HB (150–200 HV). ### Carbon equivalent CEV max 0.45 % ≤ 30 mm, 0.47 % for 30–150 mm. Above ~25 mm or with high restraint, preheat 50–100 °C is common practice per EN 1011-2. ### Weldability Weldable with E46 / G46 consumables (EN ISO 2560 / 14341). Because CEV may reach 0.45 %, calculate preheat with EN 1011-2 Method A for t > 25 mm; low-hydrogen processes are standard. Post-weld heat treatment is not normally required. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Machinability index ≈ 60 %; carbide tooling recommended for sections above 20 mm. Minimum transverse bend radius per EN 10025-2 Table 7: 1.0 t (≤ 2.5 mm) to 3.0 t (8–16 mm). Hot forming 950–1100 °C; normalizing 880–920 °C restores properties after hot work. Not hardenable in the useful sense — it is not a heat-treatable grade. Applications: Primary steel structures: beams, columns, trusses, portal frames; Crane girders and lifting-equipment structures (as S355J2/K2); Bridges (S355J2+N, S355K2+N or S355N/NL); Heavy transport and trailer chassis; Wind-tower sections and offshore secondary steel (S355J2 or S355ML); Hollow sections S355J2H for architectural structures Q: What is the difference between S355JR and S355J2? A: Strength is identical. S355J2 is impact tested at −20 °C (JR at +20 °C), has P and S limited to 0.025 % and is always fully killed. Plate for cranes, bridges and cold climates is ordered as J2. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S355JR? A: ASTM A572 Grade 50 (345 MPa / 50 ksi yield) is the standard substitute; A992 for rolled shapes. Both are HSLA steels without a default Charpy requirement, so they are graded 'near'. Q: Is S355 the same as St52? A: Yes in ordering practice: St52-3 (DIN 17100) became S355 in EN 10025:1993. St52-3 U corresponds to S355JR and St52-3 N to S355J2. Q: Does S355JR need preheat for welding? A: Not below ~25 mm in ordinary joints. Above that, or with high restraint and CEV near 0.45 %, EN 1011-2 typically gives 50–100 °C preheat with low-hydrogen consumables. --- ## S355MC (1.0976) — Thermomechanically rolled HSLA steel for cold forming URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s355mc/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10149-2 | Verified against: EN 10149-2:2013 Aliases: S 355 MC, 1.0976, QStE380TM, QStE 380 TM, Domex 355 MC, S355MC+P, HSLA 355, S355 MC S355MC is the workhorse of EN 10149-2, the European standard for thermomechanically rolled high-strength steels for cold forming. The designation reads S (structural), 355 (minimum yield, MPa), M (thermomechanical rolling), C (suitable for cold forming). Werkstoff number 1.0976; the old German name QStE380TM and the SSAB trade name Domex 355 MC are still used at the shop floor. What separates it from ordinary S355J2 is the metallurgy: carbon is held to 0.12 %, sulphur to 0.020 %, and strength comes from niobium/vanadium/titanium micro-alloying plus controlled rolling, giving a fine ferrite grain. The result is a strip that bends to 0.5 t radius in thin gauge without cracking, welds without preheat, and punches cleanly — which is why trailer chassis, truck frames, crane booms, agricultural implements and cold-formed structural profiles are made from it rather than from normalized plate. The EN 10149-2 ladder runs S315MC → S355MC → S420MC → S460MC → S500MC → S550MC → S600MC → S650MC → S700MC (and S900/S960MC); each step raises yield and tightens the allowable bend radius. ASTM A1011 HSLAS-F Grade 50 and JIS SAPH440 are the sheet equivalents. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.12; Si ≤ 0.5; Mn ≤ 1.5; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.02; Al ≥ 0.015; Nb ≤ 0.09; V ≤ 0.2; Ti ≤ 0.15 Ladle analysis, EN 10149-2:2013 Table 1. Fully killed, fine-grain (Al ≥ 0.015 total); Nb + V + Ti ≤ 0.22 %. Low carbon and sulphur are what give the grade its cold-forming and welding behaviour; CEV typically 0.25–0.35. Mechanical properties: - < 3 mm (A80): yield 355 MPa; tensile 430–550 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness ≈ 130–170 HB (typ.) - ≥ 3 mm (A5): yield 355 MPa; tensile 430–550 MPa; elongation 23 %; hardness — - S315MC (for comparison): yield 315 MPa; tensile 390–510 MPa; elongation 20 / 24 %; hardness — - S420MC: yield 420 MPa; tensile 480–620 MPa; elongation 16 / 19 %; hardness — - S460MC: yield 460 MPa; tensile 520–670 MPa; elongation 14 / 17 %; hardness — - S500MC: yield 500 MPa; tensile 550–700 MPa; elongation 12 / 14 %; hardness — - S600MC: yield 600 MPa; tensile 650–820 MPa; elongation 11 / 13 %; hardness — - S700MC: yield 700 MPa; tensile 750–950 MPa; elongation 10 / 12 %; hardness — EN 10149-2:2013 Table 2, longitudinal; A80 for t < 3 mm, A (L0 = 5.65√S0) for t ≥ 3 mm. Transverse tensile allowed up to 20 MPa lower. Minimum inside bend radius (transverse to rolling): S355MC 0.5 t for t ≤ 3 mm, 1.0 t for 3–6 mm, 1.5 t above 6 mm. Impact: 40 J at -20 °C (longitudinal, option) Equivalents: - A1011 HSLAS-F Grade 50 (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A1011 High-Strength Low-Alloy with improved Formability, Grade 50 [340]: 340 MPa yield, 410 MPa tensile, inclusion-controlled for bending — the US sheet equivalent. - S420MC (EN (European)) — near: Next class in EN 10149-2 (420 MPa) — the usual step up for trailer chassis. - S355MC (EN 10149-2) vs S355NC (EN 10149-3) (EN (European)) — near: NC is the normalized-rolled version with the same yield but slightly larger bend radii. - Q355 (QStE380TM-type) (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 1591 Q355 or the automotive GB/T 3273 grades of 355–380 MPa class. - SAPH440 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3113 hot-rolled automotive structural sheet: yield ≥ 305 MPa, tensile ≥ 440 MPa, good formability. - A572 Grade 50 (ASTM / ASME) — functional: Same yield class (345 MPa) as plate/sections, but not thermomechanically rolled and without the guaranteed bend radii. - S355J2 (EN (European)) — functional: Normalized/as-rolled structural steel of the same yield; heavier chemistry (C ≤ 0.22), larger bend radii, chosen for plate and sections rather than cold-formed parts. - S700MC (EN (European)) — functional: The general cold-forming HSLA grade — roughly half the yield, twice the elongation. Superseded names: - QStE380TM — SEW 092 (withdrawn): German thermomechanical HSLA grade; direct predecessor with 380 MPa yield. - FeE355TM — EN 10149-2:1995 (draft names) - Domex 355 MC — SSAB trade name: Widely used as a generic term for S355MC in Northern Europe. Product forms: hot-rolled coil and strip 1.5–20 mm (+P pickled and oiled usual); cut-to-length sheet and plate to 20 mm; slit strip for roll forming and tube mills Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10051 (special class often ordered); surface: as-rolled or pickled; EN 10163 not applicable to strip ### S355MC yield strength ≥ 355 MPa (51 ksi), longitudinal, all thicknesses 1.5–20 mm. Typical 380–430 MPa. ### S355MC tensile strength 430–550 MPa (62–80 ksi). ### S355MC elongation ≥ 19 % (A80, t < 3 mm) / ≥ 23 % (A5, t ≥ 3 mm). ### Minimum bend radius (transverse) 0.5 t for t ≤ 3 mm, 1.0 t for 3 < t ≤ 6 mm, 1.5 t for t > 6 mm (EN 10149-2 Table 3). Longitudinal bends may need one step larger. ### Impact toughness Option: 40 J at −20 °C longitudinal (27 J transverse) for t ≥ 6 mm; mills typically supply 40 J at −40 °C on request. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa; CEV 0.25–0.35 (very good weldability). ### Weldability Excellent: no preheat up to about 20 mm combined thickness thanks to C ≤ 0.12 and CEV ≈ 0.30. Use consumables matching 355–420 MPa (e.g. G 42 / G 46, E 42); keep heat input moderate (≤ 1.5 kJ/mm on thin gauge) so the fine TM grain is not coarsened in the HAZ. Post-weld heat treatment is not required and normalizing must be avoided — it destroys the TM properties. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Punching, shearing, laser and plasma cutting are routine and give clean edges suitable for bending without cracking. Cold forming is the purpose of the grade: press braking, roll forming, flanging; keep the bend axis transverse to rolling where radii are tight. Hot forming above 600 °C is not permitted (TM steel). Applications: Trailer, semi-trailer and truck chassis longitudinal members; Crane and aerial-platform booms (S355MC–S700MC); Agricultural and construction machinery frames and buckets; Cold-formed structural profiles, C/Z sections and welded box sections; Tube mills for high-strength structural and mechanical tube; Automotive wheels, seat frames, brackets; Racking uprights and mezzanine floors Q: What is the difference between S355MC and S355J2? A: Same 355 MPa yield, different product: S355MC is thermomechanically rolled strip (C ≤ 0.12, Nb/V/Ti) made for cold forming with guaranteed tight bend radii and easy welding; S355J2 is as-rolled or normalized structural plate/sections (C ≤ 0.22) to EN 10025-2. MC must not be normalized or hot-formed. Q: What does MC mean in S355MC? A: M = thermomechanical rolling, C = suitable for cold forming (with specified minimum bend radii). The NC grades of EN 10149-3 are normalized-rolled. Q: What is the minimum bend radius of S355MC? A: 0.5 t up to 3 mm, 1.0 t from 3 to 6 mm and 1.5 t above 6 mm, transverse to the rolling direction (EN 10149-2 Table 3). Q: Is S355MC the same as QStE380TM or Domex 355? A: QStE380TM (SEW 092) was the German predecessor with 380 MPa yield; Domex 355 MC is SSAB's brand meeting S355MC. Both are treated as S355MC in practice. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of S355MC? A: ASTM A1011 HSLAS-F Grade 50 [340] for sheet and strip (340 MPa yield, improved formability); A572 Grade 50 is the plate/section counterpart by yield but without the cold-forming guarantees. Q: Does S355MC need preheating for welding? A: Not up to about 20 mm combined thickness; keep heat input moderate to preserve the fine grain, and never normalize after welding. --- ## S700MC (1.8974) — Thermomechanically rolled ultra-high-strength steel for cold forming URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/s700mc/ System: EN (European) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: EN 10149-2 | Verified against: EN 10149-2:2013 Aliases: S 700 MC, 1.8974, QStE690TM, QStE 690 TM, Domex 700 MC, Strenx 700 MC, S700MC+P, HSLA 700, S700 MC S700MC is the strongest grade most cold-forming shops will ever roll: an EN 10149-2 thermomechanically rolled strip with 700 MPa minimum yield and 750–950 MPa tensile, still weldable and bendable at 10–12 % elongation. Werkstoff number 1.8974; QStE690TM in the old German nomenclature, Domex/Strenx 700 MC in the trade. The metallurgy is a very low carbon (≤ 0.12, typically 0.06 %) fine-grained ferrite–bainite matrix strengthened by Ti, Nb, V and Mo precipitates and, in some mills, boron — controlled rolling and accelerated cooling do the rest. It exists to take weight out of structures: a crane boom, trailer chassis rail or tipper body in S700MC is 40–50 % lighter than the S355 equivalent for the same load, which is payload, fuel and reach. The price is stricter forming rules (bend radius ≥ 1.5–2.5 t, no hot forming, springback compensation), stricter welding heat input, and a fatigue design that respects the higher stresses. There is no exact ASTM equivalent in A1011 (Grade 80 stops at 550 MPa); SAE J1392 100XF and mill grades cover the US market. For plate above about 12 mm the quenched-and-tempered S690QL (EN 10025-6) is the alternative. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.12; Si ≤ 0.6; Mn ≤ 2.1; P ≤ 0.025; S ≤ 0.015; Al ≥ 0.015; Nb ≤ 0.09; V ≤ 0.2; Ti ≤ 0.22; Mo ≤ 0.5; B ≤ 0.005 Ladle analysis, EN 10149-2:2013 Table 1 (S600MC–S700MC). Nb + V + Ti ≤ 0.22 %. Mills typically use C 0.05–0.08, Mn 1.6–2.0, Ti 0.10–0.15 with Nb/Mo/B for precipitation and bainitic strengthening; CEV about 0.35–0.45 despite the low carbon. Mechanical properties: - < 3 mm (A80): yield 700 MPa; tensile 750–950 MPa; elongation 10 %; hardness ≈ 240–290 HB (typ.) - ≥ 3 mm (A5): yield 700 MPa; tensile 750–950 MPa; elongation 12 %; hardness — - S600MC (for comparison): yield 600 MPa; tensile 650–820 MPa; elongation 11 / 13 %; hardness — - S650MC: yield 650 MPa; tensile 700–880 MPa; elongation 10 / 12 %; hardness — - S900MC: yield 900 MPa; tensile 930–1 200 MPa; elongation 8 / 10 %; hardness — - S960MC: yield 960 MPa; tensile 980–1 250 MPa; elongation 7 / 10 %; hardness — EN 10149-2:2013 Table 2, longitudinal; A80 for t < 3 mm, A (L0 = 5.65√S0) for t ≥ 3 mm; for t > 8 mm the minimum yield may be 20 MPa lower. Minimum inside bend radius (transverse): S700MC 1.5 t for t ≤ 3 mm, 2.0 t for 3–6 mm, 2.5 t above 6 mm (mill grades such as Strenx 700 MC Plus guarantee tighter). Impact: 40 J at -20 °C (longitudinal, option) Equivalents: - A1011 HSLAS Grade 80 (ASTM / ASME) — near: ASTM A1011 High-Strength Low-Alloy Grade 80 [550] gives 550 MPa yield / 620 MPa tensile — the highest standard A1011 class; 700 MPa strip in the US is usually sold to mill specifications (e.g. HSLA 100) or SAE J1392 100XF. - S650MC (EN (European)) — near: One class lower in EN 10149-2; interchangeable where 650 MPa suffices. - Q690 (GB/T 16270 / 1591) (GB/T (China)) — near: Chinese 690 MPa class high-strength structural steel; TM versions for cold forming are mill-specific. - SAE J1392 100XF (sae) — near: SAE J1392 100XF: 690 MPa yield HSLA sheet with improved formability — the automotive-frame equivalent. - S690QL (EN (European)) — functional: EN 10025-6 quenched-and-tempered plate with 690 MPa yield: same strength class for heavy plate (> 12 mm), but Q&T instead of TM, larger bend radii and stricter welding. - S355MC (EN (European)) — functional: The general cold-forming HSLA grade — roughly half the yield, twice the elongation. Superseded names: - QStE690TM — SEW 092 (withdrawn): German thermomechanical grade with 690 MPa yield; the direct predecessor. - Domex 700 MC / Strenx 700 MC — SSAB trade names: The brand names most buyers use; Strenx 700 MC meets S700MC with tighter bend guarantees. Product forms: hot-rolled coil and strip 2–12 mm (+P pickled and oiled usual; to 20 mm from some mills); cut-to-length sheet and plate; slit strip for high-strength tube and profiles Tolerances: thickness/width/flatness: EN 10051, special class common; surface: pickled and oiled; as-rolled on request ### S700MC yield strength ≥ 700 MPa (102 ksi) longitudinal; 680 MPa permitted above 8 mm. Typical 730–800 MPa. ### S700MC tensile strength 750–950 MPa (109–138 ksi). ### S700MC elongation ≥ 10 % (A80, t < 3 mm) / ≥ 12 % (A5, t ≥ 3 mm). ### Minimum bend radius (transverse) 1.5 t (t ≤ 3 mm), 2.0 t (3–6 mm), 2.5 t (> 6 mm) per EN 10149-2; mill brands guarantee 1.0–1.5 t. Longitudinal bends: add one step. Expect 10–15° springback. ### Impact toughness Option 40 J at −20 °C (EN); typical mill guarantee 40 J at −40 °C longitudinal. ### Physical properties Density 7.85 g/cm³, E = 210 GPa; hardness about 240–290 HB — cutting tools and punches are sized for it. ### Weldability Weldable with all arc processes; keep heat input low (0.5–1.5 kJ/mm) and interpass ≤ 200 °C so the HAZ does not soften below the base strength — softening of 10–15 % in the HAZ is normal and is allowed for in design. Preheat is generally unnecessary below 12 mm (CEV ≈ 0.40) but hydrogen control (dry consumables, H ≤ 5 ml/100 g) is mandatory. Consumables: matching (G 69 / E 69) for full-strength joints or under-matched (G 46) for better toughness where design allows. Never normalize; PWHT only with the mill's agreement. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment Laser and plasma cutting are routine (edge hardness rises slightly); punching needs 20–30 % more press force than S355 and sharp tools to avoid edge cracks before bending. Press-brake with radius ≥ 1.5–2 t and generous die opening (≥ 10 t); avoid bending across shear-cut edges with burrs. No hot forming above 580 °C. Applications: Crane, aerial-platform and concrete-pump booms; Trailer and truck chassis rails, tipper and dump bodies; Lightweight agricultural and forestry machinery; Container and rail-wagon frames; High-strength welded box sections and tube; Safety and roll-over structures; Mining and material-handling equipment Q: What is S700MC used for? A: Weight-critical welded structures: crane booms, trailer chassis, tipper bodies, agricultural and mining equipment — anywhere a 700 MPa yield lets the designer halve plate thickness against S355. Q: Can S700MC be bent? A: Yes, that is what the C in MC means, but with radii of at least 1.5–2.5 t (transverse), clean edges and springback compensation. Mill brands such as Strenx 700 MC guarantee tighter radii than the EN minimum. Q: How is S700MC welded? A: Low heat input, hydrogen-controlled consumables, interpass ≤ 200 °C, no normalizing afterwards. Expect a softened HAZ of 10–15 %; use matching 690-class consumables for full-strength joints. Q: What is the difference between S700MC and S690QL? A: Both are 690–700 MPa class. S700MC is thermomechanically rolled strip (to ~12–20 mm) for cold forming, low carbon, cheaper; S690QL (EN 10025-6) is quenched-and-tempered plate to 150 mm with guaranteed −40 °C toughness for heavy structures. Q: Is there an ASTM equivalent of S700MC? A: Not in A1011 (HSLAS Grade 80 stops at 550 MPa yield). SAE J1392 100XF and mill grades (HSLA 100) are the US counterparts; for plate, ASTM A514 (Q&T, 690 MPa) is the functional equivalent. Q: Why is S700MC not hot formed? A: Its strength comes from a fine thermomechanical microstructure and precipitates that dissolve above about 580 °C; hot forming or normalizing drops the yield towards 400 MPa permanently. --- ## St37-2 (1.0037) — General structural steel (DIN 17100, withdrawn) — today S235JR URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/st37/ System: DIN (superseded German) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: DIN 17100 | Verified against: DIN 17100:1980 (withdrawn) and EN 10025-2:2019 Aliases: St37, St 37, St 37-2, St37-2, ST37, RSt37-2, USt37-2, 1.0037, 1.0038 St37, St37 steel St37 is the most-searched steel name that no longer exists in any current standard. DIN 17100 defined St37-2 (number 1.0037) as a general structural steel with 37 kp/mm² — about 360 MPa — minimum tensile strength and 235 MPa yield; the standard was withdrawn in 1994 when EN 10025 replaced it with S235JR (1.0038). Thirty years later the old name survives on drawings, in Turkish, Polish, Iranian and Gulf specifications, and in everyday speech across the German-speaking world. This page exists to make the translation exact. DIN 17100 had five St37 variants that differed in deoxidation and impact testing — USt37-2 (rimmed), RSt37-2 (killed), St37-2 (either), St37-3 U (27 J at +20 °C) and St37-3 N (27 J at −20 °C) — and EN 10025 mapped them onto S235JRG1, S235JRG2, S235JR, S235J0 and S235J2. Since 2004 only S235JR, S235J0 and S235J2 remain. The practical rule: a requirement for St37-2 is met by S235JR, for St37-3 U by S235J0 and for St37-3 N by S235J2. The tables below give the original DIN values, the current EN values, and the graded ASTM, JIS, GB and GOST cross-references. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.17 (DIN 17100: 0.17 % ≤ 16 mm, 0.20 % > 16 mm (St37-2); RSt37-2 identical, USt37-2 (rimmed) 0.17 %); P ≤ 0.05 (St37-2: 0.050 (0.040 ladle); RSt37-2: 0.050; St37-3: 0.040); S ≤ 0.05 (St37-3: 0.040); N ≤ 0.009 (St37-2 and RSt37-2; not limited for St37-3 (killed)) DIN 17100:1980 Table 1 (product analysis). No Mn, Si or Cu limits were given for St37-2. S235JR today: C ≤ 0.17/0.20, Mn ≤ 1.40, P/S ≤ 0.035, N ≤ 0.012, Cu ≤ 0.55. Mechanical properties: - < 16 mm (DIN 17100): yield 235 MPa; tensile 340–470 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness ≈ 100–140 HB - 16–40 mm: yield 225 MPa; tensile 340–470 MPa; elongation 25 %; hardness — - 40–63 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 340–470 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - 63–80 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 340–470 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - 80–100 mm: yield 215 MPa; tensile 340–470 MPa; elongation 24 %; hardness — - S235JR today, ≤ 16 mm (for comparison): yield 235 MPa; tensile 360–510 MPa; elongation 26 %; hardness — DIN 17100:1980 Table 2 (Rm for 3–100 mm). The EN 10025-2 successor raised the tensile window to 360–510 MPa and added a guaranteed 27 J impact at +20 °C (St37-2 had none; St37-3 U/N had 27 J at +20/0 °C). Impact: 27 J at 20 °C (St37-3 U only; St37-2 had no impact requirement) Equivalents: - S235JR (EN (European)) — identical: Direct successor (1.0038). S235JR guarantees 27 J at +20 °C which St37-2 did not; ordering S235JR always satisfies an St37-2 requirement. - A36 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 250 MPa, Rm 400–550 MPa — slightly stronger; the usual US substitute on St37 drawings. - 40B (BS (superseded British)) — near: BS 4360 40B (withdrawn). - Q235B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 700 Q235B: 235 MPa yield, 370–500 MPa tensile, 27 J at +20 °C. - St3sp / St3ps (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 380 St3: yield 245 MPa (≤ 20 mm), Rm 370–480 MPa; the Russian/CIS 'St37'. - IS 2062 E250 (IS (India)) — near: Yield 250 MPa, Rm 410 MPa min. - SS400 (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3101 SS400: yield 245 MPa, Rm 400–510 MPa; often listed as St37 equivalent in Asian catalogues. - DD11 (EN (European)) — functional: Hot-rolled forming sheet often bought 'as St37' in Turkey/Middle East — but it has no guaranteed minimum yield. Superseded names: - St37-2 → S235JR (1.0038) — EN 10025:1993 / EN 10025-2:2004: The direct replacement. Old number 1.0037 (St37-2) merged into 1.0038 (RSt37-2 / S235JRG2). - USt37-2 → S235JRG1 (1.0036) — EN 10025:1993: Rimmed grade; deleted in EN 10025-2:2004. - RSt37-2 → S235JRG2 → S235JR (1.0038) — EN 10025:1993 → 2004 - St37-3 U → S235J0 (1.0114) — EN 10025: Impact temperature moved from +20 °C to 0 °C. - St37-3 N → S235J2G3 → S235J2 (1.0117) — EN 10025 - St37.0 / St37.4 (tubes) — DIN 1629 / DIN 1630 → EN 10216-1 P235TR1/TR2: Tube grades are a separate lineage. Product forms: historically: plate, coil, sections, bar, tube (St37-2 also as St37.0 for tubes per DIN 1629); today: order as S235JR (EN 10025-2) in all forms Tolerances: current: EN 10029 (plate), EN 10051 (coil), EN 10034 (sections) — DIN 1543/1016 are withdrawn ### St37 yield strength 235 MPa (34 ksi) below 16 mm, 225 MPa at 16–40 mm, 215 MPa at 40–100 mm — identical to S235JR today. ### St37 tensile strength DIN 17100: 340–470 MPa (49–68 ksi) for 3–100 mm; the '37' is 37 kp/mm² ≈ 363 MPa. EN 10025-2 S235JR: 360–510 MPa. ### St37 hardness Not specified; as-rolled material measures about 100–140 HB (≈ 110–150 HV), same as S235JR. ### St37 vs St37-2 vs St37-3 'St37' alone is incomplete. St37-2 = no impact requirement (S235JR today, which does guarantee 27 J at +20 °C). St37-3 U = impact at +20 °C → S235J0 (now tested at 0 °C). St37-3 N = normalized, impact at −20 °C → S235J2. ### Material numbers St37-2 = 1.0037; RSt37-2 = 1.0038 (the number S235JR inherited); USt37-2 = 1.0036; St37-3 U = 1.0114; St37-3 N = 1.0116 (later S235J2G3 1.0116 → S235J2 1.0117). ### Weldability As for S235JR: fully weldable without preheat (CEV ≤ 0.35 %). Old USt37-2 rimmed steel had higher nitrogen and was more prone to strain ageing at welds — one reason the rimmed grades were deleted. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment As for S235JR: easily machined, punched and bent (0.5–1 t radius). Not hardenable. Galvanizes well. Applications: Any drawing or specification that still calls up St37-2 — order S235JR; General construction, machine frames, tanks and light structures; Tube: DIN 1629 St37.0 / DIN 2448 → EN 10216-1 P235TR2 or EN 10255 S195T (gas/water pipe); Turkish and Middle-East practice: 'St37 sac' = S235JR or DD11 hot-rolled sheet — confirm which is meant Q: What is St37 steel? A: St37-2 is the DIN 17100 general structural steel with 235 MPa minimum yield and 340–470 MPa tensile ('37' = 37 kp/mm²). DIN 17100 was withdrawn in 1994; the current equivalent is S235JR (EN 10025-2, material number 1.0038). Q: Is St37 the same as S235JR? A: Yes for ordering purposes. S235JR is the direct successor with the same yield strength; it additionally guarantees 27 J impact at +20 °C and a slightly higher tensile window (360–510 MPa). Material certified as S235JR fulfils an St37-2 requirement. Q: What is the difference between St37 and St52? A: Strength class: St37-2 has 235 MPa yield / 340–470 MPa tensile, St52-3 has 355 MPa yield / 490–630 MPa tensile. Today they are S235JR and S355J2 respectively. Q: What is St37 equivalent to in ASTM? A: ASTM A36 (250 MPa yield, 400–550 MPa tensile) is the standard American substitute. It is slightly stronger and has no impact requirement. Q: What does the 37 in St37 mean? A: The minimum tensile strength in kilopond per square millimetre: 37 kp/mm² ≈ 363 MPa. St52 = 52 kp/mm² ≈ 510 MPa. EN designations switched to yield strength in MPa (S235, S355). --- ## St52-3 (1.0570) — General structural steel (DIN 17100, withdrawn) — today S355J2 / S355JR URL: https://steelstandart.com/grade/st52/ System: DIN (superseded German) | Family: Structural steel | Standard: DIN 17100 | Verified against: DIN 17100:1980 (withdrawn) and EN 10025-2:2019 Aliases: St52, St 52, St 52-3, St52-3 N, St52-3 U, ST52, 1.0570, St52 steel, St52.3 St52-3 was DIN 17100's higher-strength structural steel: 52 kp/mm² (≈ 510 MPa) minimum tensile and 355 MPa yield, material number 1.0570. It came in two impact classes — St52-3 U tested at +20 °C and St52-3 N (normalized) at −20 °C — and, together with St37-2, it made up almost the whole German structural market for forty years. DIN 17100 was withdrawn in 1994, but 'St52' remains the everyday name for S355 in Germany, Austria, Turkey, Poland and much of the Middle East, and 'ST52' appears in countless hydraulic-cylinder and crane specifications. The EN 10025 mapping is straightforward: St52-3 N → S355J2 (1.0577), St52-3 U → S355JR (1.0045). The yield table is unchanged; EN lowered the minimum tensile to 470 MPa, tightened P and S to 0.025 % for J2, and dropped the DIN N-limit. Cold-drawn hydraulic tube sold as 'ST52' is the tube lineage (DIN 2391 St52 → EN 10305-1 E355), not the plate grade — a frequent source of confusion. Internationally, ASTM A572 Grade 50, JIS SM490, GB Q355B and GOST 09G2S are the 'near' matches; none carries exactly the St52-3 N combination of 355 MPa and −20 °C impact. Chemical composition (mass %): C ≤ 0.2 (DIN 17100 St52-3: 0.20 % (product analysis 0.22)); Si ≤ 0.55; Mn ≤ 1.6; P ≤ 0.04; S ≤ 0.04; N ≤ 0.009 (St52-3 U only; St52-3 N (killed) not limited) DIN 17100:1980 Table 1. S355J2 today: C ≤ 0.22 (≤ 30 mm) / 0.22, Si ≤ 0.55, Mn ≤ 1.60, P/S ≤ 0.025, Cu ≤ 0.55 — cleaner on P and S, otherwise the same window. Mechanical properties: - < 16 mm (DIN 17100): yield 355 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness ≈ 150–190 HB - 16–40 mm: yield 345 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 21 %; hardness — - 40–63 mm: yield 335 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 20 %; hardness — - 63–80 mm: yield 325 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 19 %; hardness — - 80–100 mm: yield 315 MPa; tensile 490–630 MPa; elongation 18 %; hardness — - S355J2 today, ≤ 16 mm (for comparison): yield 355 MPa; tensile 470–630 MPa; elongation 22 %; hardness — DIN 17100:1980 Table 2. EN 10025-2 lowered the minimum tensile from 490 to 470 MPa and kept the yield table; elongation minimums are 1–2 points higher in EN. Impact: 27 J at -20 °C (St52-3 N (normalized); St52-3 U: 27 J at +20 °C) Equivalents: - S355J2 (EN (European)) — identical: Successor of St52-3 N (1.0577); same yield table, tensile 470–630 MPa, 27 J at −20 °C, cleaner P/S. - A572 Gr. 50 (ASTM / ASME) — near: Yield 345 MPa, Rm 450 MPa min; HSLA — the usual US replacement on St52 drawings. - 50B / 50D (BS (superseded British)) — near: BS 4360 50B (+20 °C) and 50D (−20 °C). - S355JR (EN (European)) — near: Successor of St52-3 U (impact at +20 °C). - Q355B / Q345B (GB/T (China)) — near: GB/T 1591 Q355B (355 MPa, 470–630 MPa) — formerly Q345B; commonly quoted as the Chinese St52. - 09G2S / 17GS (GOST (Russia/CIS)) — near: GOST 19281 09G2S (yield 325–345 MPa) and 17GS (yield 345 MPa) are the CIS 'St52' equivalents. - IS 2062 E350 (IS (India)) — near: Yield 350 MPa, Rm 490 MPa min. - SM490B / SM490YB (JIS (Japan)) — near: JIS G3106 SM490B: yield 325 MPa, Rm 490–610 MPa, 27 J at 0 °C; SM490YB yield 365 MPa. Superseded names: - St52-3 N → S355J2G3 → S355J2 (1.0577) — EN 10025:1993 → EN 10025-2:2004: The direct replacement for normalized plate; number changed from 1.0570 to 1.0577. - St52-3 U → S355JR (1.0045) / S355J0 (1.0553) — EN 10025: Impact at +20 °C → S355JR; EN also introduced S355J0 at 0 °C. - St52-3 → S355J2G3 (1.0570) — EN 10025:1993: In the 1993 edition S355J2G3 kept number 1.0570; the 2004 edition merged it into S355J2 (1.0577). - St52.0 / St52.4 (tubes) — DIN 1629/1630 → EN 10216-1 P355N-type / EN 10210 S355J2H - Fe510C / Fe510D — EN 10025:1990 Product forms: historically: plate, coil, sections, bar; tubes as St52.0 (DIN 1629) / St52-3 hollow sections (DIN 17120); today: order as S355J2 (plate, −20 °C) or S355JR/J0 (sections, coil) Tolerances: current: EN 10029 (plate), EN 10051 (coil), EN 10034 (sections) ### St52 yield strength 355 MPa (51.5 ksi) below 16 mm, 345 MPa 16–40 mm, 335 MPa 40–63 mm, 325 MPa 63–80 mm, 315 MPa 80–100 mm — the same table S355 uses today. ### St52 tensile strength DIN 17100: 490–630 MPa (71–91 ksi); '52' = 52 kp/mm² ≈ 510 MPa. EN 10025-2 S355: 470–630 MPa. ### St52 hardness Not specified; as-rolled/normalized ≈ 150–190 HB. Cold-drawn ST52 (E355) tube is harder: 190–230 HB. ### St52-3 U vs St52-3 N U = impact tested at +20 °C, may be supplied as-rolled → S355JR. N = normalized, 27 J at −20 °C → S355J2 (+N). When a drawing says only 'St52-3', N was usually intended for plate. ### 'ST52' hydraulic tube Cold-drawn seamless tube marked ST52 follows DIN 2391 → EN 10305-1 E355 (1.0580): C ≤ 0.22, yield ≥ 355 MPa (+N) and up to 450–520 MPa in +C/+SR conditions — different standard, different numbers (1.0580), similar chemistry. ### Weldability As for S355J2/JR: weldable with E46/G46 consumables; CEV up to 0.45–0.47 %, so calculate preheat (EN 1011-2) for t > 25 mm; low-hydrogen processes standard. ### Machining, forming, heat treatment As S355: machinability ≈ 60 %, carbide tooling above 20 mm; bend radius 1.5–3 t; normalize after hot forming. Applications: Any legacy drawing calling St52-3 — order S355J2 (plate, −20 °C) or S355JR/J0 (sections); Cranes, lifting equipment, machinery frames; Bridges and heavy structures (S355J2+N / S355K2); Hydraulic cylinders: 'ST52' honed tube → EN 10305-1 E355+SR; Trailer chassis and heavy transport Q: What is St52 steel? A: St52-3 is the DIN 17100 structural steel with 355 MPa yield and 490–630 MPa tensile ('52' = 52 kp/mm²). The standard was withdrawn in 1994; today's equivalents are S355J2 (for St52-3 N) and S355JR (for St52-3 U). Q: Is St52 the same as S355? A: Yes in strength; S355J2 is the direct successor of St52-3 N. EN tightened P and S to 0.025 % and lowered the minimum tensile to 470 MPa. Material certified S355J2 fulfils an St52-3 requirement. Q: What is St52 in ASTM? A: ASTM A572 Grade 50 (345 MPa / 50 ksi yield) is the standard US substitute; A709-50 for bridges. Add Charpy supplement S5 to match St52-3 N toughness. Q: Is ST52 tube the same as St52-3 plate? A: No. Cold-drawn precision tube sold as ST52 follows DIN 2391 / EN 10305-1 as E355 (1.0580) — similar chemistry, different standard and delivery conditions (+C, +SR, +N). Hollow structural sections are S355J2H (EN 10210/10219). Q: What is the difference between St52 and St37? A: Yield 355 vs 235 MPa and tensile 490–630 vs 340–470 MPa. St52-3 always had an impact requirement; St37-2 did not. --- ## 1.4301 vs 1.4404 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/1-4301-vs-1-4404/ In German-speaking and Northern European practice the 304/316 question is asked with material numbers — 1.4301 or 1.4404? — or with the old Krupp names V2A or V4A. The metallurgy is the same as for the ASTM grades: 1.4404 (X2CrNiMo17-12-2) carries 2–2.5 % molybdenum and about 3 % more nickel than 1.4301 (X5CrNi18-10), which lifts the pitting resistance equivalent from about 18 to 24 and lets the steel survive chlorides — coastal air, road salt, pool water, brines — that stain and pit 1.4301. Mechanically, magnetically and in fabrication the two are twins. The EN twist is that 1.4404 is already the low-carbon (≤ 0.03 %) grade, so it also solves weld sensitization in thick sections, whereas 1.4301 (C ≤ 0.07 %) has its own low-carbon sister 1.4307. The table compares the EN 10088-2 flat-product values and gives the cost and decision rules. - EN name: 1.4301 = X5CrNi18-10 | 1.4404 = X2CrNiMo17-12-2 - Trade name: 1.4301 = V2A (18/8, 18/10) | 1.4404 = V4A - ASTM / UNS twin: 1.4301 = 304 / S30400 | 1.4404 = 316L / S31603 - Chromium: 1.4301 = 17.5–19.5 % | 1.4404 = 16.5–18.5 % - Nickel: 1.4301 = 8.0–10.5 % | 1.4404 = 10.0–13.0 % - Molybdenum: 1.4301 = — | 1.4404 = 2.0–2.5 % - Carbon max: 1.4301 = 0.07 % | 1.4404 = 0.030 % - PREN: 1.4301 = ≈ 18–19 | 1.4404 = ≈ 23.5–25 - CPT (6 % FeCl₃): 1.4301 = ≈ 5–10 °C | 1.4404 = ≈ 15–20 °C - Rp0.2 min, hot-rolled plate (+AT): 1.4301 = 210 MPa | 1.4404 = 220 MPa - Rp0.2 min, cold-rolled sheet (+AT): 1.4301 = 230 MPa | 1.4404 = 240 MPa - Rm, plate: 1.4301 = 520–720 MPa | 1.4404 = 520–670 MPa - Elongation A: 1.4301 = ≥ 45 % | 1.4404 = ≥ 40 % - Hardness max (annealed): 1.4301 = 215 HB | 1.4404 = 215 HB - Magnetic (annealed): 1.4301 = no | 1.4404 = no - Weld sensitization risk: 1.4301 = moderate (> 6 mm: use 1.4307) | 1.4404 = none in practical thickness - Filler metal: 1.4301 = 19 9 L (308L) | 1.4404 = 19 12 3 L (316L) - Machinability: 1.4301 = ≈ 45 % | 1.4404 = ≈ 40 % - Polish / decorative finish: 1.4301 = excellent | 1.4404 = excellent - Corrosion class (EN 1993-1-4 CRC): 1.4301 = CRC II | 1.4404 = CRC III - Fastener class (ISO 3506): 1.4301 = A2 | 1.4404 = A4 - Relative price (2026, sheet): 1.4301 = 1.00 | 1.4404 = ≈ 1.25–1.40 Verdict: 1.4404 (V4A) for coastal and urban-industrial facades, swimming pools and spas, de-icing-salt exposure, chemical and pharmaceutical process equipment, brine and seawater splash, medical devices, and any outdoor part that is crevice-prone or rarely washed. EN 1993-1-4 puts it in corrosion resistance class III. 1.4301 (V2A) for kitchens, catering, food and beverage plant, inland architecture and interiors, water tanks, automotive trim, appliance panels and fasteners indoors — corrosion resistance class II is ample and the 25–40 % saving is real. If 1.4301 parts in the target environment show tea staining within a year, the answer is 1.4404. For warm chloride water (indoor pools, hot brine) neither is adequate — go to 1.4462 duplex or 1.4539. Q: What is the difference between 1.4301 and 1.4404? A: 1.4404 contains 2–2.5 % molybdenum (and more nickel) and is limited to 0.03 % carbon; 1.4301 has no molybdenum and up to 0.07 % carbon. Molybdenum raises chloride pitting resistance from PREN ≈ 18 to ≈ 24. Strength, formability, weldability and magnetism are essentially identical. Q: What do V2A and V4A mean? A: Krupp trade names from 1912: V2A = the 18/8 Cr-Ni austenitic (today 1.4301/1.4307), V4A = the Mo-bearing Cr-Ni-Mo austenitic (today 1.4401/1.4404/1.4571). They are colloquial, not standard designations. Q: Is 1.4404 stronger than 1.4301? A: Marginally on paper (Rp0.2 220 vs 210 MPa for plate), but not in any way that changes a design. Choose between them on corrosion resistance. Q: Is 1.4404 the same as 1.4401? A: 1.4401 is the 316 with up to 0.07 % C; 1.4404 is the 316L with ≤ 0.03 % C. Same corrosion class; 1.4404 is preferred for welded equipment and is usually what stockists hold (dual-certified 1.4401/1.4404). Q: Which should I use for a balcony railing? A: Inland: 1.4301 with a smooth (≤ Ra 0.5 µm) brushed or polished finish. Within a few kilometres of the sea, or where road salt reaches: 1.4404 (or 1.4571). Grind-marks and rough finishes pit first whatever the grade. Q: Are 1.4301 and 1.4404 magnetic? A: No in the annealed state; both may show slight magnetism after heavy cold work, 1.4404 less so because of its higher nickel. --- ## 1018 vs 4140 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/1018-vs-4140/ 1018 and 4140 are the two bar steels every North American shop keeps in the rack, and they sit at opposite ends of the decision: 1018 is the cheap, weldable, low-carbon steel for parts that carry little stress; 4140 is the chromoly alloy that can be heat-treated to three or four times the strength. The chemistry tells the story — 1018 has 0.18 % carbon and no alloying, 4140 has 0.40 % carbon plus 1 % Cr and 0.2 % Mo — and everything downstream follows: hardenability, strength, machinability, weldability and price. Many designers reach for 4140 by reflex; many others use 1018 where it will later fail. The table gives the numbers in the conditions actually sold (cold-drawn 1018; annealed, pre-hard and Q&T 4140), and the verdict says which to buy for which job. - Type: 1018 = plain low-carbon steel | 4140 = Cr-Mo low-alloy steel (chromoly) - UNS: 1018 = G10180 | 4140 = G41400 - Carbon: 1018 = 0.15–0.20 % | 4140 = 0.38–0.43 % - Alloying: 1018 = Mn 0.60–0.90 % | 4140 = Mn 0.75–1.00, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25 % - Usual supply condition: 1018 = cold-drawn (CRS) bar | 4140 = annealed, or pre-hardened 28–32 HRC (HT/PH) - Yield, as supplied: 1018 = ≈ 370 MPa (54 ksi) cold-drawn; ≈ 220 MPa hot-rolled | 4140 = ≈ 415 MPa (60 ksi) annealed; ≈ 690–760 MPa pre-hard - Tensile, as supplied: 1018 = ≈ 440 MPa (64 ksi) | 4140 = ≈ 655 MPa annealed; ≈ 930–1000 MPa pre-hard - Max. heat-treated tensile: 1018 = ≈ 500 MPa (cannot through-harden) | 4140 = ≈ 1770 MPa (257 ksi) tempered 205 °C - Hardness, as supplied: 1018 = ≈ 126 HB | 4140 = ≈ 197 HB annealed; 28–32 HRC pre-hard - Max. hardness: 1018 = carburized case 58–62 HRC only | 4140 = 54–59 HRC as-quenched; 50 HRC in service - Through-hardening: 1018 = no | 4140 = yes, to ≈ 50–75 mm in oil - Elongation: 1018 = ≈ 15 % cold-drawn, 25 % hot-rolled | 4140 = ≈ 25 % annealed; 10–16 % Q&T - Impact toughness: 1018 = high (soft) | 4140 = good at ≤ 40 HRC; falls at high hardness - Machinability (vs B1112): 1018 = ≈ 70–78 % | 4140 = ≈ 65 % annealed; ≈ 55–60 % pre-hard - Weldability: 1018 = excellent, no preheat | 4140 = poor: 250–350 °C preheat + post-weld temper - Carbon equivalent: 1018 = ≈ 0.30 | 4140 = ≈ 0.80 - Fatigue strength (rotating bend, typical): 1018 = ≈ 200 MPa | 4140 = ≈ 450–550 MPa (Q&T) - Surface hardening: 1018 = carburize/carbonitride | 4140 = induction/flame (50–55 HRC), nitride (55–60 HRC) - Relative price per kg (bar, 2026): 1018 = 1.00 | 4140 = ≈ 1.6–2.0 (pre-hard ≈ 2.0–2.5) - EN equivalent: 1018 = C15 / C22 (near) | 4140 = 42CrMo4 (identical) - Typical use: 1018 = spacers, pins, brackets, fixtures, low-stress shafts | 4140 = shafts, gears, bolts, tooling, hydraulic rods, high-stress parts Verdict: Use 4140 when the part carries real stress, will be heat-treated, or must resist wear and fatigue: shafts, gears, bolts above Grade 5, hydraulic rods, tooling, anything that would bend or wear in 1018. Buy it pre-hardened (28–32 HRC) to skip heat treatment. Use 1018 when the part is a spacer, pin, bracket, fixture, guide or low-stress shaft, or when it must be welded: it is half the price, machines to a bright finish, welds with no preheat, and can be carburized for a hard skin if a wear surface is needed. The common mistake is welding 4140 like 1018 — it cracks — and the opposite one is using 1018 for a shaft that then yields or fatigues. If in doubt and the part is not welded, 4140 pre-hard is the safe choice; if it is welded, 1018 or a weldable 4130. Q: Which is stronger, 1018 or 4140? A: 4140 — even annealed it exceeds cold-drawn 1018 (≈ 415 vs 370 MPa yield), pre-hard 4140 is about twice as strong, and Q&T 4140 reaches 900–1600 MPa yield. 1018 cannot be strengthened by heat treatment. Q: Can 1018 be hardened like 4140? A: No. 1018's 0.18 % carbon is too low to form hard martensite through the section. It can only be case-hardened (carburized) for a thin 58–62 HRC skin over a soft core. Q: Is 4140 harder to machine than 1018? A: Somewhat: annealed 4140 rates about 65 % versus 70–78 % for cold-drawn 1018, and pre-hard 4140 (28–32 HRC) about 55–60 %. In practice 4140 pre-hard gives better chip control and surface finish than 'gummy' 1018 with carbide tooling. Q: Can I weld 4140 like 1018? A: No. 1018 welds with no preheat by any process. 4140 (CE ≈ 0.8) needs 250–350 °C preheat, low-hydrogen filler and post-weld tempering, and pre-hard/Q&T 4140 loses its properties in the heat-affected zone. Use 4130 for welded chromoly structures. Q: How much more does 4140 cost than 1018? A: Roughly 1.6–2× per kilogram for annealed bar and 2–2.5× for pre-hardened bar, depending on size and market. The premium is small next to the cost of a failed shaft. Q: What are 1018 and 4140 called in Europe? A: 1018 has no exact EN twin — C15/C22 or S235JRC bright bar are the substitutes. 4140 is identical to EN 42CrMo4 (1.7225), JIS SCM440 and GB 42CrMo. --- ## 1045 vs 4140 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/1045-vs-4140/ 1045 and 4140 both contain about 0.4–0.45 % carbon, so in thin sections they quench to almost the same hardness — which is why the question 'which is stronger?' has a subtle answer. The difference is hardenability: 4140's 1 % chromium and 0.2 % molybdenum let it through-harden in bars of 50–75 mm, while 1045 hardens only to a depth of about 10 mm and through-hardens only below ~20–25 mm. 4140 also tempers to a tougher structure at the same strength and resists softening at temperature, and it costs 1.5–2× more. In practice 1045 is the surface-hardened shaft and general medium-strength steel; 4140 is the through-hardened, higher-strength part. The table compares the conditions in which each is actually bought (hot-rolled/cold-drawn 1045, pre-hard 4140) and their heat-treated maxima; the European twins C45 and 42CrMo4 follow the same logic. - Type: 1045 = plain medium-carbon steel | 4140 = Cr-Mo low-alloy steel - UNS / EN twin: 1045 = G10450 / C45 (1.0503) | 4140 = G41400 / 42CrMo4 (1.7225) - Carbon: 1045 = 0.43–0.50 % | 4140 = 0.38–0.43 % - Alloying: 1045 = Mn 0.60–0.90 % | 4140 = Mn 0.75–1.00, Cr 0.80–1.10, Mo 0.15–0.25 % - Yield, as supplied: 1045 = ≈ 310 MPa hot-rolled; ≈ 530 MPa cold-drawn | 4140 = ≈ 415 MPa annealed; ≈ 690–760 MPa pre-hard - Tensile, as supplied: 1045 = ≈ 565 MPa hot-rolled; ≈ 625 MPa cold-drawn | 4140 = ≈ 655 MPa annealed; ≈ 930–1000 MPa pre-hard - Q&T tensile, 25 mm, 540 °C temper: 1045 = ≈ 760 MPa (surface); core lower | 4140 = ≈ 1035 MPa (through) - Max. Q&T tensile (thin section): 1045 = ≈ 960 MPa (315 °C temper) | 4140 = ≈ 1770 MPa (205 °C temper) - As-quenched hardness: 1045 = 55–60 HRC (water, surface) | 4140 = 54–59 HRC (oil) - Through-hardening limit: 1045 = ≈ 20–25 mm (water) | 4140 = ≈ 50–75 mm (oil) - Quench medium: 1045 = water/brine (cracking risk) | 4140 = oil (low distortion) - Toughness at 30 HRC (Charpy, typical): 1045 = ≈ 20–30 J | 4140 = ≈ 40–50 J - Fatigue strength (rotating bend, Q&T): 1045 = ≈ 300–350 MPa | 4140 = ≈ 450–550 MPa - Surface hardening: 1045 = induction/flame 55–58 HRC (excellent) | 4140 = induction 50–55 HRC; nitride 55–60 HRC - Machinability (vs B1112): 1045 = ≈ 55–60 % | 4140 = ≈ 65 % annealed; 55–60 % pre-hard - Weldability: 1045 = limited: 200–300 °C preheat + temper | 4140 = poor: 250–350 °C preheat + temper - Carbon equivalent: 1045 = ≈ 0.55–0.65 | 4140 = ≈ 0.80 - Temper resistance / hot strength: 1045 = low | 4140 = good to ~450 °C - Relative price per kg (bar): 1045 = 1.00 | 4140 = ≈ 1.5–2.0 - Typical use: 1045 = TGP shafting, induction-hardened shafts, Grade 5 bolts, gears, hand tools | 4140 = high-stress shafts, gears, Grade 8 / 10.9 bolts, hydraulic rods, drill collars, tooling Verdict: Choose 4140 when the part is thicker than about 20 mm and must be strong or hard through the section, when it sees fatigue or shock, when it runs warm, or when you need a predictable oil quench with low distortion: gearbox shafts, heavy bolts, hydraulic rods, tooling, anything over 1000 MPa. Choose 1045 when strength is needed only at the surface or in a thin section, and cost matters: induction-hardened shafting, small gears and sprockets, spindles, hand tools, Grade 5 bolts, general machine parts under 25 mm. Its water quench and shallow hardening are fine for a hard skin over a soft core. The classic error is specifying 1045 for a 40 mm shaft that must be 30 HRC through — it will be hard outside and pearlite inside. The opposite error, using 4140 for a linear shaft that only needs an induction-hardened case, wastes money but at least works. Q: Which is stronger, 1045 or 4140? A: 4140. In thin sections both quench to ~55–58 HRC, but 4140 keeps that hardness through 50–75 mm bars and tempers to 1000–1600 MPa with better toughness; 1045 through-hardens only to about 20–25 mm and tops out around 960 MPa in thin sections. As supplied, pre-hard 4140 (≈ 950 MPa) is far stronger than cold-drawn 1045 (≈ 625 MPa). Q: Is 1045 the same as 4140? A: No. They share the ~0.45 % carbon level, but 4140 adds 1 % chromium and 0.2 % molybdenum, which change hardenability, toughness and price. 1045 = EN C45; 4140 = EN 42CrMo4. Q: Can 1045 replace 4140? A: Only for parts thinner than ~20 mm that need surface hardness rather than through-strength, and that are not fatigue- or shock-critical. For a through-hardened shaft or a Grade 8 bolt, no. Q: Which is easier to weld, 1045 or 4140? A: Neither is easy, but 1045 (CE ≈ 0.6) is somewhat less critical than 4140 (CE ≈ 0.8). Both need preheat (200–300 °C for 1045, 250–350 °C for 4140), low-hydrogen filler and post-weld tempering; weld before hardening. Q: Which machines better? A: Roughly equal; 1045 hot-rolled rates 55–60 %, annealed 4140 about 65 % and pre-hard 4140 55–60 %. Pre-hard 4140 gives the best surface finish and chip control with carbide. Q: What about C45 vs 42CrMo4? A: Same comparison in EN terms: C45 (1.0503) ≈ 1045 and 42CrMo4 (1.7225) ≈ 4140. EN 10083 gives the same picture — 42CrMo4 +QT 900–1300 MPa versus C45 +QT 630–850 MPa at ≤ 16 mm. --- ## 304 vs 316 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/304-vs-316/ 304 and 316 are the two austenitic stainless steels that cover about 75 % of all stainless use, and the question of which one to buy comes up on every project that sees water, food or weather. The metallurgical difference is one element: 316 contains 2–3 % molybdenum (and about 2 % more nickel), which roughly triples its resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion by chlorides — salt water, road salt, brine, pool chemicals, many process streams. Everything else — strength, formability, weldability, hygiene, temperature range, non-magnetism — is essentially the same. The cost of that molybdenum and nickel is 20–40 % on the material price. So the decision is an environment question, not a strength question: if chlorides are present and the surface stays wet, 316 pays for itself; if not, 304 does the job. The table below gives the numbers for both ASTM and EN designations (304 = 1.4301, 316 = 1.4401, 316L = 1.4404). - ASTM / UNS: 304 = A240 304 / S30400 (304L: S30403) | 316 = A240 316 / S31600 (316L: S31603) - EN material number: 304 = 1.4301 (304L: 1.4307) | 316 = 1.4401 (316L: 1.4404) - Chromium: 304 = 18–20 % | 316 = 16–18 % - Nickel: 304 = 8–10.5 % | 316 = 10–14 % - Molybdenum: 304 = — | 316 = 2–3 % - PREN (Cr + 3.3 Mo + 16 N): 304 = ≈ 18–20 | 316 = ≈ 24–26 - Critical pitting temperature (6 % FeCl₃): 304 = ≈ 5–10 °C | 316 = ≈ 15–20 °C - Min. yield (annealed): 304 = 205 MPa (30 ksi) | 316 = 205 MPa (30 ksi) - Min. tensile: 304 = 515 MPa (75 ksi) | 316 = 515 MPa (75 ksi) - Elongation: 304 = ≥ 40 % | 316 = ≥ 40 % - Hardness (annealed max): 304 = 201 HB / 92 HRB | 316 = 217 HB / 95 HRB - Magnetic (annealed): 304 = No | 316 = No (even less after cold work) - Max. service temperature (oxidation): 304 = 870 °C continuous | 316 = 870 °C continuous - Chloride SCC threshold: 304 = ≈ 60 °C in chloride water | 316 = ≈ 60 °C (marginally better) - Seawater / marine atmosphere: 304 = tea staining, pitting | 316 = good (splash zone); crevice attack if immersed and stagnant - Sulphuric acid, dilute: 304 = poor | 316 = fair (to ~5 % at ambient) - Nitric acid: 304 = excellent | 316 = good - Weldability: 304 = excellent (ER308L) | 316 = excellent (ER316L) - Machinability (vs B1112): 304 = ≈ 45 % | 316 = ≈ 40 % - Density: 304 = 8.0 g/cm³ | 316 = 8.0 g/cm³ - Thermal expansion (0–100 °C): 304 = 17.2 × 10⁻⁶/K | 316 = 16.0 × 10⁻⁶/K - Relative price (2026, sheet): 304 = 1.00 | 316 = ≈ 1.25–1.40 - Fastener class (ISO 3506): 304 = A2 | 316 = A4 Verdict: Buy 316 (or 316L) when chlorides are present and the surface stays wet or is rarely cleaned: coastal buildings within a few kilometres of the sea, marine hardware, swimming-pool and spa fittings, de-icing-salt exposure, brine and pickling lines, most chemical and pharmaceutical process equipment, and anything embedded or crevice-prone outdoors. Buy 304 (or 304L) everywhere else: kitchens, food and dairy equipment, brewing, inland architecture, water tanks, automotive trim, indoor railings, fasteners in dry service. It is cheaper, marginally easier to machine and polish, and equally strong. A useful rule: if a 304 part in that location would show 'tea staining' within a year, it should be 316. If you are unsure, the price of 316 is cheaper than the cost of replacing a pitted 304 part. Q: What is the main difference between 304 and 316 stainless steel? A: 316 contains 2–3 % molybdenum (304 has none) and slightly more nickel. Molybdenum raises resistance to pitting and crevice corrosion by chlorides — salt water, road salt, brine — from PREN ≈ 18 to ≈ 24. Mechanical properties are the same. Q: Is 316 stronger than 304? A: No. Both have 205 MPa minimum yield and 515 MPa tensile in the annealed state; 316 is marginally stronger at high temperature and slightly harder (217 vs 201 HB max). Choose between them on corrosion, not strength. Q: How can I tell 304 from 316? A: Not by eye or magnet — both are non-magnetic and look identical. Use a molybdenum spot test (a drop reagent that turns dark on Mo-bearing steel), an XRF analyser, or the mill certificate / stencil. Q: Is 316 worth the extra cost? A: Where chlorides are present and surfaces stay wet — yes; a pitted 304 part costs far more to replace than the 25–40 % premium. Inland, indoor and food-contact uses without chlorides gain nothing from 316. Q: What about 304L and 316L? A: The L versions limit carbon to 0.03 % to avoid sensitization in welds thicker than about 6 mm. Most coil today is dual-certified 304/304L and 316/316L, so you get the low carbon anyway; the 304-vs-316 decision is unchanged. Q: Which is better for outdoor use? A: 316 near the coast or road salt; 304 inland with normal rainfall washing. Both will 'tea stain' in unwashed sheltered marine locations; for the worst cases (indoor pools, warm seawater) use duplex 2205 instead. Q: Is 316 more magnetic than 304? A: No — 316 is if anything less magnetic after cold work, because its higher nickel content stabilizes the austenite. --- ## A36 vs 1018 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/a36-vs-1018/ 'Are A36 and 1018 the same?' is one of the most-asked steel questions in North America, and the honest answer is: they are the same *kind* of steel bought under two different *kinds* of rules. ASTM A36 is a performance specification — it guarantees 250 MPa (36 ksi) minimum yield and 400–550 MPa tensile for structural plate, shapes and bar, and lets carbon float up to 0.25–0.29 %. AISI/SAE 1018 is a chemistry designation — 0.15–0.20 % carbon, 0.6–0.9 % manganese — with no guaranteed strength at all; what you get depends on the condition, and it is almost always sold as cold-drawn bar with about 370 MPa yield. In a hot-rolled bar the two are practically interchangeable; the difference shows up in what is certified (strength vs chemistry), in the surface and tolerance (A36 mill-scale vs 1018 bright cold-drawn), in weldability (1018's lower carbon is marginally better) and in what a code inspector will accept. - Type of designation: A36 = ASTM performance specification (A36/A36M) | 1018 = AISI/SAE chemistry grade (ASTM A29 / A108) - What is guaranteed: A36 = yield ≥ 250 MPa, tensile 400–550 MPa, elongation | 1018 = chemistry only; strength by condition/agreement - Carbon: A36 = ≤ 0.25–0.29 % (by product/thickness) | 1018 = 0.15–0.20 % - Manganese: A36 = 0.60–1.20 % (varies; often unspecified ≤ 20 mm) | 1018 = 0.60–0.90 % - P / S max: A36 = 0.030 / 0.030 % | 1018 = 0.040 / 0.050 % - Usual product forms: A36 = plate, angles, channels, flats, W/S shapes, hot-rolled bar | 1018 = cold-drawn rounds, squares, hexes, flats; hot-rolled bar; DOM tube - Usual surface: A36 = hot-rolled with mill scale | 1018 = bright cold-drawn (CRS); hot-rolled available - Yield strength: A36 = ≥ 250 MPa (36 ksi) min; typ. 280–340 | 1018 = ≈ 370 MPa (54 ksi) cold-drawn; ≈ 220 MPa hot-rolled (not guaranteed) - Tensile strength: A36 = 400–550 MPa (58–80 ksi) | 1018 = ≈ 440 MPa cold-drawn; ≈ 400 MPa hot-rolled - Elongation: A36 = ≥ 20 % (200 mm) / 23 % (50 mm) | 1018 = ≈ 15 % cold-drawn; ≈ 25 % hot-rolled - Hardness (typical): A36 = 119–159 HB | 1018 = ≈ 126 HB cold-drawn - Dimensional tolerance: A36 = ASTM A6 (hot-rolled, wide) | 1018 = ASTM A108 (cold-finished, tight; h10–h11) - Weldability: A36 = excellent (CE ≈ 0.3–0.4; AWS D1.1 prequalified) | 1018 = excellent (CE ≈ 0.3); HAZ loses cold-work strength - Machinability (vs B1112): A36 = ≈ 72 % (hot-rolled) | 1018 = ≈ 70–78 % (cold-drawn) - Case hardening: A36 = possible but not controlled | 1018 = yes — standard carburizing grade - Accepted for structural design (AISC): A36 = yes (Fy = 36 ksi) | 1018 = no (not a listed structural material) - Price basis: A36 = per tonne, structural | 1018 = per kg, cold-finished bar (≈ 1.2–1.5× hot-rolled) - EN cross-reference: A36 = S235JR / S275JR (near) | 1018 = C15 / C22 / S235JRC (near) - Typical use: A36 = structures, base plates, brackets, weldments, plate parts | 1018 = shafts, pins, spacers, fixtures, machined and carburized parts Verdict: Specify A36 when the part is structural, made from plate or shapes, welded, or must satisfy a building/bridge/equipment code: it is what AISC, AWS D1.1 and every fabricator expect, and the strength is certified. Specify 1018 when the part is machined from bar and needs a bright surface, tight tolerance, or a carburized skin: shafts, pins, spacers, guides, fixtures. Its higher cold-drawn yield is a bonus, not a guarantee. For a hot-rolled round or flat bar in a non-code application, either name will get you essentially the same steel; write 'A36' for plate and structural shapes and '1018 CRS' for cold-finished bar, and do not claim A36 structural properties for 1018 or 1018 chemistry for A36. Q: Are A36 and 1018 the same steel? A: Chemically they overlap (both low-carbon mild steels), but A36 is an ASTM structural specification guaranteeing 250 MPa yield with loose chemistry, while 1018 is an AISI chemistry grade (0.15–0.20 % C) with no guaranteed strength, usually sold cold-drawn. Hot-rolled 1018 and A36 bar behave alike; they are not interchangeable on paper. Q: Which is stronger, A36 or 1018? A: Cold-drawn 1018 is typically stronger (≈ 370 MPa yield, thanks to cold work) than A36's 250 MPa minimum, but 1018's strength is not guaranteed and disappears in weld heat-affected zones. Hot-rolled 1018 is about the same as A36 or slightly weaker. Q: Can I weld 1018 to A36? A: Yes, easily — both are low-carbon steels welded with ER70S-6 / E7018 without preheat. Design the joint on hot-rolled (≈ 220–250 MPa) properties because cold-drawn 1018 softens in the HAZ. Q: Which is easier to machine? A: Cold-drawn 1018 (≈ 70–78 %) is marginally better than hot-rolled A36 (≈ 72 %) and gives a cleaner finish; both are 'gummy' low-carbon steels that benefit from sharp tooling and chip breakers. Q: Can A36 be case hardened like 1018? A: It can be carburized, but A36's chemistry is not controlled for it (carbon may be up to 0.29 %, Mn variable), so results are less predictable. Use 1018 (or 8620 for higher core strength) when a specified case is required. Q: What do I order for a round bar — A36 or 1018? A: For a bright, accurate bar to machine: 1018 CRS. For a hot-rolled bar in a welded structure: A36 (hot-rolled merchant bar is often dual-certified A36/1018-type anyway). --- ## A36 vs A572 Grade 50 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/a36-vs-a572/ A36 and A572 Grade 50 are the two structural steels an American fabricator quotes on almost every job. A36 is the plain carbon steel with 36 ksi (250 MPa) yield that has defined 'mild steel' since 1960; A572 Grade 50 is the high-strength low-alloy steel with 50 ksi (345 MPa) yield, micro-alloyed with niobium and vanadium so that the extra strength costs only a few percent per tonne and almost nothing in weldability. Since W-shapes moved to A992 (a 50 ksi grade) around 2000, the A36-vs-A572 question is mostly about plate, bar, angles and channels. The arithmetic is simple: 39 % more yield for 3–8 % more money means A572-50 wins whenever strength governs the member size. A36 keeps its place where stiffness, buckling of slender elements, heavy cold forming or plain habit govern — and in bar and small-angle sizes where A572 is not stocked. The table gives the full comparison; A992's differences from A572-50 are noted for shapes. - Type: A36 = carbon structural steel | A572 Grade 50 = HSLA (Nb/V micro-alloyed) structural steel - UNS: A36 = K02600 | A572 Grade 50 = K02303 - Min. yield: A36 = 250 MPa (36 ksi); 220 MPa > 200 mm plate | A572 Grade 50 = 345 MPa (50 ksi), plate ≤ 100 mm - Tensile: A36 = 400–550 MPa (58–80 ksi) | A572 Grade 50 = ≥ 450 MPa (65 ksi), no max (A992: 450–620) - Elongation (200 mm / 50 mm): A36 = ≥ 20 % / 23 % | A572 Grade 50 = ≥ 18 % / 21 % - Yield/tensile ratio (typ.): A36 = ≈ 0.65–0.75 | A572 Grade 50 = ≈ 0.75–0.85 (A992 caps at 0.85) - Carbon max: A36 = 0.25–0.29 % (by product/thickness) | A572 Grade 50 = 0.23 % - Mn: A36 = 0.80–1.20 % (plate > 20 mm) | A572 Grade 50 = ≤ 1.35 % (1.65 % Gr 60/65) - Micro-alloy: A36 = none | A572 Grade 50 = Nb 0.005–0.05 and/or V 0.01–0.15 % - Carbon equivalent (typ.): A36 = 0.30–0.40 | A572 Grade 50 = 0.35–0.45 - Impact toughness: A36 = not required (S5 optional) | A572 Grade 50 = not required (S5 optional; A709-50 has zones) - Plate thickness limit: A36 = none (yield drops > 200 mm) | A572 Grade 50 = 100 mm (Grade 50) - Preheat (AWS D1.1 Table 3.3): A36 = category A/B: none ≤ 19 mm … 110 °C > 64 mm | A572 Grade 50 = category B: same schedule, low-hydrogen mandatory - Consumables: A36 = E70XX / ER70S-6 (over-matching) | A572 Grade 50 = E70XX / ER70S-6 (matching) - Cold-bend inside radius (transverse): A36 = ≈ 1.5 t | A572 Grade 50 = ≈ 1.5–2 t - Hardness (typ.): A36 = 119–159 HB | A572 Grade 50 = 135–185 HB - Fatigue (AISC/AASHTO categories): A36 = same detail categories | A572 Grade 50 = same detail categories — no benefit from higher yield - Price (2026, plate): A36 = 1.00 | A572 Grade 50 = ≈ 1.03–1.08 - Weight for equal strength: A36 = 1.00 | A572 Grade 50 = ≈ 0.72 - W-shapes: A36 = rare today | A572 Grade 50 = dual-certified A992/A572-50 - EN cross-reference: A36 = S235JR / S275JR | A572 Grade 50 = S355J2 / S355M Verdict: A572 Grade 50 when strength sets the section: plate girders, columns, crane runways, lifting structures, truck and trailer frames, transmission towers, any design where a thinner plate or lighter section pays back the 3–8 % premium. For rolled beams simply specify A992. A36 when it does not: deflection-limited floor beams and platforms (E is identical), slender compression members, gusset and base plates sized by geometry, heavy cold forming, small bar and angle sizes that stockists carry only in A36, and low-volume shops that want one steel in the yard. Fatigue does not favour either — AISC detail categories are independent of grade — so fatigue-governed members gain nothing from Grade 50. And neither has an impact requirement: for cold-climate or dynamically loaded structures add supplementary S5 or move to A709. Q: What is the difference between A36 and A572 Grade 50? A: Yield strength: 250 MPa (36 ksi) vs 345 MPa (50 ksi). A572-50 is an HSLA steel with niobium/vanadium micro-alloying; A36 is plain carbon steel. Tensile is 400–550 vs ≥ 450 MPa. A572 saves 25–30 % weight in strength-governed members for 3–8 % more per tonne. Q: Is A572 harder to weld than A36? A: Marginally: its carbon equivalent is a little higher, so AWS D1.1 puts it in preheat category B with low-hydrogen consumables mandatory, but the preheat schedule by thickness is the same as for A36 and both are prequalified with 70 ksi consumables. Q: Is A572 Grade 50 the same as A992? A: Nearly. A992 is written for rolled W-shapes: same 50 ksi minimum yield plus a 65 ksi yield cap, a maximum yield/tensile ratio of 0.85 and a CE limit, for predictable seismic behaviour. W-shapes are dual-certified A992/A572-50; plate cannot be A992. Q: Does A572 deflect less than A36? A: No. Both have E = 200 GPa (29 × 10⁶ psi); a member of the same size deflects identically. A572 only allows a smaller section when strength — not deflection — governs. Q: How much more does A572 cost? A: Typically 3–8 % more per tonne for plate and about the same for shapes (where A992 is the default anyway). Per unit of capacity it is about 25 % cheaper. Q: Which has better fatigue performance? A: Neither. AISC and AASHTO fatigue design uses detail categories that do not depend on grade; higher yield does not raise fatigue resistance of welded details. --- ## A36 vs S235JR URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/a36-vs-s235jr/ A36 and S235JR are the everyday structural steels of the two largest engineering traditions, and projects that cross the Atlantic — or use American drawings with European supply — need to know exactly how they differ. A36 is slightly stronger (250 vs 235 MPa yield, 400–550 vs 360–510 MPa tensile) but has no impact requirement and a looser chemistry (carbon up to 0.25–0.29 %); S235JR guarantees 27 J at +20 °C, caps carbon at 0.17 % and CEV at 0.35 %, which makes it marginally more weldable and tougher. The practical consequences: S235JR can replace A36 only if the designer accepts a 6 % lower yield (or the design was not strength-critical); A36 can replace S235JR only where no Charpy value is required. Where an exact-or-better European substitute is wanted, S275JR (275 MPa) is the safe choice. The table lays out every number. - Standard: A36 = ASTM A36/A36M-19 | S235JR = EN 10025-2:2019 - Number: A36 = UNS K02600 | S235JR = 1.0038 - Product forms: A36 = plate, shapes (W/S/C/L), bar | S235JR = plate, coil, sections, bar, hollow (S235JRH) - Min. yield: A36 = 250 MPa (36 ksi) ≤ 200 mm; 220 MPa above | S235JR = 235 MPa ≤ 16 mm; 225 to 40; 215 to 100 mm - Tensile: A36 = 400–550 MPa (58–80 ksi) | S235JR = 360–510 MPa (52–74 ksi) - Elongation: A36 = ≥ 20 % (200 mm) / 23 % (50 mm) | S235JR = ≥ 26 % (L0 = 5.65√S0, ≤ 40 mm) - Impact toughness: A36 = not required (S5 optional) | S235JR = 27 J at +20 °C (J0: 0 °C, J2: −20 °C) - Carbon max: A36 = 0.25 % (plate ≤ 40 mm) to 0.29 % | S235JR = 0.17 % (≤ 40 mm) / 0.20 % - Mn: A36 = 0.80–1.20 % (plate > 20 mm) | S235JR = ≤ 1.40 % - P / S max: A36 = 0.030 / 0.030 % | S235JR = 0.035 / 0.035 % - Carbon equivalent: A36 = not limited (typ. 0.30–0.40) | S235JR = ≤ 0.35 % (≤ 30 mm) - Deoxidation / grain size: A36 = not specified (semi-killed allowed) | S235JR = FN (killed optional), fine grain optional - Typical hardness: A36 = 119–159 HB | S235JR = 100–140 HB - Design value: A36 = Fy = 36 ksi (AISC) | S235JR = fy = 235 MPa (EN 1993-1-1) - Yield ratio (typical): A36 = ≈ 0.65–0.75 | S235JR = ≈ 0.60–0.70 - Weldability: A36 = excellent; AWS D1.1 preheat by thickness | S235JR = excellent; no preheat to ~40 mm - Old / related names: A36 = A7 (predecessor), A709-36, SA-36 | S235JR = St37-2, Fe360B, 40B, S235JRG2 - Nearest exact-or-better EU substitute: A36 = — | S235JR = S275JR (275 MPa) - Nearest exact-or-better US substitute: A36 = A572 Gr. 42 / A36 for S235 | S235JR = — Verdict: Replacing A36 with a European grade: use S275JR to be at or above A36 on every strength value; use S235JR only if the design allows 235 MPa (many do, since A36 is often used where deflection governs) and note that you gain a Charpy guarantee. Replacing S235JR with a US grade: A36 covers the strength with margin. If the European drawing calls S235J0/J2 or specifies impact values, order A36 with supplementary S5 (Charpy at the required temperature) or use A709 Grade 36. Welding across the pair is unproblematic — both use E70XX / E42 class consumables — but on thick A36 (> 40 mm, C up to 0.29 %) apply AWS D1.1 preheat; S235JR rarely needs it. Q: Is A36 equivalent to S235JR? A: They are near equivalents, not identical. A36 has 250 MPa yield and 400–550 MPa tensile with no impact requirement; S235JR has 235 MPa yield, 360–510 MPa tensile and a guaranteed 27 J at +20 °C. S235JR is graded 'near' to A36; S275JR is the European grade that meets or exceeds A36 in strength. Q: Can S235JR replace A36? A: Only where the design does not need the full 250 MPa (about 6 % less yield), or after a check. For a like-for-like or better substitute, use S275JR (275 MPa yield, 410–560 MPa tensile). Q: Can A36 replace S235JR? A: Yes for strength. If the European specification requires impact toughness (S235JR's 27 J at +20 °C, or J0/J2), order A36 with supplementary requirement S5 for Charpy testing. Q: Which is more weldable, A36 or S235JR? A: S235JR marginally: carbon ≤ 0.17 % and CEV ≤ 0.35 % versus A36's carbon up to 0.25–0.29 % with no CEV limit. Both are prequalified for standard procedures; thick A36 needs AWS D1.1 preheat above 19 mm. Q: What is A36 in DIN and JIS? A: DIN St37-2 (now S235JR) and JIS SS400 (245 MPa yield) are the usual cross-references; GB Q235B and GOST St3sp likewise. None is identical. Q: Is S235J2 the same as A36? A: No — S235J2 has the same strength as S235JR but is impact tested at −20 °C and is fully killed with lower P/S. A36 has no Charpy requirement, so it is 'near' at best; use A36 + S5 or A709 Grade 36 with zone requirements. --- ## DC01 vs DX51D URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/dc01-vs-dx51d/ DC01 and DX51D are, at the substrate level, close to the same low-carbon cold-rolled steel; the practical difference is that DX51D leaves the mill with a hot-dip zinc (or ZM/AZ) coating applied on a continuous line, while DC01 is bare and would be galvanized or painted after fabrication. Because the galvanizing line also anneals the strip, EN 10346 writes DX51D's mechanical guarantees differently — no yield minimum, 22 % elongation, tensile 270–500 MPa — versus DC01's 140–280 MPa yield window and 28 % elongation under EN 10130. The buying decision is therefore about corrosion protection and process: parts that must not rust, will not be painted immediately, or are roll-formed into building products are DX51D+Z (or +ZM); parts that are welded heavily, painted or powder-coated indoors, or need the best drawability at the lowest price are DC01. Cut-edge protection, weld fume and the availability of drawing qualities (DX52D–DX56D vs DC03–DC06) are the details that decide the rest. - Standard: DC01 = EN 10130 (cold-rolled for cold forming) | DX51D = EN 10346 (hot-dip coated for cold forming) - Material number: DC01 = 1.0330 | DX51D = 1.0226 - Old name: DC01 = St12 (DIN 1623) | DX51D = St02Z (DIN 17162) - Coating: DC01 = none (or +ZE electro-zinc 2.5–7.5 µm per EN 10152) | DX51D = +Z (zinc), +ZF, +ZA, +AZ, +ZM — e.g. Z275 = 275 g/m² both faces ≈ 20 µm/face - Substrate: DC01 = cold-rolled, skin-passed, annealed | DX51D = cold-rolled (or hot-rolled) and annealed on the coating line - Thickness: DC01 = 0.35–3.0 mm | DX51D = 0.30–3.0 mm (thicker on request) - Yield strength: DC01 = 140–280 MPa (window) | DX51D = not specified (typ. 200–320) - Tensile strength: DC01 = 270–410 MPa | DX51D = 270–500 MPa - Elongation A80: DC01 = ≥ 28 % | DX51D = ≥ 22 % - Carbon max: DC01 = 0.12 % | DX51D = 0.18 % - Drawing qualities in the family: DC01 = DC03 / DC04 / DC05 / DC06 | DX51D = DX52D / DX53D / DX54D / DX56D / DX57D - Structural qualities in the family: DC01 = — (bright bar S235JRC; EN 10346 for coated) | DX51D = S220GD … S550GD (guaranteed yield) - Surface: DC01 = quality A/B; finish b/g/m/r; oiled | DX51D = quality A/B/C; spangle N/M; passivated C, oiled O, phosphated P - Corrosion protection as delivered: DC01 = none (rusts in days if unprotected) | DX51D = Z275: 10–40 years depending on atmosphere; ZM ≈ 2× at equal mass - Cut-edge protection: DC01 = none | DX51D = zinc sacrificial protection up to ~2 mm - Spot welding: DC01 = ideal | DX51D = good; +10–20 % current, electrode wear - Arc/laser welding: DC01 = clean | DX51D = zinc fume, porosity risk; extraction needed; zinc lost at weld - Painting: DC01 = after phosphating / primer | DX51D = after conversion coating; or pre-painted (EN 10169) - Bending: DC01 = 0 t radius possible | DX51D = 0.5–1 t; coating holds (T-bend test) - Price (2026, coil): DC01 = 1.00 | DX51D = ≈ 1.15–1.25 (Z275) - Typical use: DC01 = enclosures, appliances, furniture, painted panels | DX51D = roofing, cladding, ducting, drywall profiles, cable trays, cabinets Verdict: DX51D+Z whenever the part will meet moisture and will not be fully painted: roofing and cladding, ventilation ducts, drywall track, cable trays, outdoor cabinets, agricultural and storage equipment. The coating is cheaper and more uniform than post-galvanizing, and cut edges are protected up to about 2 mm. Use +ZM for coastal or agricultural atmospheres, DX52D–DX54D for pressed parts. DC01 for parts that are welded extensively, e-coated/powder-coated indoors, drawn deeply (DC04+), or where a bright, paint-ready bare surface is needed at the lowest price: appliance housings, office furniture, electrical enclosures, automotive interior brackets. Add +ZE if a light zinc layer under paint is wanted. Do not treat them as interchangeable: DX51D has no yield guarantee (order DX52D or an S-grade if the design needs one), and welding DX51D without fume extraction is a health issue as well as a quality one. Q: What is the difference between DC01 and DX51D? A: DC01 (EN 10130) is bare cold-rolled sheet for forming; DX51D (EN 10346) is the same class of steel supplied hot-dip galvanized (or with ZM/AZ coating) from a continuous line. DC01 has a yield window of 140–280 MPa and 28 % elongation; DX51D has no yield minimum and 22 % elongation. The choice is about corrosion protection and downstream process. Q: Is DX51D just galvanized DC01? A: Practically yes — the substrate is a low-carbon cold-rolled (sometimes hot-rolled) steel of DC01 type, annealed and zinc-coated in one pass. The standards and guarantees differ because the coating line changes the mechanical properties and adds the coating specification. Q: Which is stronger, DC01 or DX51D? A: Neither is guaranteed stronger: DC01 must be 140–280 MPa yield, DX51D has no yield requirement (typically 200–320 MPa) and a wider tensile range (270–500 MPa). If strength matters, order DX52D (140–300 MPa) or the structural galvanized grades S250GD–S350GD. Q: Can I weld DX51D? A: Yes: resistance spot welding is standard with slightly higher current; MAG and laser welding need zinc-fume extraction and produce some porosity. The zinc burns off around the weld and must be repaired with zinc-rich paint. DC01 welds cleaner. Q: Can I galvanize DC01 after fabrication instead of using DX51D? A: Yes (batch hot-dip galvanizing, EN ISO 1461) — typical for welded frames and thick parts. It gives a thicker (50–85 µm), less uniform coating and can distort thin sheet; for sheet products DX51D from the coil is cheaper and flatter. Q: What are DC01 and DX51D called in old DIN and JIS? A: DC01 = St12 (DIN 1623) = SPCC (JIS G3141); DX51D+Z = St02Z (DIN 17162) = SGCC (JIS G3302). --- ## DC01 vs S235JR URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/dc01-vs-s235jr/ DC01 and S235JR confuse buyers because their chemistry overlaps almost completely — both are plain low-carbon steels with about 0.05–0.15 % C — yet they are ordered from different standards, in different forms, for different reasons. DC01 (EN 10130) is a cold-rolled sheet bought for its surface, flatness, gauge accuracy and formability; the standard gives a yield *window* (140–280 MPa) and no impact value. S235JR (EN 10025-2) is a hot-rolled structural steel bought for a guaranteed *minimum* yield of 235 MPa and 27 J Charpy toughness, in plate, coil, sections and bar. In practice the choice is settled by product form: below about 3 mm with a smooth surface you are buying DC01 (or DD11 hot-rolled if scale is acceptable); for anything load-bearing or thicker than 3 mm you are buying S235JR. The table shows exactly what each standard promises. - Standard: DC01 = EN 10130 (cold-rolled products for cold forming) | S235JR = EN 10025-2 (hot-rolled structural steels) - Material number: DC01 = 1.0330 | S235JR = 1.0038 - Old name: DC01 = St12 (DIN 1623) | S235JR = St37-2 (DIN 17100) - Rolling: DC01 = cold-rolled, skin-passed | S235JR = hot-rolled (+AR) or normalized (+N) - Thickness range: DC01 = 0.35–3.0 mm | S235JR = ≥ 1.5 mm coil; plate to 400 mm; sections - Surface: DC01 = smooth, bright/matt, scale-free (A or B quality) | S235JR = mill scale as rolled (pickled on request) - Yield strength: DC01 = 140–280 MPa (window; upper limit only 8 days after skin-pass) | S235JR = ≥ 235 MPa (minimum, ≤ 16 mm) - Tensile strength: DC01 = 270–410 MPa | S235JR = 360–510 MPa - Elongation: DC01 = ≥ 28 % (A80) | S235JR = ≥ 26 % (A, L0 = 5.65√S0) - Impact toughness: DC01 = not specified | S235JR = 27 J at +20 °C - Carbon max: DC01 = 0.12 % | S235JR = 0.17 % (≤ 40 mm) - Mn max: DC01 = 0.60 % | S235JR = 1.40 % - P / S max: DC01 = 0.045 / 0.045 % | S235JR = 0.035 / 0.035 % - r / n values: DC01 = not guaranteed (DC04+ only) | S235JR = not applicable - Structural design (EN 1993): DC01 = not a listed structural grade | S235JR = fy = 235 MPa - Weldability: DC01 = excellent (spot, MAG, laser) | S235JR = excellent (all arc processes, no preheat) - Coating options: DC01 = +ZE electro-galvanized (EN 10152); hot-dip as DX51D | S235JR = hot-dip after fabrication; coil as S250GD+Z - Typical price basis: DC01 = per tonne, cold-rolled coil (≈ 10–15 % above hot-rolled) | S235JR = per tonne, hot-rolled coil/plate/sections - Typical use: DC01 = enclosures, panels, appliances, furniture, drums | S235JR = frames, beams, plates, brackets, structures Verdict: Order DC01 when the part is thin (≤ 3 mm), pressed or bent, and the surface matters — enclosures, panels, cabinets, drums, brackets that will be painted or powder-coated. You are paying for surface and gauge control, and you accept that yield is a window, not a minimum. Order S235JR when the part carries load, is designed to a structural code, is thicker than 3 mm, or needs an impact guarantee — frames, base plates, beams, welded structures. If you need both a smooth surface and a guaranteed yield in thin gauge, the structural galvanized grades S250GD/S280GD+Z (EN 10346) or hot-rolled pickled S235JR+P are the answer. Substituting DC01 for S235JR in a structural drawing is a specification error even if the measured yield happens to be above 235 MPa; substituting S235JR for DC01 is usually impossible in thin gauge and gives a scaled surface. Q: Is DC01 the same as S235? A: No. They are similar low-carbon steels, but DC01 (EN 10130) is a cold-rolled forming sheet with a yield window of 140–280 MPa and no impact guarantee, while S235JR (EN 10025-2) is a hot-rolled structural steel with a guaranteed minimum yield of 235 MPa and 27 J at +20 °C. They are ordered, priced and used differently. Q: Which is stronger, DC01 or S235JR? A: S235JR is guaranteed ≥ 235 MPa yield and 360–510 MPa tensile; DC01 may be anywhere from 140 to 280 MPa yield and 270–410 MPa tensile. Typical DC01 coil tests around 180–220 MPa, so S235JR is usually stronger and always the one with a guarantee. Q: Can I use DC01 for a structural part? A: Not where a structural code applies — DC01 is not a listed structural grade in EN 1993 and has no minimum yield. For thin structural sheet use S235JR/S275JR hot-rolled coil, or the galvanized structural grades S250GD–S350GD (EN 10346). Q: Is S235JR available cold-rolled? A: Not under EN 10025-2, which is a hot-rolled standard. Thin cold-rolled sheet with structural guarantees is sold as S235JRC-type bright products (EN 10277 bar) or as the cold-rolled/galvanized structural grades of EN 10346 (S220GD…S550GD). Q: What is the German / Polish name for these grades? A: DC01 was St12 (DIN 1623) and S235JR was St37-2 (DIN 17100) — 'St12 vs St37' is the same question. In Polish practice DC01 replaced St0S/St1S-type cold-rolled sheet and S235JR replaced St3S. --- ## S235JR vs P265GH URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/s235jr-vs-p265gh/ S235JR and P265GH (or its lower class P235GH) look alike on a certificate — both are low-carbon steels around 235–265 MPa yield — which is why S235 plate turns up, wrongly, in vessel and boiler drawings. The difference is not so much the steel as the guarantee package and the legal status. P265GH is made to EN 10028-2 for pressure equipment: yield strength tabulated from 50 to 400 °C, Charpy 27 J at −20 °C, sulphur ≤ 0.010 %, aluminium-killed and normalized, carbon equivalent capped, and tested and certified plate by plate under the Pressure Equipment Directive. S235JR is made to EN 10025-2 for buildings and machinery: room-temperature properties only, 27 J at +20 °C, P/S ≤ 0.035 %, tested per heat. The result: P265GH can always do S235JR's job (and S275JR's), but S235JR can never be used for a PED-scope pressure part without a particular material appraisal. The table compares S235JR with P265GH; the P235GH row shows the lower pressure class that matches S235 on strength. - Standard / purpose: S235JR = EN 10025-2 — hot-rolled structural steel | P265GH = EN 10028-2 — flat products for pressure purposes, elevated temperature - Material number: S235JR = 1.0038 | P265GH = 1.0425 (P235GH: 1.0345) - Old name: S235JR = St37-2 | P265GH = HII (P235GH: HI) - Legal scope: S235JR = CPR (construction products), EN 1090 | P265GH = PED 2014/68/EU, EN 13445 / EN 12952 / AD 2000 - Yield ≤ 16 mm: S235JR = 235 MPa | P265GH = 265 MPa (P235GH: 235 MPa) - Yield at 300 °C: S235JR = not guaranteed | P265GH = 173 MPa (P235GH: 152 MPa) - Yield at 400 °C: S235JR = not guaranteed | P265GH = 145 MPa (P235GH: 128 MPa) - Tensile: S235JR = 360–510 MPa | P265GH = 410–530 MPa (P235GH: 360–480 MPa) - Elongation: S235JR = ≥ 26 % | P265GH = ≥ 23 % (P235GH: ≥ 25 %) - Impact (transverse): S235JR = 27 J at +20 °C (longitudinal) | P265GH = 27 J at −20 °C, 31 J at 0 °C, 34 J at +20 °C (transverse) - Carbon max: S235JR = 0.17 % | P265GH = 0.20 % (P235GH: 0.16 %) - Mn: S235JR = ≤ 1.40 % | P265GH = 0.80–1.40 % (P235GH: 0.60–1.20 %) - S max: S235JR = 0.035 % | P265GH = 0.010 % - P max: S235JR = 0.035 % | P265GH = 0.025 % - Al / N: S235JR = N ≤ 0.012 (Al optional) | P265GH = Al ≥ 0.020 total, N ≤ 0.012 — fully killed, fine grain - Residuals (Cr, Cu, Mo, Ni, Nb, Ti, V): S235JR = Cu ≤ 0.55 only | P265GH = each limited; Cr+Cu+Mo+Ni ≤ 0.70 - CEV max: S235JR = 0.35 % (≤ 30 mm) | P265GH = 0.40 % (≤ 60 mm) - Delivery condition: S235JR = +AR, +N or +M at mill's option | P265GH = +N mandatory > 16 mm (normalized or normalizing-rolled) - Testing frequency: S235JR = per heat / per 40 t (option A) | P265GH = per plate (or per heat-treatment batch) — EN 10028-1 - Inspection document: S235JR = 2.2 or 3.1 | P265GH = 3.1 minimum, 3.2 common (PED category III/IV) - Creep data: S235JR = none | P265GH = informative creep rupture to ~480 °C - Price: S235JR = 1.00 | P265GH = ≈ 1.15–1.30 - Typical use: S235JR = frames, beams, tanks (non-pressure), general fabrication | P265GH = boilers, pressure vessels, heat exchangers, LPG tanks, steam equipment Verdict: P265GH (or P235GH) for anything that holds pressure or runs hot: boilers, air receivers, heat-exchanger shells, LPG vessels, steam piping components, autoclaves — and for any equipment inside the Pressure Equipment Directive, where a P…GH grade with a 3.1/3.2 certificate is the only compliant route. S235JR for structure and atmospheric equipment: frames, skids, saddles and supports of the same vessel, non-pressure tanks, hoppers, walkways. It is 15–30 % cheaper and easier to source in sections and coil. If a shop has only P265GH in stock, using it for structural parts is fine (it exceeds S235JR/S275JR). The reverse — S235JR in a pressure shell — is a code violation regardless of the measured properties, because the elevated-temperature yield, the impact at −20 °C and the per-plate testing were never done. Q: What is the difference between S235JR and P235GH? A: Same room-temperature yield (235 MPa), but P235GH (EN 10028-2) is a pressure-vessel steel: guaranteed yield up to 400 °C, Charpy at −20 °C transverse, sulphur ≤ 0.010 %, killed and normalized, tested per plate for the Pressure Equipment Directive. S235JR (EN 10025-2) is a structural steel with room-temperature guarantees and +20 °C impact, tested per heat. Q: Can S235JR be used for a pressure vessel? A: Not for equipment within the PED scope, except through a particular material appraisal by a notified body — which is rarely worthwhile when P235GH/P265GH exist. For non-PED items (e.g. sound engineering practice below 0.5 bar or small volumes) it may be acceptable; check EN 13445-2 and the national rules. Q: Can P265GH replace S235JR or S275JR? A: Yes — it meets or exceeds their strength and toughness, and its 3.1 certificate is acceptable for structural use under EN 1090 if the CE marking route allows it. It costs more, so it is done only to use up stock or simplify traceability. Q: What is the difference between P235GH and P265GH? A: Strength class: P235GH (1.0345, ex HI) has 235 MPa yield and 360–480 MPa tensile, common for tubes; P265GH (1.0425, ex HII) has 265 MPa and 410–530 MPa, the standard vessel plate. Chemistry differs slightly (C 0.16 vs 0.20 %, Mn ranges). Q: What are HI and HII? A: The DIN 17155 names of P235GH (HI) and P265GH (HII), withdrawn in 1992 but still used in German, Turkish and Middle-East boiler practice. Q: What is the ASTM equivalent of P265GH? A: ASTM/ASME A516 Grade 60 (near — yield 220 MPa) or Grade 65 (240 MPa); A285 Grade C for low-pressure equipment. --- ## S235JR vs S355J2 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/s235jr-vs-s355j2/ S235 and S355 are the two ends of the everyday EN 10025-2 structural range — the same low-carbon steel family, the same delivery forms, the same mills, but a 50 % difference in yield strength that changes section sizes, weld procedures and price. S235JR is the base grade; S355J2 is the plate grade specified for cranes, bridges and machinery. This page puts the numbers side by side and says when each one is the right choice. The short version: S355 costs only 5–10 % more per tonne but carries 50 % more load per kilogram, so any strength-governed member should be S355. S235 wins when deflection, buckling of slender elements, easy forming, or minimal welding control matter more than strength. - Standard: S235JR = EN 10025-2:2019 | S355J2 = EN 10025-2:2019 - Material number: S235JR = 1.0038 | S355J2 = 1.0577 - Old names: S235JR = St37-2, Fe360B, 40B | S355J2 = St52-3 N, Fe510D, 50D - Min. yield ReH, ≤ 16 mm: S235JR = 235 MPa (34 ksi) | S355J2 = 355 MPa (51 ksi) - Min. yield, 40–63 mm: S235JR = 215 MPa | S355J2 = 335 MPa - Tensile Rm, 3–100 mm: S235JR = 360–510 MPa | S355J2 = 470–630 MPa - Elongation A, ≤ 40 mm: S235JR = ≥ 26 % | S355J2 = ≥ 22 % - Impact (Charpy V): S235JR = 27 J at +20 °C | S355J2 = 27 J at −20 °C - Carbon max: S235JR = 0.17 % (≤ 40 mm) | S355J2 = 0.22 % - Mn max: S235JR = 1.40 % | S355J2 = 1.60 % - P / S max: S235JR = 0.035 / 0.035 % | S355J2 = 0.025 / 0.025 % - CEV max, ≤ 30 mm: S235JR = 0.35 % | S355J2 = 0.45 % - Deoxidation: S235JR = optional (FN) | S355J2 = fully killed (FF) - Preheat for welding: S235JR = none to ~40 mm | S355J2 = consider above 25 mm (EN 1011-2) - Typical hardness: S235JR = 100–140 HB | S355J2 = 150–190 HB - Min. bend radius, 8–16 mm (transverse): S235JR = 2.0 t | S355J2 = 3.0 t - Design fy (EN 1993-1-1), t ≤ 40 mm: S235JR = 235 MPa | S355J2 = 355 MPa - Relative price per tonne (2026, coil/plate): S235JR = 1.00 | S355J2 = ≈ 1.05–1.10 - Strength per € (yield/price): S235JR = 1.00 | S355J2 = ≈ 1.40 - Typical use: S235JR = secondary steelwork, frames, general fabrication | S355J2 = primary structure, cranes, bridges, machinery, heavy transport Verdict: Choose S355J2 when strength governs: beams, columns, crane girders, lifting gear, trailers, anything designed to EN 1993 where a smaller section saves weight or the load is high. The 5–10 % price premium is repaid by 30–35 % lighter members. You also get −20 °C toughness and cleaner steel. Choose S235JR when strength does not govern: deflection-limited beams (stiffness E is identical, so S355 does not help), slender elements that fail by buckling before yield, parts that will be cold-formed with tight radii, thin sheet, galvanized handrails and fences, and small shops without welding-procedure control. It is also the grade to order when a drawing says St37 or A36. Do not mix them unmarked on one job: S355 in the wrong place is harmless, but S235 substituted where S355 was designed is a 34 % strength shortfall. Q: What is the difference between S235 and S355? A: Yield strength: 235 vs 355 MPa (up to 16 mm) — S355 is 51 % stronger. Tensile 360–510 vs 470–630 MPa. S355 allows more carbon and manganese (CEV 0.45 vs 0.35 %), so thick S355 needs welding care; S355J2 is also tested at −20 °C and is cleaner (P/S ≤ 0.025 %). Q: Is S355 much more expensive than S235? A: No — typically 5–10 % more per tonne for plate and coil, sometimes less for sections. Per unit of load capacity S355 is about 40 % cheaper, which is why primary structures use it. Q: Is S355 harder to weld than S235? A: Slightly. Both weld with standard E42/E46 consumables without preheat in thin sections; S355 above ~25 mm or in restrained joints should have preheat calculated per EN 1011-2 because its carbon equivalent can reach 0.45 %. Low-hydrogen consumables are standard for S355. Q: Can I replace S235 with S355? A: Yes, upward substitution is always safe for strength. Check only that welding procedures suit the higher CEV, and that the extra strength does not change the failure mode in fatigue-critical or ductility-governed details. Q: Which is stiffer, S235 or S355? A: Neither — Young's modulus is 210 GPa for both. A beam of the same section deflects identically; S355 only lets you use a smaller section if strength, not deflection, is the limit. Q: What are S235JR and S355J2 called in ASTM and DIN? A: S235JR ≈ ASTM A36 (250 MPa) and DIN St37-2; S355J2 ≈ ASTM A572 Grade 50 (345 MPa, add Charpy) and DIN St52-3 N. --- ## St37 vs St52 URL: https://steelstandart.com/compare/st37-vs-st52/ St37 and St52 are the two DIN 17100 names that never died. The standard was withdrawn in 1994, but 'St37' still means everyday structural steel and 'St52' the strong one across Germany, Turkey, Poland, Iran and the Gulf, on hydraulic-cylinder drawings, in tube catalogues and in countless purchase orders. The numbers are the old minimum tensile strengths in kp/mm²: 37 kp/mm² ≈ 360 MPa and 52 kp/mm² ≈ 510 MPa; the yield strengths are 235 and 355 MPa — exactly the S235 and S355 of EN 10025-2 today. So the modern answer to 'St37 or St52?' is 'S235JR or S355J2?', and the trade-offs are the same: S355 carries 50 % more load per kilogram for 5–10 % more money but needs slightly more welding care in thick sections. This page gives the original DIN values, the EN successors, and the middle grade St44 (S275) that many buyers forget exists. - DIN 17100 grade: St37 = St37-2 (also USt37-2, RSt37-2, St37-3) | St52 = St52-3 (U or N) - Material number (DIN → EN): St37 = 1.0037 → 1.0038 | St52 = 1.0570 → 1.0577 - EN 10025-2 successor: St37 = S235JR (St37-3 N → S235J2) | St52 = S355J2 (St52-3 U → S355JR) - Meaning of the number: St37 = 37 kp/mm² ≈ 363 MPa min. tensile | St52 = 52 kp/mm² ≈ 510 MPa min. tensile - Min. yield, < 16 mm: St37 = 235 MPa | St52 = 355 MPa - Min. yield, 40–63 mm: St37 = 215 MPa | St52 = 335 MPa - Tensile (DIN 17100): St37 = 340–470 MPa | St52 = 490–630 MPa - Tensile (EN successor): St37 = 360–510 MPa | St52 = 470–630 MPa - Elongation: St37 = ≥ 26 % | St52 = ≥ 22 % - Impact (DIN): St37 = St37-2: none; St37-3 U: 27 J at +20 °C; St37-3 N: 27 J at −20 °C | St52 = St52-3 U: 27 J at +20 °C; St52-3 N: 27 J at −20 °C - Carbon max: St37 = 0.17 % (0.20 % > 16 mm) | St52 = 0.20 % (product 0.22 %) - Mn max: St37 = not limited (DIN); 1.40 % (EN) | St52 = 1.60 % - CEV (EN successor): St37 = ≤ 0.35 % | St52 = ≤ 0.45 % - Preheat: St37 = none | St52 = above ~25 mm (EN 1011-2) - Typical hardness: St37 = 100–140 HB | St52 = 150–190 HB - Middle grade: St37 = St44-2 → S275JR (275 MPa) | St52 = — - Tube lineage: St37 = St37.0 → P235TR1 (EN 10216-1); St37-2 hollow → S235JRH | St52 = St52.0 → P355N; ST52 precision tube → E355 (EN 10305-1); S355J2H hollow sections - Relative price: St37 = 1.00 | St52 = ≈ 1.05–1.10 - ASTM cross-reference: St37 = A36 (near) | St52 = A572 Grade 50 (near) - Typical use: St37 = general fabrication, light structures, tanks | St52 = cranes, machinery, bridges, hydraulic cylinders, heavy transport Verdict: St52 (order S355J2 or S355JR) for anything strength-governed: crane and lifting parts, machinery frames, heavy chassis, hydraulic cylinders (as E355 tube), bridges. It is only marginally more expensive and 50 % stronger. St37 (order S235JR) for general fabrication, deflection-governed or slender members, cold-formed and galvanized light steelwork, and anywhere welding control is minimal. St44 (order S275JR) is the forgotten middle: British-style section stock and a good choice when S235 is marginal but S355 welding precautions are unwelcome. When translating an old drawing, check the suffix: St37-2 has no impact guarantee, St52-3 always did — so S355J2 (−20 °C) is the safe reading of a bare 'St52-3'. Q: What is the difference between St37 and St52? A: Strength class. St37-2 has 235 MPa yield and 340–470 MPa tensile; St52-3 has 355 MPa yield and 490–630 MPa tensile. St52 allows slightly more carbon and manganese and always carried an impact requirement. Today they are S235JR and S355J2 (EN 10025-2). Q: What do the numbers 37 and 52 mean? A: The minimum tensile strength in kilopond per square millimetre: 37 kp/mm² ≈ 363 MPa, 52 kp/mm² ≈ 510 MPa. EN designations use yield strength in MPa instead (S235, S355). Q: Are St37 and St52 still available? A: Not under DIN 17100, which was withdrawn in 1994. Mills supply S235JR and S355J2 (EN 10025-2), which meet and exceed the old requirements; certificates may mention the old names for reference. Q: What is St44? A: The middle DIN 17100 grade: St44-2 with 275 MPa yield and 410–540 MPa tensile, now S275JR (1.0044). It corresponds to the British 43A/43B section steels. Q: Is ST52 tube the same as St52-3 plate? A: No. Cold-drawn 'ST52' precision and hydraulic tube follows DIN 2391 / EN 10305-1 as E355 (1.0580); similar chemistry, but different delivery conditions (+C, +SR, +N) and much higher strength when cold-worked. Hollow structural sections are S355J2H. Q: What is St37 and St52 in ASTM? A: St37-2 ≈ ASTM A36 (250 MPa yield); St52-3 ≈ ASTM A572 Grade 50 (345 MPa yield, add Charpy supplement S5 to match St52-3 N). --- ## ASTM A106/A106M — Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a106/ Edition: 2019a (ASTM International) Seamless carbon steel pipe NPS 1/8 to 48 for high-temperature service, suitable for bending, flanging and welding: Grades A, B and C (205, 240, 275 MPa yield; 330, 415, 485 MPa tensile), killed steel with Si ≥ 0.10 %. Hot-finished or cold-drawn; hydrostatic and NDE tests; supplementary S1–S9. Adopted by ASME as SA-106; dimensions per ASME B36.10M. Supersedes: --- ## ASTM A240/A240M — Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a240/ Edition: 2022 (ASTM International) Flat-rolled stainless steel (plate, sheet, strip) of ferritic, martensitic, austenitic, duplex and PH grades identified by UNS number: 304/304L/304H, 316/316L/316Ti, 321, 347, 309S, 310S, 410, 430, 2205 (S31803/S32205), 2507, 904L, 254 SMO and about 100 others. Gives chemistry, mechanical property minimums, hardness limits, heat-treatment conditions and finishes (via A480). Adopted by ASME as SA-240. Supersedes: ASTM A167 (withdrawn 2014; general-purpose Cr-Ni sheet); ASTM A176 (ferritic/martensitic sheet, merged) --- ## ASTM A276/A276M — Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a276/ Edition: 2023 (ASTM International) Hot-finished and cold-finished stainless bars (round, square, hex, flat), shapes and forgings stock in austenitic, ferritic, martensitic and duplex grades (303, 304, 316, 321, 410, 420, 430, 431, 440C, 2205, 17-4 by reference to A564…). Conditions A (annealed), H (hardened & tempered), T (tempered), S (strain-hardened). Companion A479 covers bars for boilers and pressure vessels; A484 the general requirements and tolerances. Supersedes: --- ## ASTM A29/A29M — Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Bars, Carbon and Alloy, Hot-Wrought URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a29/ Edition: 2020 (ASTM International) General requirements and the chemical composition tables for hot-wrought carbon and alloy steel bars designated by SAE/AISI number (10xx, 11xx, 12xx, 13xx, 15xx, 40xx, 41xx, 43xx, 46xx, 47xx, 48xx, 50xx, 51xx, 61xx, 81xx, 86xx, 87xx, 88xx, 92xx, 93xx, 94xx) and UNS number. It does not give mechanical properties — those come from the ordering condition, ASTM A108 (cold-finished), A434 (Q&T alloy bar), A322 (alloy bar) or the customer specification. Also defines H-band hardenability referencing SAE J1268. Supersedes: --- ## ASTM A295/A295M — Standard Specification for High-Carbon Anti-Friction Bearing Steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a295/ Edition: 2021 (ASTM International) High-carbon chromium bearing steels for balls, rollers and races: 52100 (and 51100, 50100, 5195, K19526, 1070M) as bar, rod, wire and tube. Specifies chemistry including oxygen ≤ 15 ppm, inclusion cleanliness (E45 method A/D limits), decarburization, macroetch, annealed hardness and microstructure; heat-treated properties are by agreement. Carburizing bearing steels are in A534. Supersedes: --- ## ASTM A36/A36M — Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a36/ Edition: 2019 (ASTM International) Carbon structural steel shapes, plate and bar for riveted, bolted or welded construction of bridges and buildings and for general structural purposes: one grade with 250 MPa (36 ksi) minimum yield and 400–550 MPa tensile (220 MPa yield above 200 mm plate). Chemistry varies by product and thickness; supplementary requirements S5 (Charpy), S91/S92 (CE and fine grain). Adopted by ASME as SA-36 and AASHTO as M270 Grade 36 via A709. Supersedes: ASTM A7 (withdrawn 1967) --- ## ASTM A516/A516M — Standard Specification for Pressure Vessel Plates, Carbon Steel, for Moderate- and Lower-Temperature Service URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a516/ Edition: 2017 (ASTM International) Killed, fine-grain carbon-manganese-silicon plate for welded pressure vessels where improved notch toughness is important: Grades 55, 60, 65 and 70 (tensile 380–620 MPa). Normalizing mandatory above 40 mm; chemistry by thickness; general requirements per A20 (testing, UT, Charpy S5, HIC options by agreement). Adopted by ASME as SA-516 — the most-used ASME carbon-steel vessel plate. Supersedes: --- ## ASTM A564/A564M — Standard Specification for Hot-Rolled and Cold-Finished Age-Hardening Stainless Steel Bars and Shapes URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a564/ Edition: 2019 (ASTM International) Precipitation-hardening stainless bars and shapes: 17-4 PH (S17400, Type 630), 15-5 PH (S15500), 13-8 Mo (S13800), Custom 450/455, 17-7 PH (S17700), XM-12 etc. Defines Condition A and the aged conditions (H900–H1150, H1150M/D; RH950, TH1050) with minimum yield, tensile, elongation, reduction of area and hardness for each. Plate/sheet are in A693, forgings in A705. Supersedes: --- ## ASTM A572/A572M — Standard Specification for High-Strength Low-Alloy Columbium-Vanadium Structural Steel URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/astm-a572/ Edition: 2021 (ASTM International) HSLA structural shapes, plate, sheet piling and bar in Grades 42, 50, 55, 60 and 65 (290–450 MPa yield) micro-alloyed with niobium (columbium) and/or vanadium (Types 1–5). Thickness limits per grade; supplementary S5 (Charpy), S90/S91 (CE), S32 (fine grain). Adopted as SA-572 by ASME; A709 Grade 50 and A992 are the bridge and W-shape derivatives. Supersedes: ASTM A441 (withdrawn 1989) --- ## DIN 17100 — General structural steels; quality specifications (withdrawn) URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/din-17100/ Edition: 1980 (withdrawn 1994) (DIN) The German standard for general structural steels St33, St37-2, USt37-2, RSt37-2, St37-3, St44-2, St44-3, St52-3 and the machinery grades St50-2, St60-2, St70-2. Withdrawn in 1994 when EN 10025 was adopted, but the St37/St52 names remain in daily use worldwide. This page maps every DIN 17100 grade to its EN 10025-2 successor. Supersedes: DIN 17100:1966 --- ## EN 10025-2 — Hot rolled products of structural steels. Part 2: Non-alloy structural steels URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10025-2/ Edition: 2019 (CEN) Technical delivery conditions for flat and long products (plate, strip, sections, bar) of non-alloy structural steels S235, S275, S355 and S450 in qualities JR, J0, J2 and K2, plus the machinery grade E295/E335/E360. Covers chemical composition, mechanical properties by thickness, impact energy by quality, carbon equivalent, delivery conditions (+AR, +N, +M) and inspection documents. Hollow sections are in EN 10210/10219, plate for pressure in EN 10028. Supersedes: EN 10025:1993 / :2004 (part 2); DIN 17100:1980 (St37, St44, St52); BS 4360:1990 (40, 43, 50 grades); NF A 35-501; UNI 7070 --- ## EN 10025-5 — Hot rolled products of structural steels. Part 5: Structural steels with improved atmospheric corrosion resistance URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10025-5/ Edition: 2019 (CEN) Weathering (Cu-Cr-Ni-P) structural steels that form a protective rust patina: S235J0W, S235J2W, S355J0W, S355J2W, S355K2W and the phosphorus variants S355J0WP/J2WP, as plate, strip, sections and bar. Chemistry (Cu 0.25–0.55, Cr 0.40–0.80), mechanical properties by thickness, impact by quality, delivery conditions; the European home of the material sold as Corten A/B. Supersedes: EN 10155:1993 (S355J2G1W, S355J2G2W …); DIN 17100 WT St 37-3 / WT St 52-3 --- ## EN 10028-2 — Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes. Part 2: Non-alloy and alloy steels with specified elevated temperature properties URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10028-2/ Edition: 2017 (CEN) Plate, sheet and strip for boilers and pressure vessels: non-alloy P235GH, P265GH, P295GH, P355GH and alloy 16Mo3, 13CrMo4-5, 10CrMo9-10, 11CrMo9-10, 12CrMo9-10, X12CrMo5, 13CrMoSi5-5, X10CrMoVNb9-1, X20CrMoV11-1. Chemistry, room- and elevated-temperature yield to 500–600 °C, impact at −20/0/+20 °C, creep data (informative), delivery conditions (+N, +NT, +QT). Supersedes: DIN 17155:1983 (HI, HII, 17Mn4, 19Mn6, 15Mo3, 13CrMo44, 10CrMo910); BS 1501-1/-2; EN 10028-2:1992 / 2003 / 2009 --- ## EN 10028-3 — Flat products made of steels for pressure purposes. Part 3: Weldable fine grain steels, normalized URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10028-3/ Edition: 2017 (CEN) Normalized fine-grain pressure-vessel plate in strength classes 275, 355, 400 and 460 MPa: P275N/NH/NL1/NL2, P355N/NH/NL1/NL2, P460N/NH/NL1/NL2 (and P275NH etc.). Al-killed with Nb/V/Ti grain refinement; impact guaranteed at −20 °C (N/NH), −40 °C (NL1) and −50 °C (NL2); NH grades have elevated-temperature yield to 400 °C. Supersedes: DIN 17102:1983 (StE, WStE, TStE, EStE 255–500); BS 1501-224/225; EN 10028-3:1992 / 2003 / 2009 --- ## EN 10083-2 — Steels for quenching and tempering. Part 2: Technical delivery conditions for non alloy steels URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10083-2/ Edition: 2006 (CEN) Non-alloy steels for quenching and tempering: C22 to C60 and their E (P ≤ 0.030) and R (controlled S) variants, plus 28Mn6. Specifies chemistry, hardenability, and mechanical properties in the +N and +QT conditions by ruling section. Part 1 covers general delivery conditions; Part 3 the alloy grades (42CrMo4 etc.). Supersedes: DIN 17200:1987 (C45, Ck45, Cm45); EN 10083-2:1991 --- ## EN 10083-3 — Steels for quenching and tempering. Part 3: Technical delivery conditions for alloy steels URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10083-3/ Edition: 2006 (CEN) Alloy steels for quenching and tempering: Mn, Cr, CrMo, CrNiMo, MnCr, MnB grades such as 42CrMo4, 34CrNiMo6, 25CrMo4, 41Cr4, 30MnB5, 51CrV4, 36NiCrMo16. Gives chemistry, hardenability bands (+H, +HH, +HL), mechanical properties in +QT by ruling section, and impact values. Supersedes: DIN 17200:1987 (alloy grades); EN 10083-1:1991 (alloy grades) --- ## EN 10084 — Case hardening steels. Technical delivery conditions URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10084/ Edition: 2008 (CEN) Case-hardening steels supplied as bar, rod, wire, forgings and hot-rolled flat products: C10E to C16E, 17Cr3, 16MnCr5, 20MnCr5, 18CrMo4, 20NiCrMo2-2, 18CrNiMo7-6, 20MoCr4 and others, with their +H hardenability bands and R (controlled S) variants. Specifies chemistry, Jominy bands, delivery hardness (+A, +FP, +S, +TH) and informative core properties. Supersedes: DIN 17210:1986 (Ck15, 16MnCr5, 20MnCr5); EN 10084:1998 --- ## EN 10088-2 — Stainless steels. Part 2: Technical delivery conditions for sheet/plate and strip of corrosion resisting steels for general purposes URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10088-2/ Edition: 2014 (CEN) Flat products (hot- and cold-rolled sheet, plate, strip) of ferritic, martensitic, precipitation-hardening, austenitic and duplex stainless steels: 1.4016, 1.4301, 1.4307, 1.4401, 1.4404, 1.4571, 1.4462, 1.4542 and about 80 others. Gives chemistry, mechanical properties by product form and thickness, work-hardened conditions (+C), surface finishes (1D, 2B, 2R, 2G…) and corrosion-test requirements. Part 1 lists all grades; Part 3 covers bar, rod, wire and sections; EN 10028-7 covers pressure purposes. Supersedes: DIN 17440:1996; BS 1449-2; NF A 35-573; EN 10088-2:2005 --- ## EN 10088-3 — Stainless steels. Part 3: Technical delivery conditions for semi-finished products, bars, rods, wire, sections and bright products URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10088-3/ Edition: 2014 (CEN) Long products of stainless steel: bar, rod, wire, sections and bright (cold-drawn, peeled, ground) products in the same grade families as Part 2, including free-machining 1.4305 and 1.4570, precipitation-hardening 1.4542/1.4545 with +P conditions, and martensitic 1.4006/1.4021/1.4057 with +QT classes. Supersedes: DIN 17440 (long products); BS 970 Part 1 (stainless); EN 10088-3:2005 --- ## EN 10111 — Continuously hot rolled low carbon steel sheet and strip for cold forming. Technical delivery conditions URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10111/ Edition: 2008 (CEN) Hot-rolled sheet and strip for cold forming in grades DD11 (bending), DD12 (drawing), DD13 (deep drawing) and DD14 (extra deep drawing), width ≥ 600 mm, thickness typically 1.5–11 mm; as-rolled or pickled (+P). Chemistry, mechanical properties by thickness, ageing clause and tolerances (EN 10051). Supersedes: DIN 1614-1 (StW22, StW23, StW24); EN 10111:1991 (FeP11–FeP14) --- ## EN 10130 — Cold rolled low carbon steel flat products for cold forming. Technical delivery conditions URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10130/ Edition: 2006 (CEN) Cold-rolled uncoated sheet and strip 0.35–3.0 mm in grades DC01 to DC06 (bending to super-deep-drawing), with surface qualities A/B, finishes b/g/m/r and optional +ZE electro-galvanizing (EN 10152). Specifies chemistry, yield/tensile/elongation, r and n values (DC04+), ageing limits and tolerances (EN 10131). Supersedes: DIN 1623-1 (St12, St13, St14); EN 10130:1991 (FeP01–FeP06); BS 1449-1 CR grades --- ## EN 10149-2 — Hot rolled flat products made of high yield strength steels for cold forming. Part 2: Thermomechanically rolled steels URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10149-2/ Edition: 2013 (CEN) Thermomechanically rolled (TM) high-strength low-alloy strip, sheet and plate for cold forming: S315MC, S355MC, S420MC, S460MC, S500MC, S550MC, S600MC, S650MC, S700MC, S900MC, S960MC, thickness 1.5–20 mm. Micro-alloyed with Nb, V, Ti; specifies chemistry, yield/tensile/elongation, minimum bend radii and impact (option). Part 3 covers the normalized grades (S260NC–S420NC). Supersedes: SEW 092 (QStE 340TM … QStE 690TM); EN 10149-2:1995 --- ## EN 10219 — Cold formed welded steel structural hollow sections URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10219/ Edition: 2019 (CEN) Cold-formed welded circular, square and rectangular hollow sections for structures: Part 1 technical delivery conditions (S235JRH, S275J0H/J2H, S355J0H/J2H/K2H, S420MH, S460MH, fine-grain and weathering variants), Part 2 tolerances, dimensions and sectional properties. Distinguished from EN 10210 (hot-finished) by lower corner radii tolerance class and cold-forming-related ductility limits. Supersedes: EN 10219:1997 / 2006; DIN 59411 (cold-formed hollow sections); BS 6363 --- ## EN 10255 — Non-alloy steel tubes suitable for welding and threading. Technical delivery conditions URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10255/ Edition: 2004 + A1:2007 (CEN) Welded and seamless non-alloy steel tubes in grade S195T (1.0026), sizes DN 6 to DN 150 (½" to 6"), suitable for screwing (EN 10226-1 threads) and welding: light series L/L1/L2, medium series M and heavy series H, plus the derived series L1/L2. Used for water, gas, compressed air, sprinkler and structural applications; galvanizing per EN 10240. The successor of BS 1387 (Class A/B/C) and DIN 2440/2441/2442. Supersedes: BS 1387:1985 (Class A, B, C); DIN 2440 / 2441 / 2442 (mittelschwer, schwer, leicht); NF A 49-145; UNI 8863 --- ## EN 10346 — Continuously hot-dip coated steel flat products for cold forming. Technical delivery conditions URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/en-10346/ Edition: 2015 (CEN) Hot-dip zinc (+Z), zinc-iron (+ZF), zinc-aluminium (+ZA), aluminium-zinc (+AZ), aluminium-silicon (+AS) and zinc-magnesium (+ZM) coated sheet and strip: forming grades DX51D–DX57D, structural grades S220GD–S550GD, HSLA HX grades, and multiphase steels. Specifies base chemistry, mechanical properties, coating masses (Z100–Z600, ZM70–ZM310…), surface qualities A/B/C, finishes and tests (T-bend, adhesion). Supersedes: EN 10142 (zinc); EN 10147 (structural zinc); EN 10214 (ZA); EN 10215 (AZ); EN 10292 (HSLA); EN 10327/10326 (2004); DIN 17162 (St02Z…) --- ## EN ISO 4957 — Tool steels URL: https://steelstandart.com/standard/iso-4957/ Edition: 2018 (ISO / CEN) Non-alloy and alloy cold-work, hot-work and high-speed tool steels supplied as bar, rod, wire, forgings, plate and strip: C45U–C120U, 1.2842 (90MnCrV8), 1.2379 (X153CrMoV12), 1.2363 (X100CrMoV5), 1.2344 (X40CrMoV5-1), 1.2343, 1.2767, HS6-5-2 and others. Specifies chemistry, annealed hardness, hardening temperatures and hardness after hardening as reference values. Supersedes: DIN 17350:1980; EN ISO 4957:1999 ---